./otniJlQ \1 •
'
Teskera.._
19&-;.
..
I
•
'
I
OF THERMAL PO\iVER STATIONS M. 11. P eammoe, 10. M. Jiunon
IIAPOBhiE KOTJl hl TEIIJIOBhiX 8JIEKTPOCTAI-IIJ;MV:I
M. I. Reznikov, Yu. M. Lipov
<<8 n epronap;aT>> • Mo ci\Ba Trans la ted fr om the Russinn by Vadim Afanosycv
t}
Mir Pu lJli shers. · Mosco'"
CONTEl\lTS
First published 1985 R evised from the 1981 R ussian edit ion
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter I . Steam Generation at Electri c l'owcr Stations 1.1. The Steam Boiler at a Power . . S tation . . . . . . . . 1.2. Cl assifica tion o f St.oam Bo ile rs 1.3. Flow Di agram o f Steam Prod ucll.on 1.4. Principal. Characteri stics of S team Boilers . . . . . . . •
•
•
•
•
0
0
•
•
•
8 10
10 15
22
Chapter 7. J>ul vcrized Coa l-filed Furnaces . . . . . . . . . 7 .1. P rin cipal Characteris ti cs of Chamber Furn aces . . . . . 7.2. Burners nnd The ir Arrangement 7.3. Dr y-botto m Furnaces . . . . 7 .4. Slagging-bo tt.om Furnaces . .
22
Chapter 8. Gas ond Fuel Oil-fired Fur-
17
21
Chapter 2.
2.1. 2.2.
2.3.
2.1o .
2.5.
Power-producing Fuels and Their Characteristics Kinds and Compositions of Fuels The H ea ting Value and Resolv ed Charac te ri stics o f Fuels . . T echnical Characteristics of Solid Fuels . . . . . . . . Technical Characteri s tics of Fue l Oil and Natural Gnses . . . . !\lain De posits of Foss il Fuels
Chapter 3. Fuel Preparation at P ower Stations . . . . . . . 3.1. Methods of Solid Fuel Combustion . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 . Pulverization Sys te ms . . . . 3.3. Charact.oristics of Co al Dus t. Optimal Degree of Pulveriza••·on 3.4. Pulverization Equipment . . 3.5. The Preparation of Fuel Oil and Natural Gas . . . . . . . . "
•
•
•
•
0
•
0
•
0
•
0
•
Chapter 4. Theore tical Principles of Combustion • . . . • • 4.1. The K in otics of Combustion R eaction s . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2. The Mechanisms of Fuel Combustion . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3. Kinetic and Diffusion Regions of Combus tion . . . . . 4.4. The Ignition of Fu el-air Mixture. Combustion F ront . . 4.5. The Burn-off Intensity of Fuel
@ c3ueprOII'3AaTt, 1981 @ English translation, Mir Publishe rs , 1985
Chopter 5. Com bust ion Producls . . 5.1. Tho Compos ition o f Co mbustio n Products . . . . . . . . . . 5.2. Dctcrrnin ntion of Excess Air Rotio for an Operating Boiler . . 5.3. Tox ic Subs tances in W aste Gases and Measures o f Environm ent al Co ntrol . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 6. Effic ie ncy of Fuel Heat Utilization . . . . .. 6.1. The Il ea LBalance ond Efficiency of t ho S team Boiler . . . . 0.2. Analysi s of Heat Losses . . .
25 26 29
31
naces
32 34 9.2.
38 41
9.3.
45
9.4. 9.5.
Characteristics, Parameters and Molion"'Equations o[ Working Fluid . • • Principal Hydrodynamic and Heat-transfer Equations for tho Water-steam Path . . . Characteristics o f Motion of a Steam-water Mixture . . . Regimes o! Steam- water Mi xture Flow . . . . . . . Hydraulic Resi stances . . Thermopbysical Properties of Working Fluid in the Path of a Monobloc Unit . . . . . . •
47 Chapter
47 1 0.1.
50 10.2.
10.3.
59
10.4.
60
10.5.
60 64 65
. .
67 70 77 77
80 85
86 90 90 92
95 96
Chapter 9.
9.1.
56
. .
8.1. Furn ace Design . . . . · . • 8. 2. Fuel Oil Burners . . . . .• 8.3. Combus tion of Natural Gas . . 8.4. Combined Gas-fuolt:Oil Burners
32
54
.
67
t O. Temperature (Conditions
on Be a ling Surfaces . • Classification o~ Heating and Cooling Mod es - . . . . Heat-transfer Cris is in Evaporating Tubes . . . . . . Temperature Cond itions Along the Length of a Channel . Temperature Conditions Around tho Periphery of a Channel Heat Exchange in Steam Generators of Nucle ar Po wer S talions . . . . . . .. . . • • •
Chapter I I. Hydrodynam ics of Open Hydraulic Systems . . . 11.1. Classification of Open Hydraulic S ys tems . . . . . . . .
98
98
100 103 1.05 107
iiO 110 112
118 1.23
124 124
6
I
11.2. Hydrodynamic Stability of Flow in Horizontal Evaporat1-.ng 'l'ubcs - . . . . . . . . 11 .3. Hydrodynamic S tabil ity o( Flow in Vertical Evaporating Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . 11 .4. Maldistribution of HeaL . . . 11.5. Effect of Headers on the Distribution of Working fluid Between Tubes . H .6. Flow P ulsation s . . . . . . Chapter 12. Hydrodynamics of Closed Hydraulic Systems 12.1. Laws of Free Circulation . . 12.2. Calculation of Circulation Circuits . . . 12.3. General Hydraulic Characteristic of Evaporating Tubes and Tts Hole in Estimating the Roliabili ly of Circulation . . . 12.4. Hydrodynamics of Descending Tubes and Its Effect on t he Reliability of Circulation . . Chapter 13. llydrodynamics o f Bu bbling Systems 13.1. Laws of Bubbling . . 13.2. Dynamic Layer in S team Washers . . . .. ... . 13.3. Effect of Non-uniform Heat Helease and I mpuri ties on the Dynamic Two-phase Layer . Chapter 14. Physico-chemical Principles of Behaviou r of Impurities in Work ing Fluid 14.1. Impurities in Feed Water and Their Effect on Equipment 11o.2. Solubility of Impurities in on Aqueous Heat- transfer Agent and Formation of Depos its . . 14.3. Passage of Impurities from Water to Saturated Steam Chapter 15. Waler Condi tions
I
126 130 136
145 145 148
Chapter 19. 19.1.
151 155 157 157 162
162
1.65 165 166 172
Cbapter 16. Processes on lbe F ireside of Heating Sudaces 16.1. Mech anism of Scaling . . . 16.2. Abras ion Wear o f Convective Heating Surfaces . . . . . 16.3. Corrosion of Healing Surfaces Chapter 17. Evaporating Heating S ur faces . . . . . .
19.2. 19.3.
19.4 .
Low-lcmt>erature Heating Surfaces Arrange ment of Low-Lemperaluro Heating Su rfaces . . . . Economizers . . . . . . Air Heaters . . . . . . . . Corrosion Control of Air Heato.rs . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 20. Heat Exchange in Heating Surfaces of Boilers . . . . 20.1. Thermal Characteristics or Wa. . . . . . . . . ter Walls 20.2. Flame Emissivity . . . . . . 20.3. Calculation of Radiant Heat Transfer in a Furnace . . . . 20.4. Radiant Hed Trmsfer in Boiler Flue Ducts . . . . . . . 20.5. Couvcc tive H eal Transfer in Boiler Flue Duels . . . . . . 20.6. Velocities of Gases and Working Fluid in Convective H ealing Surf aces . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 21. Layout and Heat Calculation o£ Steam Boiler . . 21.1. Boiler Layout and Structures 21.2. Thermal Diagram of a Boiler 21.3. H eat Calculation of a Boiler
178
15.1. R emoval of I mpurities from
tbe Circuit . . . . . . 15.2. Water Conditions of Oncethrough Boilers . . . . 15.3. Non-scaling Water Conditions . of Dru m-type Boilers . 15.4. Methods for Generating Clean St~am . . .
17 .1. Heat Absorpti on by Evaporating Surfaces and Their Layout 1. 7. 2. Reliable Designs of Water Walls 17 .3. Gas-li ght Water Walls and Meth ods for Enhancing T hei r Heliability . . . . . . . . . . 17 .4. Refractory-faced Water Wails Chapter 18. Steam Supcrhcat.crs and Superheat Control . . . 18 .1. Classification of Superh eaters 18.2. Operation and Reliability of Superheaters . . . . . . . . 18.3. Positioning of S uperheaters . . 18 .4. Superheat T om perature Control
1ld 143
178 180
1.83
192 192
196
198
202
7
Contents
Contents
Chapter 22. Steam Boilers of H ighcapacity Monobloe IUnlts 22.1 . Selection of Boiler Desigp. According to the Type, Capacity md Operating Conditions of Power Station . . . . . . . 22.2. Characteristics of Modern Steam Boilers . . • . . . . . • . . Chapter 23. Stea m Boiler Operation 23.1. Operating Conditions and Characteristics . . . . . • . . . 23.2. Steady Regimes of Boiler Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 23.3. Unsteady Rogimos of Operation Witltin Allowable Loads . . . :!3.4. Starling-up Circuits o[ Monobloc Units . . . . . . . . .
23.5. Shut-down and Load -shedding Regimes . . . . . . : : . . . 23.6. Regimes or Bo1ler fmng and Unit StarLing ...... .
202 203
Chapter 24. Steam Generators of Nuclear Power Stations 24.1. Classification and Characteristics of S team Generators fot· Nuclear Power Statio ns . . . 24.2. Steam Generators \\'i Llt Aqueous . . . . . . . . . . Coolant 24.3. Steam Generators with Liquidmetal and Gaseous Coola~Ls
210 216 217 217 222 223 225 232 232 234 236
2U 246
2lt6 2t,!)
I
251 255 257 260 262 262 270 273 276
276 281
2QO 290 202 294
298
303 306 312
312 314
317
24 .4 Nuclear Reactor as a Steam Generator . . . . . . . . . . ·
321
Chapter 25. l\lelals £or Steam Boilers 25.1. Metal Behaviour at High Temperatures . . . . . . . • . 25.2. Metals for Steam Boilers . . 25.3. Stren..:th Calculations . . • 25/t. Metal Contro l in Operation ll c fere nces • • Index . . •
. ..
•
324
324 327 330 333 335 337
Preface
cesses occurring in the steam boilers many years of lectw·ing a course on of thermal power stali!)ns and steam steam generators of power stations at generators of nuclear power st~t~ons the l\•foscow power engineering instiare discussed in parallel. In addttiOn, tute, which has been initiated by Acadea separate chapter is devoted solely mician M. A. Styrikovich. The authors would like to express to the steam generators of nuclear special tl18nks to their colleagues on power stations. Tho authors have carefully selected tho faculty of steam generators of the illustrations for the book. For power stations at tho 1\'loscow pow~r deeper analysis of the proble~s hei~g engineering inslitule [faculty cha•r studied different types of b01ler cu- Prof. V. S. Protopopov, Dr. Sc. (Eng.)], cuits a~d designs are compared in illu- the reviewers or the book, the faculty strations. In some illustrations, boi- of steam generators at the Saratov lers or their elements are shown in a polytechnical institute [faculty chair simplified form to facilitate the rea- Prof. A. V. Zmachinsky, Dr. Sc. der's understanding of how they func- (Eng.)] and B. I. Shmukler, Cand. tion and the processes which take Sc. (Eng.), for their valuable comments on the manuscript. place in thoro. Tho present book is the result of
PREFACE
' This textbook has been written as a higher-education course in steam boilers for thermal power stations. It presents the theory of the processes which occur in steam boilers, designs of boilers for thermal power stations and steam generators for nuclear power stations, and the operating principles of boilers and steam generators. The material in the book is based on four fundamental principles which are cl osely interrel ated and reflect the current stale of progress in science and technology: (1) the phys ico-chemical processes in the fu el, gas-air , and water-steam paths of modern highcapacity boilers; (2) the correlation between these physico-chemical processes and the design , layout and arrangement of steam boilers and their elements; (3) advanced technological processes and their technical and economical substantiation; and (4) the carrel ation between the processes occurring in boilers and the principles of boiler operation. This method of analysis encourages the optimal selection of technological processes, boiler designs, and operating regimes. At the beginning of the course, we explain the role and place of the steam boiler in the general scheme of electric power production at modern highcapacity steam-turbine power stations, give the classification of steam boliers, describe the functions of the principal boiler elem ents and, in introductory form , the physico-chemical processes which occur in the water-steam, fuel and gas-air paths of boilers. Thus, th e students are immediately introduced to the range of topics which are later discussed in more d etail . A n u mber of chapters are devoted
to power-producing fu els and their characteristics , fu el prepnration for combustion , the theoretical princi pIes of combustion, techn ology of fuel combustion , and effi ciency with which heat is u tilized in steam boilers. Next the hook focuses on the principles of hydrodynamics and the temperature and water conditions in steam boilers. This constitutes the r ange of probl ems r elated to the procc!:ses of steam generation. Having studied the processes of fu el combustion and steam generation, the reader is acquainted with several particular designs of s team boilers and steam boiler elements. Special emphasis is placed on the processes and plants for high and supercritical steam parameters, monobloc units, the uLilization of non-traditional fuel s, and methods for increasing the reliability and efficiency of power plant equipment. Furtheron, the book explains tlw principles, stages and sequence of heat and hydraulic calculations for steam boilers, including data on the application of el ectronic computers and the development of mathematical models of steam boilers. Tho concluding chapters are of a generalized nature and describe certain particular designs of modern steam boilers, trends in their development, and principles of boiler operation. In view of recent progress and perspectives in nuclear power engineering and the construction of high-capacity nuclear power stations, of l arge theoretical and practical interest are data on tho steam generators of nuclear power stations. For the first time in higher-education textbooks, some pro-
9
'# •
11
1.1. Steam Boller at Power Statton Superheated steam
Superheated steam
Waste gases
Waste gases 2_--, J
Fuel
STEAM GENERATION AT ELECTRIC PO\VER STATIONS
Air
Steam to
I
Air
relleater
Steam from relleater
Ash,slo 12
r --
1.1. T he Steam Boiler at a Power Station
I
I 1
I
in the Soviet Union comprise the supergrid, which is the highest form of organization of energy p1·oduction. An electr-ic power station is an inThermal power stations. S t eam -turdustrial plan L for generation of electric bine power stations are the:main type energy. In the USSfi and industrially of power stations oper ating on orgadeveloped countries, the major portion nic fuels . They are subdivided into of electric energy is produced at fuel- condensation plants which produce elecfired (thermal) power .~lations which tric energy on ly and heat-and-power utilize tho chemical energy of com- p lants which can prod uce both elecbustion of organic fuels. A certain tr ic energy and h eaL. quantity of electricity is a lso produced Steam-turbine power p lants nrc adat nuclear power stations, a kind of vantageous over othe1· types in tha t thermal stalions which utilize the they permit concentration of an enorenergy of nucl ear ru els , and at hydraulic mous power in a single unit, h ave a power stations which uti I ize tho energy relatively high economic effi ciency a nd of fa lling water. require the lowest capital costs and Irrespective of tho typo of station , short time of their construction. The electric energy is, as a rul e, produced main thermal units at a steam-turbine on a centralized basis, which means power station are a steam boiler and a that individual power stations supply steam turbine (Fig. 1.1). A stea m boiler e nergy to a common power grid, is a combination of heating surfaces and therefore, are combined into po- in which steam is generated from conwer systems which may cover a large tinuously fed water by u t ilizing the territory with a large number of con- heat liberated on combustion of orgasumers . This principle increases the nic fuel which is fed into the boiler reliability of power sup ply to consu- furnace together with the air required mers, decreases the required r eserve for combustion. The water supplied power, reduces the cost of produced into a steam boiler is called feed energy due to more rational load on water. Feed water is preheat ed to the the power stat ions of a system, and saturation temperature and vaporized allows tho use of power plants of higher and the saturated steam thus formed unit powet·. At so me power stations , is further superheated. the centralized principle is empl oyed As fuel is burned, it forms com bufor the supply of heat to consumers in stion prod ucts which serve as a heatthe fo1·m of hot water and low-pressure transfer agent in the h eating surracos steam, as well fot· tho supply of elec- where it giv es up its h eat to tho water tric energy. Electric power stations, and steam which are called th e worelectric and heat power networks and king fluid. On passing the beating consumers m.ake up wha t is called a surfaces, the combustion products ar·e power system. Individual power sy- cooled to a relatively low tem pet·ature stems may be interconnected by high- and ejected from the boil er Lln·ough a tension electric power Jines into a stack into the atmosphere. The stacks power grid. Most of the power grids of high-power stations have a height
1
t
fuel
•
tI
f
10 I I
Ash.stag
W
12 9
!1 8
,----((
6
G
I
I
(a)
f
(6)
t
Fig. 1.1. Principal thermal diagram of (a) condensing station and (b) heat and powe~ station _ team boiler· 2-steam turbine; 3-clcc lrlc genera tor; 4- condcnser; S-;cond.ensate P~P· G-tee~ 8- hlg h-prcs.•ure hetllcr; 9- dcaernlor; 10-mnms \\aler heater, JJ-Indu
~u,;;p. 7-low-pressu re hea ter; ·
s trial stcnm ex lrnctlou; r2- wntcr-treat.rnent plant
of 200-300 m or even more to mi n im ize local concentrations of contaminants i n the air . Solid fuels leave ash and slag on combustion, which are disposed of from the hoi lor pl ant. The superheated steam prod ucod in a boiler is supplied into a steam turbine where its thermal energy is conv erted into mechanical work on the turbine shaft. The latter is connected to an electric generator in which the mechanical energy is transformed into electricity. The waste, or dump, s team is fed from the turbine into a condenser, an ap paratus in wh ich the steam is cooled and condensed by means of cold water supplied from a natural (river, sea, pond) or artificial (cooling tower) water source. At modern condensation power plantswithaunitpowero£150 MW or more, reheat superheating is employed, usually by arranging a single-banlc r eheat superheater (reheater) (Fig. 1.1a). D ouble- banlc reheat superheaters are employed at power plants of a very high power; in this scheme, sleam is returned to the boiler from two interm ediate turbine stages. Reheat s uperh eating increases the efficiency of a turbine and accordingly decreases tho unit steam consumption for power generation; it also diminishes t he moisture content of tho steam in tho low-pressure turbine stages and docreases erosion wear of turbine bl ades.
The condensate is pumped by a condensate pump thro ugh low-p ressure water heaters into a deaerator, where tho condensate is m ade to boil and is freed from oxygen and carbon diox id e that might cause corrosion of the equipment. Water from the deaerator is fed by means of a feed-water pump through a high-pressure water heater and then into the steam boiler. The condensate in low-pressure water heaters and the feed water in high-pressure water heaters are heated by the steam taken off from the turbine; this is called regenerative water heatin g. Th is method increases the efficiency of a steam-turbine plant and decreases the heat loss in the condenser. Thus, the steam boiler of a condensation power plant (Fig. 1.1a) is supplied with the condensate formed hom the steam produced in the unit. Par t of this condensate is lost in the system as leaka.ge. At heat and power stations, anoth er portion of the steam produced is taken off and supplied as process steam to industrial consumers and for domestic p urposes. At cond ensation plants, the steam leakage c.onslitutes only a small fraction of l.he total steam consumption, around 0.5-1 %, and is compensated for by mako-u p water pretreated in a watertreatment plant. At heat and power stations , the quantity of make-up
14
Ch. 1. Steam Generation at Electric Power Station s
f
f8
3
2
1.2. Clau!flcatton of Steam Bo!lerr
J
2
9
J
8
f
3 5
..:: 18~::J==-_j
7
18
7
ters of steam, the unit fu el cons uwption of a combined s team-gns plant is 4-6% lower than that o( a stea mt urbine plant. Tho capital expenditures are also lower by 8-12 %. Combined steam-gas plants wHh nuc14 t lear reactors have a lso boo11 d eve loped t (Fig. 1.11). In this version, the co m(b) bustion chamber is replaced b y n poFig. 1.3. Thermal diagram of a steam-gas wer reactor with n gaseous lleai.-LI'IHISpower plant fer agent, s uch as an inert gas, for 1-alr: t-comprcssor; J - fuel: 4- combuslion chominstance, helium, which allows the ber: S-gas turbine; 0- cxlluust gases: 7-electric generator; a-steam boiler; 9-steam turbine; temperature at the reactor exit to be 10-condcnscr: 11-condcnsntc pump; 12- low-prcssurc heater; IJ-deacrator; u - rccd pump; JSraised up Lo 1 500°C or even m ore. blgh-pressure heater; 10- hc.1t exchanger; 17High-temperature gas-cooled reactors hlgll-prcssure steam boiler; 18-cmcrgcncy waste gns dlsposn I can be employed efficien tly at nuclear power stations with steam tu rbines. unit fuel cons u mption of steam-gas In steam-gas power plan ts operating pl ants is 3-4.% l ower than that of a on nuclear fuels, the steam boiler utisteam-turbine plant with the same lizes t he beat of exhaust gases of gas ini tial steam parameters . turbines . Another scheme (Fig. 1.36) comAnother t.ype or combi ned systems prises a high-pressure steam boiler wilh steam cycle is a rnagnelohydrodyin which fuel combustion and heal namic (MilD) plant. Its ch aracteristic transfer take place at a high pressure feature is that heat is converted into (0.6-0. 7 M Pa). This makes it possible electricity without the use of mato intensify these processes and decrease chines (Fig. 1.5). Atmosph eric ai1· is the dimensions of the boiler and compressed in a compressot·, preheated t bus lo save metal substantially. As in in the boiler to 1 000-1 200°C and fed the previous scheme, the gas turbin e together with fu el in to the combuoperates on the high-temperature heat stion chamber where th e comb ustion of combustion products, i.e. the fumace products form at a tom perature of gases of the high-pressure steam 2 500°C and are ionized. I ntensive gas boiler. The steam generated in the ionization is effected by addi ng comhigh-pressure boiler is fed into a s team pounds of potassium, caesium and turbine. The combustion products from other alkali metals into the combustion the gas turbine are cooled by a part chamber. of the water flow fed for steam geneHot ionized gases (high-temperature ration . With t he same initial parame- plasma). which possess the proper3
,..,. t 7
1.2. Classification of Ste am Boilers
If 0
15
15
f
J - rcactor: 2-comprcssor: J - gns turb ine· 4 electric generator; 5-stenrn jlenerol or; e.:....rcccl pump; 7- condenscr: 8- steom turbine
9
+
17
Fig. 1.4. Combined steam-gas power plant on nuclear fuel
s team in the required quantity which can ensure the specified power of the turbine and the specified steam parameters.
-----· 4
5
8
5
15
19.
14
13 0
12
Fig. 1.5. Principal thermal dia gram o[ MHD power plant J-fuP.I; 2- ionizing see ds· J- hot nlr; 4- combustion c ha mber; o-1\IH]) ci•onnct; 6-electrlc mns -
nets; 7-gas duct; 8-a ir hea ter; 9- hcu Ung sur-
races or steam boiler; JO-cxlt or combustion products; 11-steom boil er; JZ-purflll ; H-condcnsc r; 14-electric generator; JS-slco m turbi ne; JG comprcssor; 17- d.c.-n.c. converter; 18- cnc rg}' lo 1inc; 79- alr
ties of an electtic conductor, arc fed througl1 a nozzle inLo a channel and move in it at a speed of roughly 700 m/s. Powerful perman ent mugnets create a magnetic field in the channel. .A.s plasma moves in the powerful magnetic field, ionized gas particles induce a direct current in an electric circuit which is then converted into an alter nating current. The gas flow l eaves the channel at a temperature of 1 500-2 000°C. This hightemperature heat of the gases is utilized for preheating of the air to be s upplied to the comb ustion chamber and for generation of steam which is fed into a steam turbine. The effi ciency of MHD plants may be as high as 50-60%. Roughly 70-80% of the total electric energy are produced in the MHD ch annel and the remaind er, in the steam power plant. As may be seen from the above pl'inci pal schemes of electric energy prod uct ion at power stations, the steam boiler at a thermal power plant and the steam generator at a nuclear power station are ind is pensabl e units and belong to the basic units of a power plant of practically any power rating. A steam boiler and steam generator are int.P.nded for productiou of
According to the l aws of phase transform atio ns, the production of superheated steam involves the following sequence of processes: preheating of feed water to the sat uration temperature, steam generation, and superheating of saturated steam to the specified temperat ure. These processes can occur only within striclly defined limits and can be effected in three t ypes of heating s urfaces. Water preheating to the saturation temperature is dono in an economizer, the formation of st eam takes place in evaporating Ilealing surfaces , and steam superheating is cat'l'ied out in a superheater. The working flu id in heating s urfaces (water· in the economizer, steamwater mixture i n evaporating tubes, and superheated steam in the s uperheater) must move continuously in order to ensw·e continuous heat removal and maintain the appropriate temperature conditions for the metal of the heating s urfaces. ln this process, water in the economizer and steam in the su perheater come only once in contact wilh the heating surface (Fig. 1.6). The economizer offers hydraulic resistance to the motion of water, which must be overcome by provision of a sufficiently high head in the feed pump. The pressw·e developed by tho feed pump must exceed the press ure at the entry to the zone of steam generation by the magnitude of the hydraulic resistance of the economizer. S imilarly, the motion of steam in the s uperheater is due to a pressure g radien t between the zone of steam gener ation and the steam turbine. The combined motion of water and s team in evaporating tubes, which has to overcome the hydraulic resistance of these tubes, can be effected in various ways. Accordingly, a distinction is made between n atural-
16
Ch. 1. Steam Generation at Electric Power Statlon 1 7
7
J
1.9. Flow Diagram of Steam Production
7
7
J
'·~
9 fO
.
4
p'
s..,
2
2
~
'
s. . "'
4
6 I
6
5 ( q)
6
f
5 (6)
6 1
5
8
-
5 (d)
(C)
Fig. 1.6. Principal schemes of steam generation in boilers (a) nnturul clrculallon;
(b)
mulllplc forced circulation; (c) once-through scheme; (d) combined circulation·
tho ci rculation circuit to be vaporized completely. . Since the process of steam formation occurs continuously and feed water is fed to the drum continuously too, as the steam is consumed, water circulates in the circuit all the time and ils quantity is not changed. The ratio of the mass flow rate or circulating water Gw, kg/s, to the quantity of steam formed per unit time, G,, kg/s, is called the circulation ratio (circulation rate):
1- tccd pump; .11- cconomlzer; J-drum; 4-downtake tubes; 5-hcndc.r · 6- evoporatlng tubes· 7-super~ heater; 8- pump lor multiple forced circulation; 8- mlxcr:' 10- bacl<-prcssure valve
circulation boilers, forced-circulatio n boilers and once-through boilers. Natural-circ ulation boilers. Let us considet· a closed circuit (Fig. 1.6a) comprising two sys tems of tubes: a system of lleatod tubes 6 and a system of unheated tubes 4, which all are connected to a drum 3 at the top and to a header 5 aL tho bottom. This closed hydraulic system of heated and unheated tubes forms a circulation circuit. The volume of the drum occupied by water is called the water space and that occupied by steam is tho steam space. The surface that separates the water space from the steam space is called the steam-relieving, or disengagement, area. The water space of the drum and the evaporating tubes aro filled with boiler water. Boiler water is made to boil in the evaporating tubes 6, which tllus turn out to be filled with a steam-water mixture of a density p0 . Unheated Lubes 4 are filled with water of a density p at the existing pressure in the drum. Therefore, the lowermost point of the circuit, i.e. the header, is subjected on the one hand to the action of a water column in the unheated tubes, which is equal to Hp'g, and on tl1e other hand, to the pressure of the steam-water mixture which fills the heated tubes, Hp 0 g. As steam is formed, the resulting pressure difference H (p' - Pa) g causes motion of wa ter in the circuit and for that reason is called the driving head in
natural circulation: Sdr
= H (p' -
Po) g
(1.1)
where Sdr is the driving head in uatural circulation, Pa, II is the height of the circuit, m, p' and Pa are the densities of water aod s team-water mixture, respectively, kg/m 3 , and g is ;he _acceleration due to gravity, rn/s . Smce the steam-water mixture in heated tubes moves upward, these are called ascending, or uptalce, tubes, while the unheated tubes in which water moves downward, are called descending, or downtake, tubes. Steam boilers in which the motion of the working fluid in the evaporating tubes is due to the head formed by circulation only which appears natur ally on heating the tubes, are called natural-circulation boilers. In contrast to the motion of water in the economizer and of steam in the superheater, where the working fluid passes through tho heating surface only once, the working fluid moves multiply through a circulation circuit. This means that a[ter a single passage through the evaporating tubes water is converted to s team only pa1·tially and enters the drum in the form of steam-water mixture. With natural circul ation, th e mass steam content at the exit from evaporating tubes is 3-25%. With the steam content at the exit, say, 20%, water should b e passed fiv e Limes through
k = GjG.
(1..2)
In natural-circulation boilers, th e circulation ratio is within 4-30 or sometimes more. The working fluid can be moved forcedly in evaporating tubes, for instance, by means of a pump included into the circuit. Such plants are called forced multiple circulation boilers (Fig. 1.6b). The driving head o[ circulation in that case is several times the driving head in natural circu lation. This makes it possible to arrange the evaporating tubes in any manner dictated by the boiler design and to effect circulation with the steam-water mixture moving not only vertically upwards, but also horizontally or even downwards. In steam boilers of this type the circulation ratio may be 3 to 10. Steam boilers with natural multiple circulation feature a drum which is a reservoir providing working fluid circulation in a closed hydraulic system and separation of water from steam. The drum determines all the principal zones of a boiler: economizing, steam-generating and superheating. Drum-type boilers operate at subcritical steam pressures, p < Per· Once-through steam boilers have no drum and the working f.luid passes through the evaporating tubes only once (Fig. 1.6c), since the circulation ratio is equal to unity (k = 1). A OllCethrough boiler rep rosen ts an open hydraulic system. Hs another typical feature is that there are no disti net boundaries between the economizing, 2-0 15 2~
17
evaporating and superheating zones. In the evaporating surfaces of oncethrough boilers, water is continuously converted to steam. Once-through boilers can operate at subcritical and suporcritical pressures, p ~ Per· In combined-circulation boilers (Fig. 1.6d), back-pressure valve 10 is opened at starting and the plant operates by the circuit as in Fig. 1.6b. On attaining the specified load, the circulation pump is switched off and tho back-pressure valve is closed automatically to run the boiler by the scheme of F ig. 1.6c.
1.3. Flow Diagram of Steam Production The flow diagram of steam production in a steam-turbine power station with once-through boilers fired with pulverized solid fuel is shown in Fig. 1.7. Solid lumpy fuel is delivered in railway cars to the fuel depoL. Cars are pushed into dumpers to be turned on the axis through 180° for discharging the fuel into bunkers beneath. Automatic fuel feeders supply fuel onto belt conveyers of the first lift which transfer it to crushers. Crushed fuel (of a size not over 25 mm) is delivered by the second-lift conveyer into the boiler room bunkers. The crushed fuel is then fed into grinding mills where it is ground to the final size and dried. The fuel-air mixture formed in the mills is supplied into the boiler furnace . In Soviet power engineering, steam boilers of n -shaped profile are roost popular (for more detail see Sec. 21.1). The boiler consists of two vertical prismatic shafts connected at the top by a horizontal gas duct. The first (larger) shaft serves as the boiler furnace. Its volume may be within a wi de range h-om 1 000 m 3 to 30 000 m 8 or more depending on boiler capacity and type of fuel. Tubular plane syst'ems , or water walls, are arranged around the entire perimeter and along the whole height of the furnace chamber. They are heated directly by radiant beat of the flame and are essentially
1.8
_____ _
_..;....;.;;_ Cit. 1. Steanl Generation at Electric Power Stations
Fig. 1.7. Flow diagram of steam generation 1- coo l pile; 2- bclt conveyer; 3 and 4- bunkcrs; 5-car dumper with a car; G-crushing plant; 7- crusher hunker; 8- coal;:rlndlng rnHI; 9- prhnary air; JO- IucHlir mixture· 11-bumcrs; a - boiler rronl; 13 Aicnm holler; 14- lurnnce space; J5- secondary nlr: JG - Iower rntllntlon section; J 7- mlddle radlat.lon section: 18- upper rndlnllon section: 19- superhcn lcd steam; 20- convcctivc s uprrhc:Aler: 21- alr Intake· rrom holler room: 22- air intake rrom the outsido•; 2J- cold air duct; 24-rcbcat superheater; 25- horhontal gns duct; 2G-eonvective s h!!lt (vertical gas duct); 27- economher; 28-lccd water : 29- al r hea ter; JO- Iorced-drn rt t on: JJ- ash coll ector; 32-lnduced-drnll ran; .>J-stack ; .74-sl:~g-ash channel
the ra.diant hea.ting surfaces. In modern plants, water walls in the furnace arc often made of finned tubes which are welded together to form a continuous gas-tight (gas-impermeable) shell, which is covered on Lhe outside by a shell of a heat-insulating material to minimize beat losses to the surroundings; this ensures proper sanitary conditions in the boiler room, and prevents burns o[ the personnel. The second vertical shaft and the horizontal dueL that connects i t with the furn~ce serve for accommodating beating surfaces which receive heaL by convection (convective sm-faces) and are called respectively the convective shaft and the convective duct. H aviog given up their heat t.o tho water walls, com bustion products leave the furnace at a tcmpet·ature of 900-1 200oc (depending on the type of fuel) and enter the horizontal duct. As water moves through the boiler tubes, it gradually transforms into steam. The heating surfaces in which st.eam is formed are called evaporating, or steam-generating. In once-through boilers, the evaporating beating surface is arranged in the lower portion of the furnace and is called the lower radiation section. Vli Lh su percritical steam parameters, it also includ es a radiant economizer. W a tor suppli ed to a boiler is call ed feed water.
Feed water contains certa in impu-· ri Ues. During the process of steam generation, the content of steam in the steam-water mixture increases, water evaporates, and the concentration of impuriti es increases. At a certain concentration at the end of the steamgenerating zone, impurities may be deposited on the internal surfaces of tubes as scale. The cond uctivity of deposits is only a small fraction of that of the tube metal. This impairs heat transfer to the working fluid and , with intensive heating in the boiler furnace, can cause overheating of the metal which then loses strength and can fracture under the pressure of the working ri u id. The heating sm-face in which steam generation is completed and steam superheating begins is called the transition zone. Dcposil.ion of scale takes place most! y in this zone. In earlier designs of once-through boilers, the conditio ns of operation of the metal of this zone were made easier by bringing the transition zone out of the furnace into the convective duct where the int eusity of heating was roughly one order of magnitude lower (ofiset transition zone). In modern practice, once-through boilers are fed with practically pure water, so that no scale forms und er normal opcraLi ng conditions and the tran siti ou zone
--------------------~1~~~-~F~lo~w~D~'=·a~g~ ra~r~ n~o~f~S~t=e~a~m~P~ro~d~u=c~tw~n~---------------- 19
can be arranged within the furna ce; the working fluid passes from the lower radiation section directly into the water walls above it where steam is superheated (radiant superheater). The radiant superheater can inc!ude either two heating surfaces: the medium radiation section and the upper radiation section, which are connected in series, or only the upper radiation section immediately downstream of the lower radiation section. Partially superheated stoam flows into tho last h eating surface which is arranged in the convective duct; this is the convective superheater whoro s t.earo is heated to the specified t emperature. Superheated steam of the required paramotel'S (temperature and pressure) is directed into the turbine. Like any heating sur:faco, the convective superheater is a system of a l arge number of steel lube coils connected in parall el and interconnected by headers at the inl et and outl et ends. The tempornt.ure of combustion produels downstream of the convective s uperheater is quite high (800-900°C). Part of the worked-off steam can be r eturned from the turbine for secondary (intermedia.te) superheating, usually to the same temperatm-e as that of steam from the main superheater. This is the intermediate (reheat) superheater (or, s imply, reheater) . The combust ion products at the outlet from the intermediate supel·heater are s till rather hot (500-600°C) and their heat can be utilized in a convective economizer . Feed water supplied into the convective economizer is preheated to a temperature below the saturation point and is fed into the lower r adiation section. The temperature of combustion products downstream of the economizer is 3004500C or sometimes more. F urthe1· heat util iza I. ion is effected in a n ext convective h eating surface, the air heater. It is a system of vertical tubes, with combus tion products flowing in the tubes and air, between them. Tho tcmperatUl'e of air is 30-60°C at the inlet to the air healer (cold air) and
250-420°C at the outlet (hot air), depending on kind of fuel and method of combustion. With pulverized fuel combustion, t.he preheated air is separated into two flows. T he prirnary air is used for drying of fu el and transport of fu el dust through burners into the boiler furnace. The temperature of this fu el-air mixture is 70-130°C. The secondary air is directed immediately through burners into the furnace (bypassing the fuel mills) at the te mpera lure it has had after the a it· heater. Downstream of tl1 e air heater, the combustion products have already a rather low temperature (110-160°C). Further utilization of their heat is economically inefficient and they are ejected through the s tack into the atmosphere. They ru·c called waste, or chimney, gases. Upon bm-ning, fu el leaves fly ash which is mostly carried o[f by combustion gases. Fly ash is catched (collected) in a fly-ash collector which is arranged upstream of the induced-draft fan. This arrangement prevents abrasion wear of the induced-draft fans and contamination of the atmosphere w ith fly ash. The collected ash is re· moved by means of ash-removal devices. Part of ash falls oot.o the bottom of the boiler furnace and is removed con tinuously by the ash-handling system. Tho flow diagram of steam generation i11 drum-typo boil ers di£fors frorn that described above only in the design and operation of the boiler proper (Fig . 1.8). In this case, the steamwater mixture formed in the fumaco water walls is fed into the boiler drum. The steam separated in the drum is practically dry and is fed first into the superheater and then into thf) turbin e. As follows from the flow diagram of steam generation (see Fig. 1.7), a boiler plant has the following basic paths : -the fuel path, i.e. a combinatioq of elements in which solid fuel is transported, crushed, groun d, and delivere
20
Ch. 1. Steam Generation at Elutric Power Stations
1.4. Principal Chara cteristics of Steam Boller•
following elements : an economizer, 5 furnace water walls, and steam superheaters; - the air path includes a combina7 r---- Steam !"rom re!Jealer t o tion of elements for suction o( atmosturbine pheric (cold) air, its preheating, transI port and supply into the furnace. The 4 6 I air path comprises a cold air d uct, I air heater (ils air s ide), hot-air duct, and burners ; -the gas path is a complex o[ ele9 ments in which the combustion proFeed water ducts flow from the furnace into the atmosphere ; it begins in the boiler 10 furnace and passes throug h the superheaters, economizer, air heater (its gas sid e), ash collect or and stack. 11 The air an d gas paths are connected in series forming what is call ed the Cold air ... gas-air path. The transition from one to the other t akes place in tho Lloiler ~.u.w.'t:::'=-; Wo s te furnace space. The diagram or a gasair path is shown in Fig. 1.9a. In this Fig. 1.8. Diagram of free-circulation drum- circuiL, a ir is transported b y ulowers and the corresponding air path in tho type boiler 1-Cumace space; t-wn ter walls· ~-b~trnero; port ion between th o blower and furnace 4-downtnke Lubes; s - drum ; 6-rndla nt superheais at a pressure higher than the atmoster; 7- convecllvc su perheater; 8- lnLermedlatc superheater (rehcntc r) ; 9-economizer; JO-conpheric. Combus tion products are transvectlve gns duct; 11-air heater ported by induced-draft fans arranged The fuel path comprises the crushing downstream of t he boiler, and thereequipment, conveyers, crushed-fuel bun- fore, the furnace proper and all gas ker, grinding mill, and pulverized-fuel ducts are at a pressure b elow the duct leading to the furnace. Up to the atmospher ic. This is what is called crushed-fuel bunkers, fuel is transfer- the balanced draft scheme. The transport of air to the furnace red by conveyers. Beginning from the grinding mill, the resistance in the and of combustion products to the fuel path is overcome by the head of atmosphere can be ensured by forcedthe fan· draft fans only, i.e. without induced' -the water-steam path, or circuit, draft fans (Fig. 1.9b). In that case, .is a system of series-connected ele- the furnace and gas ducts are under men ts for the transport of water, steam- a certain excess pressure (supercharged). water mixture and superheated steam . For comparis on, Fig. 1.10 s hows the The waler-steam circuit includes the pressure distribution in the g as-air path Superheated steam to lur6ine
Forcl!ll·ilrort t
Mill I
D Steam boiler
fan
- --
lnduCI!d-drart
fan
Steam 6oiler
( 6 ) ' - - - ----....J
Fig . 1.9. Diagrams of gas-air pa ths ~a)
pulverized coaHired bul a nced-drufL bollrr: (b) fue l oil-fired superchurgcd holler: ---fuel; J- primnry ui r; 11- S<•condnry u lr; - · - ·- · -co mbus t ion products.
- a ir:
21
a
Air 6lower
Air heater (air side J
Steam boiler
Air healer fgas sit/e)
Exhaust fan
Fig. 1.10. Pressure distribution in gas-air path of (a} supercharged boiler plant and (b) balanced-draft plan t
of a boiler with balanced draft and in that wilh a supercharged furn ace .
1.4. Principal Characteristics of Steam Boilers The steam-generating capacity D, t/h (or kg/s), is the quantity of steam produced by a boiler per unit time . A boiler is calculated for a rated steamgenerating capacity D , , which is understood as the highest load of th e boiler in stable operation for a long time on the s pecified fuel and with the rated parameters of s team and feed water. The steam-generating capacity of industrially made boilers ranges within very wide limits . At present, power engineering in the USSR is b ased on th e use of b oiler plants producing 1 000, 1 650 or 2 650 t /h o£ steam of supercritical parameters (pressure 25.5 MPa, steam superheating 545°C, intermediate superheating 545°C} and having the efficiency of 92-94%. Such boilers supply steam lo turbines of a power respectively of 300 , 500 or 800 MW. The steam boil er and tho turbine constitu te a monobloc unit. R ecen tly a monobloc unit for a power of 1 200 MW with a boiler or a capacity of 3 950 t/h has been put into op eration. At some
heat and power s tations, smaller hoil ers fo r lower steam parameters are employed. S uperheated steam is ch aracterized by ils parameters: the pressure and temperature in the outlet header of the superheater. The boilers employed at power stations differ in the pressure of steam, which may be high (10 or 14 MP a) or supercritical (25.5 MPa). Steam boilers for pressures of 14 MPa and more are as a rule made with secondary stearn superheating. B oiler preassembling. The time of construction and mounting o( boiler pl ants can be shortened appreciably by making l arger (preassembled) hoilor units at the manufactuiing works. Preassembled units must match with. the dimensions of railway cars. Preas· sembled units are transported to the boiler plant site to be mounted into a boiler. T he coof[icient of preassembling, which is the ratio of the total mass of preassebled units to the whole mass of a boiler plant , may be as h igh as 80-90%. The l argest d iHiculties arise in manufacture of preassembled lUlits of tho boiler structure. Preassembling places certain requirements on the b oiler des ign , since preassom· bl ed units should s atisfy th e special conditions of their transport and mounting.
•
22
2.1. 1\irzds and Compositions of Fuels
Ch. 2. Power-producing Fuels and Their Characlerlsllcs
Fuel Wootf Peat
PO,:VER-PRODUCING FUELS AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS
Brown coal Coal
c.cr.
~2.5
51
39
058-
- 75
.90 9J
The development of power engineering is directl y linked to the construction of new thermal and nuclear power stations, i.e. plant s operating on organic or nuclear fu els. Orga nic fuels are those which can generate subs tant.ial quantiti es of heat (per unit mass or unit volume) by reacting with oxygen. Organic fu els suitable for production of l arge quantit ies of heat with a sufficien t economy are termed powerproducing. Their reserves must be enormous and relati vel y easily explorable. Besides, they mus t be of low v alue as starting materials for other branches of industry. The most popul ar kinds of power-producing fuels employed at thermal power s tations are as follows: solid -coals and l ignites and some products prepared from them, anthracite and scmianthr acite, liquid-fuel oil , and gaseous natural gas. Peat, oil shal es, st abilized oil and industrial gaseous fuels (bl ast-furnace and coke-oven gas) are used to a lesser extent, though in some regions of the country t hey constitute an appreciable share of the fu el balance. Of late, electric energy is produced more and more at nuclear power stations which utilize the energy of nuclear fission of r adioactive heavy metals: uranium (U 235 ) and plutonium (Pu 239). The richest uraniu m ore, uraninite, contains 65-90% of uranium dioxide UOz in which only 0.72% falls on radioactive U 235 and the balance is the common U 238 • The origin al nuclear fuel is processed in gas-
diffusion plants to ra ise the concentration of to 1.5-3.5%, after which it can be charged into nuclear reactors. One kilogram of U 230 libera tes on fission roughly 85 mln MJ of heat, which is equivalent to the combustion of 3 500 l of coal with the heating va ltto 24.5 MJ/kg. In the USSR, thet·mal power stations consume roughly 40% of the total organic fuel. Coals, fuel oil and natural gas are tho predomin a nt kinds of organic fu el in their fu el bal ance. The share of coals burned at thermal power stations increases gradually due to tho exploitation of new coal fiel ds in Siberia and Northern Kazakhstan . The consumption of fuel oil and natural gas is ap proximately at the same level as coal. Other k inds of solid fu el , such as peat and oil shales, constitute only 6-7% of the total fuel consumption by thermal power stations. In new coal fi elds, l ess expensive opencast mining will be employed increasingly. All fossil fuels, i.e. solid fu els and petr oleum, h ave formed in the process of long transformation of the original vegetable mass and died-off animals under a layer of earth or water. The process occurred at, a different rate as regards tho carburization of the fuel, i.e. increasing carbon concentration and decreasing cortcentrati on of oxygen and hydt·ogen (Fig . 2.1). The degree of carburization, which characterizes the dopt.h of chemical transformations in fu el (which is called t he chemical a.ge of fuel) is not determ ined directly by its geological age, i.e. the duration of carburization process.
um
r.
50
Anthracite
2.1. Ki nds and Compositions of Fuels
0~
=:ti;;; . /j :
§ :r: ~ 2
H~i'· 6
= =s~ =
-5 ;
-
4:
~ 2
vc.r.
23
Fig. 2.1. Comparison or elemental analyses or principal fuels
85
70= =:s~:=
37- .9
§
-
4
Cru.de petroleum is a mixture of -organic compou nds, including minor -quantities of liquid su lphur and nitrogen compounds, paraffins and re:sins. Upon dis tillation of I ighL It· actions and oils (petrol , nnphta, kero:sene, gas oil, straw oi l), there remain viscous heavy fractions - fuel oil which is used as a liquid power-producing -fuel. The m ineral impurities present in the crude petroleum are mainly -concentr ated in fu el oil. Natural gases either form together with petroleum or aro produced by synthesis in the presence of water and metal carbides at Large depths under the action of high pressure and temperature. In many cases, natural gas accompanies petroleum. This is what j s called a casing-head gas; it can be used as a power-producing fuel. Heplacement of solid fuels by li·quid and gaseous improves the operating conditions of power stations and -can decrease sensibly the cost of the equipment and increase its efficiency. For instance, the capi tal expendi tures for the construction o[ a power station to be fired with gas or fuel oil are lower by 20-24% than those for a solid-fu el fired station of the same power. The efficiency of fuel oilfired plants is 4% h igher (in terms of electric energy produced) than th at <>f a solid-fuel fired plant. The exp lored reserves of natural gases and petroleu m are however limited and constitute only 6% of the total world r eserves of organic fuel. Besides, n atural gases and petroleum a re of the highest value as starting
materials for various branches of national economy. On the other hand, the reserves of coal exceed 7'1% of the total expl ored reserves of fuel in th o world and th erefore coals are the principal organic fuel. Tile organic mass of solid and liquid fuels consis ts of a large number of compl ex compounds of the pri ncipal five elements: carbon C, hydrogen H, oxygen 0, sulphur S, and nitrogen N. Besides, any fuel contains mineral impurities A, which enter the original bed mainly from the outside, and moisture W. For that reason, the chemical analysis of solid and liquid fuels is determined not in the terms of their compounds, but as the total mass of chemical elements in 1 kg of fuel, i.e. the elemental analysis of a fuel is determined . One should d istinguish between the following fiv o elemental masses of fuels: working mass cw+Hw+Ow+Nw+S:,O+Aw+Ww= {00% (2. 1)
analytical mass ca + lJo+Oa+Na+S~+ Aa+Wa = 1.00% (2. 2)
dry (moisture-free) mass C
resolved combustible mass CC+ II•+O•+N•+S~=iOO %
(2.4)
and organic mass c o+ Jio+ Oo+ No + So =1.00 %
(2.5)
24 and
Coke residue
Kon·com6usli6le muss
Volatiles
I
l
l
Fig. 2.2. Diagram of elemental analysis of solid fuel
butane ClH10 , etc.) which are often written generally as CmHn (1-6%). _Besides, natural gas contains minor quantities of non-combustibles: nitrogen N 2 (1-4%) and carbon dioxide cot (0.1.-0.2%). 2.2. The Healing Value and Resolved Characteristics of Fuels
mass
The work ing mass of fuel is the of a fuel. The former includes moisture mass in the form it is delivered to and mineral matter and the latter the plant. The consumption of fuel incl udes oxygen and nitrogen which and the vol umes of combustion pro- enter the original organic matter. ducts formed are calcul ated in terms Combustible elements in fuel are caTof the working m ass. The working bon, hydrogen and sulphur, with carbon fuel upon grinding to pulverized state being the principal combustible eleand when dried in laboratory to ment. It has a h igh beating value (34.1 the air-dry slate, loses the free mois- MJ /kg) and constitutes the major porture, and its mass is then called tion of the working mass of fuel (50-75% analytical. The r emaining moisture in solid fuels and 83-85% in fuel in fuel, wa, which is combined in the oils). Hydrogen has a very high heaoriginal substance, is more often cal- ting value (120.5 1\0/kg), but its conled hygroscopic moisture, i. e. wa = tent in solid fuels is not high (Hw = = W h. = 2-4%) and is somewhat higher Upon h eating of fuel to 102-105°C, in liquid fuels (10-11%). Sulphur all its moisture evaporates, thus leav- has a low heating value (9.3 MJ/kg} ing the dry mass of fuel. The combus- and is present in fuels in minor quantible mass of fuel includes the ele- tities (S10 = 0.3-4%) and for that ments of the origina.I organic matter reason is of low value as a combustiand the su lphur of inorganic combu- ble element. The presence of sui phur stible compounds (for instance, py- oxides in combustion products inrite FeS,); for that reason, it is cal- creases the risk of corrosion of metallic led the resolved combustible mass. heating surfaces and in certain conIn equations (2.1) to (2.4), S., is the centr ations may be dangerous to vevolatile sulphur, i.e. the sum of pyri- getation and animals; this necessite sulphur and organic sulphur which tates measures fqr the collection of sulcan be oxidized in the boiler furnace: phur from waste gases. According to S., = Sp +So. their sulphur content, fuel oils are The organic mass of fue·l is essential- divided into low-sulphur (Sw < ! y its combustible mass plus pyrite < 0.5%), medium-sulphur (Sw = 0.5sulphur. Apart from the two kinds 2%) and h igh-sulphur (S"' > 2%) graof sulphur mentioned, there is also des. the sulphate sulphur S. which enters In contrast to solid and liquid fuels, the composition of higher oxides (such gaseous fuels are mechanical mixtur·es as CaSO,) and cannot be fur ther oxi- of combustible and non-combustible dized in combustion. The various gases. Nat ural gases consist pref~rabl y m asses of solid fuel are shown dia- of methane CH 6 (up to 90-96%) , witl't grammatically in Fig. 2.2. It should minor quantities of heavier hydrocarbe distinguished between the external bons (ethane C1 11 6 , propane C3 H8 , and internal ball~t in the composition
25
2.2. Characteristics of Fuels
Ch. 2. Power-producing Fuel1 and Their Characteristics
I
The quantity of heal liber ated on combustion of n unit m ass or volume of fuel is the principal thermal characteristic of fu els, called the heating, or calorific, value. One should dist inguish between the upper and lower heating val ue. The upper heating value Qu is the quantity of heat l.iberate~ on combustion of 1 kg of sohd or liquid or 1 m 3 of gaseous fuel under the conditions that water vapours are condensed and the combustion products are cooled to 0°C. The lower healing value Q1 differs from tho upper heat.ing value by the heat of ev~ poration of the moisture present m the fu el and the moisture formed on combustion of hydrogen. In power plants, moisture of the combustion products remains in a vaporized state and the heat consumed for ·its evaporat ion is lost. With a higher moisture content of fuel, Q1 is lower. The lower heating value, kJ /kg, can be found by the formula : Ql = Qu - Qw (2 ..6} ; In the general case, the heat of moisture condensation, k J/kg, · is:
Qw = 2 500 (
:~ + ~) =22SH+25W (2.7)
I
I
where H and W are the concentrations of hydrogen and m oisture, %, and 2 500 is the heat of condensation of 1 kg of moisture at atmosph eric pressure, kJ/kg. When finding the l ower heating value for other masses of (uel, except for the analytical and working mass, formula (2.7) becomes simpler because the moisture term is excluded: Qw = 225 H
The higher heaLing value of solid and liquid fuels can be determined experimentally by burning a sample of fuel in a calorimetric apparatus. The h eating value of fuels can be d etermined approximately from their elemental analysis. In this respect, the most simple and accurate are Mendeleev's formulae which contain empirically found coeffici ents for various combustible elements. For instance, the formula for determining the lower beating value of the working m ass of solid and liquid fuels is as follows: Q'{' = 339Cw + 1 030Hw - 109 (OW - SID) - 25WU' (2.8) where C"', H "' , etc. aro the concentrations of elements in the working mass of fu el, %. For gaseous fuels, if !h ei r analysis is known exactly, the heattag value of 1 m 3 of dry gas can be determined by the formula:
Q1 =
+
0.01 (Qa2 H 2 QcoCO + Qca,CH 4 + Qc,a,C2 Ha+ ... ) (2 .9) where H 2 , CO, CH 4 , C2H&, etc. are the volume concentrations of combustible gases in fu el, % , and Qa, Qco. Qca,, Qc,a•• etc. are their healing values, kJ/m3 . Steam boilers of the same steamgenerating capacity can consume w_idely different quantities of fuel, s•nce the heating value of various fuel s may vary within wide limits. For comparison o[ the efficiency of various power plants and for simpler calculations of the combustion of various fuel s , the concept of reference fuel has been introduced. It is a cond itional fuel whose heating value is Q, = = 29 .33 MJ /kg (7 000 kcal /kg). The consumption of various kinds of fuel at power plants can b e calcu1a ted in terms of the reference fuel by the formula: Q'f B, = BQ, (2.10) wh ere B r and B aro the consumption of the r eference fuel and natural fuel, respectively.
26
Ch. 2. Power-producing Fuels and Their Characteristics
The method of expressing the elemental analysis of fuels and theii external ballast (moisture and ash content) as percentage of the orig inal mass of burned fuel is used widely in power engineering. This method, however, is not always convenien t for the analysis of operating ~onditions of steam boilers. For instance, as the external ballast. of a fuel increases, the heating value of the fuel becomes lower, and therefore, more fuel must be burned to maintain the same steam-generating capacity of I he boiler . As a result, the mass of the ballast en loring t.he furnace increases much more appreciably t,han the fuel cons umption, which can form intolerable condilions for boiler operation . Thus, the percentage of moisture, ash or su lphur in fuel is not sufficient to characterize the valuab ilit.y of a fuel. The mass consumption of fue ls burned in steam boilers can be characterized more reliably by relating the concentration of chemical clements and ballas t, per cen t , to the unit of the lower heating value, 1 MJ , which is called the resolved characteristic of fuel. The resolved moisture content, ash ~ontent and sulphur content (%·kg/ /MJ) are determined by the formulae: W' = ww S' = sw
Qf ,
Q7
(2.11) For instance, with the same original s ulphur content (S"' = 3%) of fuel oil (Ql" = 39 MJ /kg) and brown coal (Q't' = 12 MJ/kg), the mass of sulphur oxides car-ried off with combus t,ion products is in th e latter case 3.25 t imes h igher, according to the r atio of the resolved sulphur con tents : S' = 0.077 of fuel oil and S' = 0.25 of brown coal.
2.3. Technical Characteristics of Solid F uels Efficient combus tion of fuels in steam boil ers requires knowledge and correct account of a number of deci-
sive characteristics of fuel s whi ch, apart from the heating value, include the ash content, mois ture content, the yield of volatiles, etc. Ash content. Mineral impurit ies are present in all kinds of solid fuol. Their major portion is not associated with the org,a nic mass of fuel. As l'eg ards their origin, mineral impurities can be divided i nto internal which accumulate in fuel bods in the course of fuel formation and external which pass into the fuel from the surrounding gangue during exploitation. As fuel is burned, its mineral components are subjected to high -tomperature transformations. Complex m ineral compounds of Ute type of clays Al20 3 ·2Si0z·2H 2 0, felds pars K 2 0· · Al20u · 6Si0 2 , s ulphates and carbonates CaSO 4 • 2H 2 0 · CaMg(C0 3 ) 2 , etc. are destroyed and partly afteroxidized by atmos pheric oxygen . The residue r emaining af ter t he combustion of fuel, i.e. ash, consis ts mainl y of a number of oxides: Si0 2 , Al 20 3 , Fe 20 3 , CaO, MgO, K 2 0, Na 2 0 and its mass turns out, on the average, to be 10% s maller than the original mineral mass of fuel. The percentage of the ash residue r elative to unit mass of original fuel is called the ash content. The properties of ash play an .i mportant part in the operation of a steam boiler. Finest solid particles of ash are entrained by tho flow of furn ace gases and carried off from the furnace; this is what is caJled fly ash. Another part of ash is melted in the flame core and drops to the fumace bottom or s Licks to the s urrounding f urnace walls and forms slags on solidification, i.e. solid solutions of minerals whose cornposi tion may differ from that of fly ash. Of special importance fot· the fuol combus tion process are the fusibil i l.y characteris tics of as h. Tho mel Ling points of vat"ious minerals and th eir alloys d iffer widely, ranging from 600° to 2 900°C. For that r eas on , ash is not melted at a fixed temperature, but is softened gradually and changes from the solid to liquid s ta te with
27
2.3. Technical Characteristics of Solid Fuels
Fig. 2.3. Cone test of ash J- hcro re heati ng; Z-bcglnning or dcrormntlon; J -sortenin((; 4-lluld state
increasi ng temperatu re. Tho melting temperature of ash is determined by the standard con e t est, i. e. a .cono of s tandard sizo is pressed from ash and placed into a furnace (Fig. 2.3). Duri ng h eaLing , the following characteristic temperatures are marked: t 1 is the beginning of d eformation , when the sha pe of the cone starts ·changing, t , = 1 000-1 200°C; t~ is softening, when tho top of the cone drops to the base or assumes a ·dropl et-like shape, t~ = 1100-1ll00°C; and t 3 is the fluid state, when as h beg i ns to spread ove1· the plane base, t 3 = = 1 200-1 500°C. The basic characteris tic of slag is its v iscosi t. y. Mol ten slag, if i l is in an actual liquid state, flows freely along a vertical or inclir1ed wall when its vis·cosity is less than 200 P (poise). The temperature of mol ten slag at which i t can now out freely from a hole is -called the temperat ure of normal I iquid slag removal, tsr- The temperature of fus ion of as h and the typical -coefficients of viscosity can be found from tables of power- producing fuels. In burning, the major portion of mineral composition of fuol is transformed into fine fl y ash which is carried off by the gas flow. In furn aces ·operating un der different th ermal con·d iti ons of combustion and slag removal, the amount o£ fly as h carry-o ver, CLc, may range from 0.85-0.95 to •0.2-0.-1. The rema ining pot·tion drops down onto tho furnace bottom as s lag and is removed therefrom: a 3 1 = = 1 - ac. ·w ith a higher ash conten t of fu el and a higher concentral ion of fly ash in furnace gases , more intrica te and expens ive as h-collecting ·devices are needed to prevent poilu-
Lion of the air basin . In th at case, the s peeds of gases in convective ducts of boilers are reduced to avoid abrasion weat· of tubes , while depositi on o£ ash particles on the h eating s urfaces impairs the cond it ions o£ heat transfor. As a resu l t. , the boiJor plant becomes too bulky in design. The yield of volatiles and coke residue. If a sa mple of dry solid Iuel is placed into a cruci ble and heated gradually in an inert medium without air, i ts mass will decrease. At high tern per a tures, oxygon-couta i ning molecules of the fu el dissociate and form gaseous s ubsta nces which arc called volatiles (CO, 11 2 , CJI 4 , C0 2 , etc.). The evolution of volatiles from solid fu els takes place in the temperature range 110-1 100°C. The hig hest yield (up to 95%) occUIS at a temperature near 800°C (Fig. 2 .4). For that reason , the yield of volatiles fro m solid fuels is determined conditionally as the decrease of the mass of fuel sample upon holding it in a crucible at t = 850 ± 25°C for 7 min utes, related to the combust ible mass of fu el,
vc
%. yc
-
50
/
40 JO
I
/
20 II
to 0
. 4/JO
1,- ~
_,........... 500
2
--- -
J
800
I
fOOO
~
,_~
-l
•c
Fig. 2.4. Evolution of vola tiles depending on tern peru ture / - brown coal; 2- lean con i; J- ant11racit c; 4 ultimalc yield or volatiles lor particular tue l
29
2.4. Characteristics of Fuel Oll and Natural Gases
28
I
I
lI
I
Ch. 2. Power-prodrlclng Fuels and Their Characteristics
Since the yield of volatiles is determined in the first place by the concentrat ion of oxygen in fuel, it is higher in 'yo unger' fuels (Fig. 2. 1). For instance, the yield of volatiles is y c = 45-50% from brown coals, 2540% from coals, and only 3-4% from anthracites. The solid combustible residue remaining upon evolution of volatiles is called coke. It may be either dense (sintered) or loose (powdered). In air, coke ignites at a temperature of 90012000C. Volatiles evolving from the fuel ensure earlier ignition of coke, since they can ignite at a lower temperature t han the coke residue (350600oC) and thus raise quickly the temperature of coke particles. Their effect is especially strong at the initial stage of fu el burn ing . Fuels wiLh a higher yield of volatil es ignite mor e quickly and burn more completely. Moistu re content. It is distinguished between the adv entitious, adsorbed, cellular, and inh eren t moisture. All kinds of moisture, except for inherent moisture, are removed from fuel on heating to 102-105°C. The inherent, or hydr ate, moisture is firmly bonded with the mineral por tion of fuel and enters the composition of crystals of the substance. Solid fossil fuels con tain mostly adsorbed moisture which is determined by the adsorptivity of complex colloids of the organic mass of fuel . The high est adsor ptivity is exhibited by peat, brown coals and some younger coals. Th e adsorptivity of a fuel determines its hygroscopic moisture content Wh. This moisture characterizes indirectly the age of fu el: it is lower in older fuels. For instance, W h = 10-13% in brown coals and on I y 1.5-2.5% in anthracites. Knowledge of W 1' is essenti al for estimating the admissible moisture content of pulverized coal to avoid sticking of particles (at an excessive moisture content) or explosion of overdried dust. The adventitious, or mechanically retained moisture appears in fuel upon
contact with water and remains on its surface due to wetting. Its magnitude depends on the particle size of fuel and the external conditions during transport and storage. Cellular, or capillary, moisture is determined by the porosity of fu el structure. It is most pronoun ced in peat. A high ' moisture content in t he working mass of fuel may cause serious difficulties in fuel combustion. It decreases the heating value of fu el , increases fuel consumption and the v olume of combustion products, and involves higher h eat losses with waste gases and greater energy consumption for driving the induceddraft fans. An elevated moisture conten t of furnace gases can cause s tronger corrosion of metal in the air h eater and increase contamination of the h eating surfaces. Wet fu el is sticky, which involves difficulties in its transport and preparation, and besides, it can congeal in winter t ime. The effect of tho sulphur present in fuel on the boiler operation will be discussed in the section to follow. Table 2.1. Grading or Coals
Coal type
-
.,..""" ~
Yield or volatil es, V" , %
Chu ractcrls tic or coke residue
Grading of solid fuels. Solid fuels are grad ed mainly according to their moist ure content in the working mass ·(brown coals) or the yield of v olatiles (coals). For instance, brown coals ~re divided into th ree groups: B1 w1th moisture content W "' up to 40% ; B2 with ww= 30-40%, and B3 wit.h ww less than 30% . The grading of coals is based on the yield of volatiles and the characteristics of coke (Table 2.1). .F ine fractions of fuel (screenings) which remain after screening of the produced fu el are additionally graded by a letter that shows their parl.icle size for instance: Sh - fractions from • • 6 mm and less; SSh- fract10ns from 13 rom and Jess; R - ord inary (unscreened) fu el, etc. 2.4. Technical Characteristics of Fuel Oil and Natural Gases The q uality of fu el oil has·groat effect on its combustion in boiler furnaces and the scheme of fuel oil preparation and supply to a power stat ion. Viscosity. Viscosity is ~ one of the principal technical characteristics of f uel oils and the basis for their grading. Fuel oils ar e divided into light, medium and heavy grades. Light grades include marine fu el oils (F5 and
a::>
Long-flarno coal Fiery coal Fiery fat coal Fat coa l Fat coking coa l Coking coal Leaned cuking coal Low-caking coal Lean con i
D
36 and more
Powdered, poorly sin to red
-
GZh
36 and more 31-37
Zh
2'•-37
-
G
KZb K
s ss T
25-33
-
Densely sintered
17-33 14-27
-
17-37
Poorly SIDtered, powde red Poo rly sintered, powdo red
9-17
F12), while medium and heavy grades are used as furnace fuel in boilers and other stationary power plants and in process plants. Depending on their viscosity and other physical characteristics, furn ace fuel oils are subdivided into the following grades: highquality fuel oils 40V and 100V and furnace fu el oils 40 and 100 (40V and tOOV are heavy grades of fuel oil) [9 1. Viscosity of fuel oils is measured in units or kinematic v iscosity (centistokes, eSt) or iu degrees of Engler viscosity (0 E) as measured in an Engler viscometer by.the time of ~l ow of a portion of fuel 01l from a calibrated hole at standard tem perature (80°C for heavy fu el oils). F or normal transportation through pipelines and for fino atomization of fuel oil in burners, ils Engler viscosity should be within 2-3.5°E. The viscosity of fuel oil heavily depends on temperature (Fig. 2.5). Its variations with temperature are due to the presence of paraffinic hydrocarbons in fuel oil. For easy transportation in pipes and for norm al operation of fuel oil pumps, the temperature of fuel oil should be maintained near 60-70°C . Rheologic properties. At low temperatures (10-25°C) viscous fuel oils can stick to the surfaces of vessels, pipes, etc. and remain on them in a l ayer whose thickness is greater with tOO
F ig. 2.5. Effect of temperature on t he viscosity or fuel oil
500 400 JOO
200 150
60 40 ('... ]0
zo
~ 100 . l5 -.;;.. 80 10 .[ 60 .,., 8
t::; 50··-G
It'-' I"
"'"'
t\.
I'\
r--.. I'.)',.
"' ..."'
·~ 20 ~ 15
"'E:~
·"'
M4
e ,1 ..... I
:;;:
J 2.5
50
v
"
"' "r--. " :-..' K "' '
50
70
t\. ......
-
-
2 10
AffOOV
1>\.
40 ~ ~ 1:;
Jo
I'\
,.,_M~O
"
.~
MfOO
80
90
I'\ t\.
r--..
......
r--..
r-._ ...... r-._ r-._ ~'
" " r--..
t'-. 1'\t'
tOO 110 120 fJO 0 'C
30
Ch. 2. Po roer-producing Fuels a nd The ir Characteristics
a lower temperature. T his effect is due to the rheologic property of fuel oil , i. e. to the rearrangemen t in the structure of hydrocarbon molecu les which takes place on a decrease of temperature. Sticking of fuel oil is avoided by heating H to a temperature of 70°C or more. Density. The densi ty of fuel oils is usually measured in relative uni ts, i.e. as tho ratio of the fuel oil density to the density of water at 20°C which is p 20 = 0.99-1.06. Wi th an i ncrease of temperature, the density of fuel oils decreases and can be found by tho formula: P:o 1 -H1 (t - 20)
Pt = (2.12) where Pt • p20 is the relative density of fu el oil at a given temperature and at 20°C and ~ is the coefficient of vol ume expansion of fuel oil on heati ng by 1°C; for fuel oils, ~ = (5.1-5.3) X X 10 - 4 • Ash content:. During processing of crude petroleum, the mineral impurities present in it a1·c mainJy concentrated in heavy fractions and especially in fuel oil. The ash residue remained upon com bustion of fuel oil is not large, not more than 0. 1 % of the dry mass. Fuel oil ash is ch aracter ized by a certain content of vanadium whose concentration may be as high as 50% or even mo1·e. Moisture content. Fuel oils usu ally contain 1-3% water. T heir moisture content can rise substantially (up to 10-15%) in tho course of f uel oil prehealing before pouring it from tank cars, owing to the condensation of lowpressure s team which is used for heat ing. A small concentration of moisture i n fuel oil is favourable for ils atomization i n burners and i mproves t he in flamma bil ity ch arac teristics. W ith an elevated concen tration of moisture, there is a h igh risk of corrosion of convective heating su rfaces; this also increases t he loss of heal with combustion products. S ulphur conte nt. Petroleum and solid fuels contain sulphur in the form of complex sulphur compounds.
W hen petroleum is processed, the major portion of sulphur compounds (70-90%) passes to h igh-boiling fra ctions which are the main components of fuel oil. During combustion of fuel oil or solid fuel, su l phur is oxidized to so~ and a minor portion of i t can form the higher oxide 80 3 (if the1·e is en ough oxygen in the combustion zone), which forms a corrosive medium on low-temperature healing surfaces. The content of sulphur in fuel oils is roughly the same as in solid fuels (Sw = 0.5-3%),' but the corrosive ab ility of the gaseous medium that forms on the combustion of fuel oil is sever al Li mes higher. Th is is due to t he fact that, unlike fuel oil , solid fue ls con t ain certain components in t he ash which can neutralize acid med ia. Congelation temperatu re . T he congelation temperature of petroleum products is the te mperatu re at which they become so thick that. remai n in pl ace and do not flow out for 1 mi nute from a test gl ass inclined at 45°. Highsulphur fuel oils with a high concentration of paraffins (Grades M-100 and M-100V) are characterized by a high congelation tern perature (25-35°C). T he congel ation temperature of fuel oil should be considered properly when sel ecting the schemo of its trans port and storage. F lash point. T he flash point is the tem perature at which a rnixttue of fuel oil vapours and air can be ignited when it comes in contact with an open fl ame. Fuel oil grades used at power stations have a flash point of 90-140°C, while h igh- par affiu ic fue l oil may have a l ower fl ns h poin t, (up to 60°C); the fl ash point, of crude petr oleum is only 20-40°C. In order to av oid fire hazard, prehe:H i ng of f uel oil in open systems s hou ld be carr ied out at tem per atures below i ts fl ash point and in all cases, no t. above 95°C to p revent boili ng of the mo is ture ·which may be presen t in th e bu l k of fuel oil . The basic technical characteri!'t ics o[ natural gases are dens ity, ox plos i· veness and toxicity.
31
2.5. Matn Deposits of Fossil Fuels
Fig. 2.0. Igni tion ranges of gas-air mix lures at 20°C (p = 0.1 MPa)
Ff/.rmulo InfLo.,mmabililglimits, %by volume
Bas Hgdrogen
Hz
f:Jtf/r1de Methane [!IIane Propane
CH
ButontJ
Elhglene Acetglene
C2 H~ 117.7.'77:
'7A
C2H2 I P'Z "// ' / // '//. '// /"/, '////
Na/urul gas IOlust·rurnau gas Coke·oYen gus
1'/ ///. '//, /"//,'1
V///////-
0 20 Jlolvme propor tion
40
liiJ
80
Of !l_OS
ifl !JOS·oir mixture, %
Density. Almost a ll kinds of gaseous fuel are l ighter th an air, so that escaped gases may coll ect under roofs. Before firing a boiler, i t is essential to check that there are no gases in places of their probable accumulation. Various gases are compared by using the concept of rel ative gas density which is the r atio of the density of a gi ven gas u nder standard conditions (0°C, 1 015 Pa) t o the density of air: (2.13)
where Pg and Pa are the densities of gas and air respectivel y under standard conditions, kg/m 3 . Explosive ness. A mixture of a gas and air i n a certain proport ion can expl ode when in contact w ith open fl ame 01· even a spark, i. e. it igni tes and burns at a speed near the velocity of sound propagation. Explosive concentr ations of combus tible gasos i n a ir d epend on the composition and properties of a particul ar gas (Fig. 2.6). In concentrations below the l ower lim it of in.flammability (explosiveness), a gas-air mixture cannot burn. In concentrations above the upper in-
flammab ility Jim i t, a gas-air m i xt.ure burns without explosion . Toxici ty. Tox icity is t he ability of gases to poison the living organisms. l n that respect, carbon monoxide CO and hydrogen sulphide H 2 S are most dangerous. Since all components in natural gas are intermixed evenly, the concentrat ion of harmful gases in air can be determined by the pres ence of methane whose concen tration is measured by methanomeler. The test determines the explosiveness of the gas mixture. Almost all natural gases are odourless. For easier detection of gas leakages and taking proper safety measures, natural gas is odoured before pum pi ng i nto a gas pipeline, i.e. a s ubst ance having a strong smell is added to it . 2.5. Maio Deposits of F ossil Fuels Fossil solid fuels a re dist ributed nvor t,he USSR terri tory extremel y uneven ly. The most developed ind ustriall y regions in the European part of the country aTe not rich in fuel. Of greatest impor tance here is the Do-
I
!
32
3.1. Met hods of Sollo l•'uel Combustion
Ch. 3. Fuel Preparation at Powcr..Stations
netsk coal basin which possesses va- fuel of a high .heating value (around rious grades of coal and anthracite, · 29.3 MJ/kg). Petroleum fields in Tyumen dibut its reserves can no more satisfy the growing demand. Besides, coal strict are being exploited intensiseams are thin and deep-lying which vely. The production of petroleum and makes coal production too expensive. condensed gas in this'region.amounts to The main mass of coals is concen- about 50% of the total production in trated in the Central and West Sibe- the country. ria and Kazakhstan. These coals are Natural gas fields have been found cheaper than Donetsk coal, notwith- in various regions of the country, the standirlg the costs required to trans- most widely known being the Shebeport them to the European regions. l inskoe, Dashavskoe and Gazliyskoe. Further, there are Iarge reserves of Of late, unique gas fields have been brown coals in the Kansko-Achinsky found and are being exploited intenbasin (Central Siberia), with power- sively in Turkmenistan, South Urals ful shallow-lying seams which can be and Tyumen district (Shatlykskoe, produced profitably by open cast te- Orenburgskoe, Medvezhye, Urengoichnique; this is the cheapest fuel in skoe, Yamburgskoe). The gas reserthe USSR. Similar characteristics ves in these fields constitute almost have Ekibastuz coals (East Kazakh- 50% of the total explored reserves of stan). Kansko-Achinsky brown coals natural gas in the country. Large rewill be processed by a complex techno- serves of gas and petroleum have been logy into valuable chemical products, discovered in Komi autonomous dibrown-coal fuel oil and coke breeze, a strict.
FUEL PREPARATION AT POWER STATIONS 3.1. Methods of Solid Fuel Combustion Solid fuel combustion in boiler furnaces can be effected by various methods: flame combustion, cyclone combustion, or fluidized-bed combustion (Fig. 3.1). Flame combustion is the roost popular in modern power engi. neenng. The classification of combustion methods is based on the aerodynamic characteristic of the process which determines the conditions of contact of the burning fuel with an oxidant [58). The capacity of a furnace can be actually increased without limit by burning pulverized coal (coal dust) in a
suspended state in the furnace space. T his is what is called flame combustion (Fig. 3 .1a). In this method, fine particles of fuel are easily moved by the flow of air and combustion products through the section of the furnace. Combustion takes place in the furnace space within a rather short time of the presence of the particles in the furnace (1-2 s). The rate of fue l burning, and therefore, the amount of heat evolved in time, depend on the combus~ion surface. In cyclone combustion, fuel particles go through intensive turbulent motion (Fig. 3.1b). In contrast to flame combustion, the fu el particles are blown
/
\''' ... .
Fuel
,
.·.· . .. . : I ' ;I 0
0
I
I I.. .. . .. . I :. 1r'· · .:' /.lJf •<·_.° ' IJ :.
·:
0
Air
••
0
'•
'•:
0
0
._:_ ..::·.-·. ...:.:: ...
. : ...·., ',.. :.···:r.:·. .......:·:·-i ·:·./
I·.".
Fuel
0
0
/
Air
...
·. 0
/
:·
~
:. ·.:.
·.·....·:....:.. .. ~ . . . . ·. ; _; . .
0
33 ----------------
~ ~
:,
.,
l Airt
~-....:.~·
0.
1'
Motten stag(a)
(6)
(c)
Fig. 3.1. Diagrams of combustion of solid fuels (a) !lame combustion; (b) cyclone combustion; (c) fluidized-bed combustion
over by the flow and burn off more quickly. The cyclone method permits the combustion of coarse coal dust and even crushed coal. A cyclone furnace develops a higher temperature with the result that the slags are removed in the molten state (slaggingt.ype furnace). In recent times, a new combustion method has come into use in the field o[ power engineering called fluidizedbed combustion (Fig. 3.1c). Solid fuel , ground to a particle size of 1-6 rom, is placed onto a grate and blown from beneath with an air flow at such speed that the fuel pal'Licles are li fted above the grate and are reciprocated in the vertical plane. In this process, the speed of the gas-air flow within the fluid ized bed is higher than above it. The fine• and partially burned particles rise into the upper portion of the fluidized bed where the flow velocity decreases , and there they burn completely. In operation, the fluidized bed increases in volume by 1.5-2 times; its thickness is usually 0.5-1 m. Heat absorbing surfaces in the form of in-lin e or staggered tube bundles are arranged in and above the volume of the fluidized bed. The unit heat absorption within the fluidized bed increases substantially due to the int ensive conductive (contact) heat tran3-015 2 4
sfer from incandescent fu el particles to heat-absorbing sur[aces, though the temperature of gases in the burning bed remains at a relatively low level (800-'1 000°C), which prevents the metal from overheating and d iminishes the concentration of harmful nitrogen oxides in combustion products . In addition, this method of combustion makes i t possible to introduce solid additions (say, limestone) into the bed in order to neutralize the" sul' phur oxides that form on combustion. Large power stations consume as much as 1 000 t coal per hour or more. E ven when delivered in cars of a large load-carrying capacity (60-125 t), 1530 cars of fuel must be unloaded every hour, which is only possible with the use of highly efficient car dumpers. The process of pulverization, i.e. transformation of lumpy fuel into dus~. includes two stages (see Sec. 1.3). In the first stage, raw fuel is crushed to a particle size of not more than 1525 rom. The crushed fuel is then delivered into raw coal bunkers and transferred to grinding mills where it is ground to a final particle size of no greater than 500 !LID. During gri nding, the fuel is dried by hot air to ensure it has good dust fluidity.
34
Ch. 3. Fuel Preparation at Power Sta tions
more efficien l economically. especiall y when moist brown con I is pulveri zed, The pul verizalion system is a com- but their equi pment is more intribination of equ i pment in which solid cate and ex pensive, and. in addition to fuel is ground, dried and La nsf erred this, they are not sufficient I y rei iable in operat ion. I nd i\'idu al systems to the burnCI·s of a boiler furnace. By the method of delivery of pul- arc simpler and more rei iable and are verized fu el to the furnaces; ·pul veri- widely employed by power stat ions zation systems can bo divided in to [29]. central and individual. In the former In dividual pul verizat ion systems case, the system is .arranged in a se- can be subdivided into the fo llowing parate building (ceritral coal pulveri- ty pes: closed systems whid1 di rectl y zing plant) whore coal is pvlverized blow dust into the furnace s pace, cloon a centralized basis and Lhen die . sed systems with an i nter mediate s tribu ted thro ugh pipelines between dust bunker, open syst e m~ which use the boilers of the s t.alio n . In the lat- hot air as a dust carrier . The type of ter case, each boi ler is provided with system (either closed or open) is dei ts own pulveri zing eq uipm en t, with termined by the way in whid1 tho drycertain prov isions being made to tran- ing agent is utilized upon fuel dry iug . sfer th o pul vorized fuel to neighbou- In a closed system, it is directed in to ring boi le rs so ns to in crease t he relia- the furnace together wit h dried pul bility of t.h c fu el suppl y. verized fuel; in an open system, the T he selecti on of a partic ular pul- drying agent is carefully c.lcanod from ,·eri zalion system for a power station fu el fines and ejected into tho s ta ck , presents a co mplicated technico- bypassing the boil er furn ace. The pulverization system with closed economical probl em. Cen tralized pulvel'izalion sys tems turn ou t to be fuel drying and direct dus t blowing into the furnace. Crushed fuol is delive red from the coal bunker by a coal feeder into a g l'inding mill (Fig . 3.2). Hot air at a tem perature to t 1, 0 = 250-400°C is also fed into the 1--..., mill in order to dry the fu el and transfer i t further to the boiler furn ace burners. This is what is called primary air. Coarse fractions of pul verized fu el a re separated in a sepa rato r, after which the fuel and ait· {which has been moistened by the moisture of II fuel) are supplied at a temperature of 18 80-130°C through pulverized fu el pifJ f§ pelines to the furn ace burners. T he r emaining h ot air, which is cn ll od secondary air, is fed sepnrntely l.o t;ho burners. The quantity of prirna1·y air I o be Fig. 3.2. Individual pu lv erization s ystem used for the drying and I rans port of with direct blowing o[ pulverized fuel into pulverized fuel depends on tho fuel furnace for the opera~ion on compressed hot quality, in particular, tho mois ture nJr content. The amount o[ pri mary nir J - r a w ron I bunker; f - cut-otr gnle va lve; J - coal rccdc•·: 4- rnw coa l chute ; 5-coal mill; G- dust se{r1 ) is us ually equal to 0.3-0.5 of the parator; 7- dusl duct; 8- burncr; o-stea m holler; Jo- rorcQd-drnrt run; JJ- alr hea ter; 12-prlmnry total consumption of a ir for c.ornbuai r path; 13- sccondnry nlr path; N -secondary stion and increases with the mois ture nir duct; J5- cold nlr lor mill venltlnllon; 16 exploslon re lic! vnlve; 17- !ln pper ' 'a lve; 18content. With extreme! y moist fuel, nutomatlc cut-orr gate vnlve
3.2. Pulverization Systems
9.2. Pulverization Sy3rcm.•
the use of hot 11 ir only for fuel dryiug becomes economically inefficient and fu el combustion becomes unstable since the greater portion of puhcrizcd fu el enters the combustion zone at a reduced temp~raturc. I n such a case, fuel is dried by a higher-temperature agent, say, by mixing the primary air with a part of the furnace gases. If the pulverization system is rigidl y connected with the bo'iler, it should satisfy more stringent requirements as regards the reliability of its operation. The number of installed grinding mills must bo no less than three and the number of m ills in operation minus one mi ll mus t ensure at least 90% of the rated load of the boiler. Hence the productivity of a mill, Bm, should be:
where Bb is the fuel consumption by the boiler at the rated load, kg/s, and zm is the number of ins talled m ills belonging to the boiler. Upon exi ting from the m ill separator, fuel dust is divided between 2-4 pulverized fuel pipelines which are connected with different, not adjacent, burners. This is done in order to avoid an uneven temperature d istribution in th e furnace space should the mill he stopped for re pairs. In the scheme of Fig . 3.2 the resistance in the pulverized fuel path from the mill to the burners is overcome by the. head developed by the forceddraft fan, so that the pulverization system operates under a slightly excessive pressure (stLpercharged); the pressure upstream of the mill is 12.5 kPa. An essential condition for the safe operation of the pulverization system and for maintaining the required · .cleanliness in the room is that the equipment must be ke pt perfectly tight. The direct blowing system has certain advantages: it is s imple, the pulverizing equipment is compact, tho consumption of electric energy for pust transport is low, and the fuel a•
35-
s upply can easily be automatically controll ed . . . The puhcrization syslem with closed fu el 'drying an~ intermediate dust bunke r (Fig. 3.3). ,A characteristic feature of this system is that the prepared pulverized fuel is separated from the trans porting air i n a eyclone. The dust is directed into an in termediate bunker from which it is fed b y special feeders into ·pulverized fuel pipelines. The mois tened air at the exit from t.he cyclone hap a temperature of 80-100°C and contains 10-15% of the fin est coal .dust. This air cannot be disch arged through the stack and for this reason it is blown by the mill exhaus ter into the primary air duct to be distributed among the pulverized fuel pipelines {Fig. 3.3a). The number of pulverized-fuel pipelines and dust feede rs is eq ual to the number of burners in Lhe boiler furnace. Due to the provision of the intermediate bunker, there is no need to· match the productivity of the mill with that of the boiler, thus each on them can operate at the optimal load_ The mill exhauster forms a negativepressure in the system, which avoids dust ej ection to the surroundings. AUt inleakage through places where thesystem is in contact with the surrounding atmosphere {raw coal chutes, dust chutes downstream of the cyclone)' is prevented by m eans of flapper val ves which open only for a short time to allow the mass of fuel that has accumulated on a valve to pass through. In the combustion of low-activefuels with a low yield of volatiles~ the temperature of the pulverized fu:.. ol air mixture should be raised to fn:ci litate the ignition of the dust. This· is achieved in a system where hot air is supplied together with pulverized fuel (Fig. 3.3b). In addition to the primary air which is fed into the pulver rization system in an amount of 1525%, another portion of hot air (20-25% ) is directed into the air duct and then into the pulverized fuel pipel iues by an auxiliary hot blast fan:. Tn this case, the temperature of th~
36
Ch. 9. Fuel Preparatton
aJ
7 2f
4 20
fj
to
17
I
I
fl f9
5
26
12
•
N
( a)
28
7
f
29
20
•
21
fj
f7
27
2/l 2F
9 !0
23 32 f9 Jf f2
24 30
13 •
'f4'
if
(b) Fig. 3.3. Individual closed pulverization system with intermediate dust bunker (a) wltb pulverized rue! carried by drying aecnt; (b) wttb pulverized fuel carried by ho t air and with drying agent discharged Into boiler furnace. Items 1· 11 as In Fig. 3.2· additional Items: 19- lueHirying device; 1!0- Cbutc for rctur_n ol Coarse fractions; 21- Cyclone; 2.11- pulvcrlzcd fuel hunker; 1!3- pulveri1.Cd fuel feeder; 1!wl 4- mlxer ·. 25- pnmnry uir duct; 26- mlll ventilator; 27- revers ible screw feeder; 28- molst drying agent 11' fuel 1mcs; 29-!low meter; JO- valvc lor admitting cold air; J1-hol blast ran; J2- dlscbargc burner
pulverized fuel air mixture is close to that of the hot air. The quantity of ~ir supplied to the burners turns out, however, to be insuificient for complete fuel combustion. To correct this, low-temperature moistened primary air with a slight concentration of fine coal dust is fed from the cyclone into either the combustion zone through special discharge burners or into the annular channel around the m ain bur·ners. In the system described above, the load of tho steam boiler is controlled b y the dust feeders by using the reserve of pulverized fuel in the bunker.
37
3.2. Pulverization Systems
Power Statton•
Usually two such systems are provided for a boiler . Their productivity in terms of fuel is 15-20% higher than the maximum fuel consumption by the boiler , because of which one of the systems remains inoperative for a certain time. The system can transfer part of the prepared pulverized fuel into the bunkers of other pulverizing systems through a reversible screw feeder. The available reserve of pulverized fuel in the bunkers allows shortterm stoppage of both mills for inspection or repairs. A disadvantage of the intermediate bunker system is that its equipment
is too intricate and bulky. Further- for pneumatic transport and enables more, the system bas an elevated hy- one to adjust the fl ow rate of primary draulic resistance, which increases air to the boiler load, which is the consumption of electric energy for an improvement over the earlier sydust transport. Tbe storage of a large stems. P ulverization with the open drying mass of dry dust increases fire and explosion hazard. Noneth eless, the system. Open pulverization systems system can reliably supply steam boi- are employed only with fuels which lers with pulverized fuel and for that have a resolved moisture content wr reason has found wide application. of more than 3.6 % · kg/l\1J. The extra The above-mentioned drawbacks of cost and more intricate design of the this system become especially prono- system are compensated for by the unced in the operation· of modern higher efficiency of the boiler due to high-capacity boilers. In recent ti- smaller heat losses with waste gases mes, a new system of pulverized coal and lower unburned carbon loss in supply h as been developed which is the furnace. A fuel with a high moicharacterized by a high concen tration sture content is dried by a high-temof dust in fuel pipel ines. Jn conventio- perature agent, i.e. combustion pronal systems , the concentration of dust ducts a~ a temperature of 4.00-4.50°G,. in the primary air fl ow is usually which are taken of£ in an amount OF 6-10% of the gas volume from the gas 0.4.~0.6 kg per kg air. In the new method, pulverized fuel is transferred duct downstream of the economizer by compressed air, wi th a low air (Fig. 3.4.). In another version, drying flow rate (only 0.1-0.3 % of the total is effected by a mixture of hot air air flow ra te to burners) and with a and combusLion products, with the dus t concent ration as high as 30- mixt ure temperature being 500-600°C~ The worked-off drying agent from 60 kg/kg air. Since the quantity of air is not h igh, t.he dust acquires a high tho cyclone is fed, Loge thor with the fluidity for motion through s mall- unseparated finest fuel fractions (rodiameter pipelines (60-90 mm). In ughly 10%), into the second stage of burners, the dust is spread by hot dust collection, where coal dust is air. The system does not require the separated in'1 multicyclones (a set of bulky, 300-500 mm pipelines for the 150-250 cyclone elements of small diatransport of dust from the dust bun- meter), electrostatic precipitators or kers to the furnace burners, sharply cloth bag filters. The separated dust decreases th e unit energy consumption flows by gravity through chutes into.
..
14
18
ro 20
fl
16'
!3
Fig . 3.4. Open pulve rization system with gas drying of fuel 1- ruw rurl bunker; 2- cul-oll gate valve; J - raw coa l I eeder: 4- b'11S and raw coni mi xer; ~-;-grinding mill; 6- dust scp!lrn tor; 7- cyc l one; a- dust co ll ec tor; 9- dusl bunker; JO- sl cam boil er ; 1 1. - ou beat er · J 2 burncr; 13- lllnin electrostatic l} rccipl tntors; 14- tui l l v cn\ilutor; .15- hot blnst fan; IG- mduccd-drart ran; 17-rtnppcr valve; J&- t orccd-drnf t fa n; H - pul verl zf·d fuel f c<•dcr: 20- pulvcrlzcd fuel-air mixer
Ch. 3. Fuel Preparation at Power Stations
an intermedia te dust bunker,. \Vhile the drying agent after . the dust collectorS is discharged· in to the m ain electrostatic precipitators of the boiler plant and is then combined with waste gases. The transport of the drying agent is effected by t,be mill exhauster, and the supply oJ primary air by the hot blower (hot blast fan). The open system of fuel drying substantially improves the quality of fu el and increases the efficiency of fuel combustion . The volume of combustion products in the boiler flue ducts diminishes, which results in lower aerod ynam ic resistance and · a lower waste gas temperature. An essential drawback of the open system is that some fuel fractions are lost with the discharged drying agent. Another drawback is an elevated energy consumption for separation and purification of the mo ist drying agent. Despite the complicated system of dust collectors , roughly 1-2% of the fuel are lost to combustion and dis-charged into the atmosphere, resulting in air pollu tion . The loss of fuel may rise substanti ally with improper .Operation of the dust collectors or a ·h igh moisture content in the drying agent. For .these reasons, application of the open system is limited only to cases o'f rat her moist fuels which canno t be burned efficiently by .conventi.onal methods. I"
:
•
•
3.3. Characteristics: or Coal D~st. Optimal Degree of Pulverization Upon being ground in a mill, pulverized coal is essent'ially a , polydisperse powder with a particle s ize of up to 300-500 11m. Coarse-ground brown coal may have a particle size of up to .1 m m. Fine particles of pulverized -coal can adsorb an appreciable quantity of air on their surface . Freshly poured coal dust h as a density of .p = 500-600 kg/ m3 but is slu mped in the course of lime and its de nsity in-creases to 800-900 kg/ m3 . When m ixed with air, coal dust has a high fluidit y
and can be easily transpo rted in pipelines. : Sieve analysis of pulverized coal. The quality of pulverized coal is determined by the milling fineness (milling dispersity) and the relative concentration of individual frac tions. These ch aracteristics are determined by sieve analysis. A , sample of pulverized coal is screened through 4-5 sieves with a progressively decreasing mesh size. I n the Soviet Union sieves are characterized by the clear size of mesh expressed in micrometres. Using the standard technique of sieve aualysis, the total s ieve resid ue is determin ed by the total numb er of p ar ticl es of a size greater than the given mesh size x, 11m, ex. pressed as a percentage of the initial sample mass. This residue is designated as Rx· Jt includes the dust residue on a given sieve and that on all other sieves above i t with larger mesh s izes. Sieves can be also used for the fractional separation of dust with a p article size of not less than 40 ~tm. Finer-fraction particles stick readily to tho sieve material and coalesce with one another. For this r eason , the finest dust is blown in an air classifier to grade it to size. . For more clarity and convenience, the results of a sieve ·dust analysis can be represented graphically as a particle-size distribution curve. If the mesh sizes of sieves are laid off as the abscissae, x, and the total sieve residues, Rx, as ordinates, the resulting curve is called the integral particle-size distribution curve, or total-residue curve (Fig. 3.5). The curve is plotted by using the results of screening through sieves and of blowing the fin est fractions in an air classifier. This method of dust s ize analysis is, however, labour-consuming and takes up much time. The analysis of numerous particlesize distribution curves for ·various kinds of fuel has demonstrated that all such curves can be described by the equation: R,. =100e - bx" (3.2)
39
3.3. Characteristics of Coal Dust
R
J
$0
. 80 70
40 30
20 10 0
4 '
n• t. 5 1?90 =55"/o
\ \
fls0 =.15~
n=0.8.
I I
•
.
l
\.
"' ~ "\..Rzoole12"/. ~ 2 150
·~ \ y
1.2
'
I
50 90
~
i
~
\
J
I
I
\
50 \ \ 50 1- -
•
I
1/
200 250
I\,
f.O
0.8 0./l
.J'
R~(J(J 2.3~· R41HJ
300 .
0.2.._"/o
•
0.4
0.2
l'i l\ I ~ ~f.25
}
n= 0.85
t0
~n =
f.O
'~ ~ §1:_-
40. 0
Fig. 3.5. Complete grain-size characteristics of pulverized brown coal ob tained in mills of two types
:r
40 80 120 lBO 200 210 280 pm
''Fig. 3.6. Differential curves of the fractional distribution of pulverized fuel particles
1 -grinding in hammer mi ll: 2- grlnding in ball mill; J- region or fine dust fractions; 4- region of coarSI! dust )Jar! icles
where b and n are constants for a given fuel and particular grinding method. They tum out to be unknown on grinding fresh dust (they can be determined by screening a sample of fuel through two sieves, with the mesh size x = 90 ~m and 200 ~tm). Of particular importance is the coefficient n which is called the polydispersity coefficient of dust. It characterizes the structure of dust and its particle-size distribution. This can be seen upon differen tiation of equation (3.2) with respect to x : y = - dRx = 100bnxn-•e-b·•" = Rxbnx"- 1 dx
(3.3)
fn this case, the ordinate y,% /11m, in Fig. 3.6 will give the concentration, %, of particles of the size x. With n. > 1, the curve has a maximum in the zone x = 15-25 ~m. Such dust has a relatively small content of the finest fract.ions. ~With n = 1 and n < 1, on the cont.r ary, t he highest quantity of par~icles falls on the very fin e fractions . The loss of heat with unburned carbon in boiler furnaces depends ma inly on the concentration of coarse particl es in pulverized coal (of a size more than 2:'>0 ~tm).
E nergy consumption for pulver ization. When grinding a particular material , it is possible to estab lish certain quan ti ties which will characterize the energy consumption in grinding. As relates to grinding fuels in grinding mills, Rittinger's law is commonly used and is formulated as follows: the work spent on grinding a material is proportional to the n ewl y formed sur[ace area: N
.
E= 73 = A (id- !c)
(3.4)
where E is the ·energy o£ grinding, kW h/kg, N is the mill power, kW, B is the mill productivity, kg/h, f c and f d are thl} init ial surface areas o£ 1 kg crushed fuel and the final surface area of 1 kg of produced dust, respectively, m 2 /kg, and A is the unit consumption of electric energy in grinding related to 1 m 2 of newly formed surface, k \V h/m2 • Since f d is ·much larger than 1c• expression (3 -'*) can be simp! ~fi ed: g -~
(3.5)
Afd ·
The unit consumption of energy A has been measured for most kinds of possible to fuel , and therefore, it d etermine t.he energy consumed in fu-
is
40
el grinding if the surface area of the dust is known. 'l'he s urface of dust. As illustrated in Figure 3.6, the theoretical surface area of pulverized fuel consisting of d if. ferently sized particles can bo found with tho following simplified formulaassuming the particles aro spherical or c ubic in shape and have the polydispcrsity coefficient n:
I, , =
9.4. Pulverization
Ch. 9. Fuel Preparation at Power Stations
450 X 10
Pi
3
1
-
n
(ln -=-100 ) llt o
1/n
(3.6)
where p1 is the unit density of ground fuel , kg/m 3 , usually p1 = 1 7001 840 kgf m3. The actual surface area can be found by introducing the shape factor lc, in to the formula above. The aver age vn lue of the shape factor for pulverized coal may be taken ask. = 1.75. The actual s urface area is then found as fd = k.fu,. The surface area of the dus t is determined mainly by the concentration of fine fractions. The loss of heat with unburned carbon in chamber furnaces is usually associated wHh a high content of coarse fractions (above 250300 ~tm for anthracites and coals with the yield of volatiles v· less than 25% and above 500-600 ~m at v• more than 30% ). It then follows that pulverized fu el s hould have n > 1, a small conceo tration of fine fractions (below 25 ~m) and a small concentration of coarse fractions. Moisture content of pulverized f uel. Moisture conten t W, %, is an important ch aracteristic of pulverized fuel. An increase in moisture content above the recommended level may res ult in lower boiler productivity and involve d ifficulties in dust transport: the dust loses fluidi ty and slumps in bunkers, clogs feeders, chu tes, etc. On the oth er hand, overdried brown coal and coal dust is liable to self-ignite in places where it is stored or accumulates and may be explosive when mixed with air. The moisture content of pulverized fuel is usually d etermined in terms of the hygroscopic moisture content Wh (see Sec. 2. 3).
Dust explosiveness. \'Vhen coal dust suspended in air is confined in a closed volume, it will explode more intensively if its unit s urface area is larger (i.e. if it contains mo1·e fine fract ions) and if it has a higher y ield of vol at il es . The temperature of the mi xt ure is also of crucial imporl,ance. The most dangerous concentrations of coal dust lie within 0.3-0.6 kg/m 3 a ir. The ignition of nn nir-dust mixture in a closed volume res ults in a sharp rise in temperature and pressure. The pressure may rise well above the limits safe for pulverizing equipment. Damage to the boil er plant by explosions is proven led by ins talling safety (relief) valves which discharge part of the mixture from the system should t he pressure rise excessively. The concentration limit of o~ in the drying agent, i.e. tho concentration below which f uel d ust cannot explode, is equa I to 16% for pu lverized peat and oi l shales, 18% for brown coals, and 19% for coals . The concentration of 0 2 can be decreased by dr ying pulverized fuel with a m ixtu re of hot air and combustion products. The probability of explosion is lower in fuels with a lower yield of volatiles. With the y ield of volatil es less than 8%, fuel is explosion-safe. A high temperature of tho dust-air flow promotes the formation of explos ive mixtures, and therefore the temperature of the air-dust mixture downstream of the mill must be strictly con trolled. For most pulverized fuels, it should not exceed 70-80°C (fuels with a high yield of volatiles) and 130°C in other cases. The optima l degree of grinding. The grinding properties of various fuels are compared in terms of the l aboratory coefficient of grindability, k, which is understood to be the ratio of the unit consumptions of electric energy for grinding , in a standard laboratory mill, a reference solid fuel and the fuel being tes ted, provided that both have the same inil ial particle size and the s nme g round dus t characteristics. Thus k 1 = E ,I E 1 (3.7)
41
Eqr~lpme nt
of R 90 , tho boiler plant and th e pulverization s ys tem arc tested at different degrees o£ fuel grinding. The optim al value of R 90 depends even more on tho yield of volatiles yc, type o[ mill, nnd lype of dust separator. Tho effect of these factors is expressed by l it o pol ydispersity coefficien 1. n . Tho opti mal fineness of fuel grinding can be fou nd by the formul a: R~C'
(R;:')' Fig. 3.7. Determination of the optimal grinding degree of fuel J - luel with low v" a nd low h 1: z - tuel with higher values or vc and hr
The conditions in indus trial grinding mi lls may d i[fer from the standard laboratory conditi ons in tho initial moisture content o[ fu el and its particlesize, therefore, th e grindab ilily k o£ working fuel may differ from the laboratory value /c 1• As foll ows from formula (3.4), grinding of fuel to a coarser size res ults in energy savings, fiE pu" but inevitabl y increases the time o[ complete combustion in the furnace and tho heat loss with unburned carbon fiB 1. Therefore, each kind of fu el has a particul ar fineness range within which the total expenditures on mill grinding Em and the cost, of heat loss with unburned carbon in the furnace, q,, will be at a minimum. Expressing these items in tho same units, say, in roubles per ton dust, they may be plotted and compared in a single gra ph (Fig. 3.7). The fineness of grinding is usually estimated in terms of the sieve residue R 90 • To fi nd the optimal value
= 4
+ O.Bnvc
(:~. 8}
3.4. Pulverization E quipment
The g rinding mill is lhe principal element in an y pulverization system. The characteris tics of the ma in types of grind ing mills ore given in Table 3.1. They d iffet· from one anot her in the principle of fuel grinding and the rotational s peed of the movable element. Ball-tube mills and hammer mills are used mos t often for tho purpose, the form e r being preferred [or grinding fu els with a relatively low yield of volatiles and the latter for grinding younger coals , brown coals, peat, and oil shales . Around 98% of the total fuel ground in pulverization systems fall on these two types of mill. Some kinds of coal can be gro und more eHiciently in roller mills . 'Soft' (with k 1 > 1. .5) and very moist brown coals are ground i n pulverizing fans. A ball-tube mill (or simply ball mill) has a drum 2-4 m in diame ter and 3-10 m long which is partially fill ed with steel balls 30-60 mm indiameter (Fig. 3.8). The drum is clad with armour pla tes on the inside and is heat- and sound-ins ulated on tho outside. Raw fuel and hot air are supplied to the drum through the inl et.
Table 3.1. Grinding Mills Charact cris li <:l:l Mi II type
Ball-tube mill Roll er mi II Hammer mill Paddle-type mill Pulveri zing fan
G rlndln g principle
I rnpact., abrasion Crushing Impact Impact Impact
Rot.n llonn 1 sroccd , s- • (rpm)
().25-0.42 ~1 5 -25) 0.85-1. 3 50-80) 12.5-16.3 (750-980) 25 (1 500) 12-24 .5 (735- 1470)
S peed char ncLe rlslie
Low-speed l\·ledium-spood High-speed Jl igh-spced Hi gh-speed
42
Cit. 3. Fttcl Preparation at Power Stations
3.4. Pul vcriztltiO n EqrL!pment
rue! suppl.f
1
.
I
J
7
2 < •\
J~J~
1.0
Fi" . 3.9.
"' ls k g -Donc 7- inlcl pipe; 2-s upporUnrr llcarln,;: 3-heat- and sound-Ins ulated mill drum; 4- ouL h: L p ipe ; s car whee l; 6 - rcducer gear; 7-c le
= 0.76n cr
(3.9)
where n c r is the critical rotational speed of the drum, s-1 , at which balls can 'stick ' to drum walls due to centrifugal forces :
(3.1 0) where Dd is the drum diameter, m. With the optimal rota tional s peed of the drum. the balls firs l rise over the drum wall and then detach from it and fall. Fuel is ground by the impact of the falling balls and by Lhe abrasion between them. Fin al dust is continuously removed from the mill by the ventilating agent - air. The grinding capacity of a mill, B "" depends s ubs tantially on the drum leng th and diameter. Yet a larger diameter D rl a ppreciabl y increases the required power oE mil l motor N m which is roughl y proportional to the third power of D d. Grinding mi lis arc also ch aracterized by the drying capacity, i.e. Lhe quanLity of fu el that can b e dried in
the mill from the original mois ture content ww to the desired value Wd. The two characteris lics of a mill should be matched properly, which is done by controlling the flow rate and temperature of the drying age nt at the mill inlet. The power for mill rotation N m is virtually independent of the mass of charged fuel in view of the large mass of balls and drum. For this reason, as the quantity of charged fu el decreases, the unit energy cons umpl ion f?r grinding , E g, kW h/kg, increases, smce
E c = N n/ B m
of ko/Jr on k1
anlhl"acile c· oal; 2- Donetsk
~:as
co ni ;
•ha les
•
nd
D cpeud e n c~
2.0
.:;-Ciu·J yabiu:-;k coa l gr·ade B: 4- VorkuUl cu al ,g rade G Zh; .s - Karagand;l <'onl ~rndr· GZ h: tJ·1\fOSI;ow di stri ct l'OH I g-ru dc B ; 7- E stontnn oi l
Fig . 3.8. Dall mill (general view and cross section)
pipe. The drum is t'Olated by an electric motor via a reducer gear and a driven gear wheel attached to the drum. The optima l capacity o[ a mill is obtained at a rotational s p eed
5o I •.. 5
7
5
(3.'11 )
Thus, it is advisable to run ball mills at full load. The armour plates and balls of n mill are inevitably s ubject to wear during mill operation. The extent of wear depends on the abras ive properties of fuel which can be characterized by the relative abrasi vil.y k abro which is the ratio of the actu al wear to that taken as the re[orenco value 10.3 g/ (kW h)). As has been found by experiments, the two rei ati ve ch aractel'is tics , k 1 and k , bro are cl osel y interrelated (Fig . 3 .9). Hard er fu els cause greater abras ion wear of t he mill elements [29].
The wear of the balls is compensated t·ot· by adding new balls periodically into the operati ng mill. Ball -tubo mills are suitable for g rinding all "kinds of coal. "tl!etallk ohjecls occas ionally present in coal are not danget·ous to them . On the other hand , ball mills, as a 1·ule, make coal dust wi t h the polydis persi ty coeffi cient n less than unitv. For this reason and a lso 'because or" their l a1·ge d i mansions, they have a typically hig h uni t cons ump t ion <>f energy (15-25 kW hit for coals and up to 35 kW hit for anthracites). The a pplica t ion of hall mills in puiYerization systems with an in lermo
Th o basic parameter that determi nes the effectiveness o£ grinding is tho circumferenti al s peed of the hammers. T he prod ucti vi ty of a mill is proportional to the cube of circumfcrenli al s peed. T he productivity of mills can be increased by increasing the ro tational s peed or the ro tor diameter, but this increases th o dynamic l oad on tho rolor , resulling in a header mass of the m ill and higher energy co ns umption . As the coal charge of a m iII i ncreasos , the energy cons u mcd increases firs t rela tively slowly and thon rather quickly. The unit energy cons umption for g rinding [see formula (3.11)1 decreases smoothly to a minimum at a certain charge o[ the mill, making iL poss ible to vary the mill
Fig. 3 .10. Hammer mill with centrifugal dus t separator J- hnmtllc r mill ; 2- dust separa tor; J - ra"· fuel Inl et·; 4-c hutc for ret urn or coarse dust ; s -safety va l ve
44
Ch. 3. Fuel Preparation at P ower Stations 5
4
ff50
(a)
Fig. 3.i1. Dust separators (a) cent.rilugal dus t separator lor coals and anthrn c ites; J - pipc lor admlttins dust- ai r mix tu re · 2- externa l hou• ing; J - intcrna i housing; 4 S\\' irl vanes: S- dust-dischnrglng p ipe; 6-chu tc lor the rctum of coarse dust lrom extern a l housing ; 7- d lllo , 11om intcma l hous ing; (b) In er tia l separator l or br0\\11 coal and coats ; 1-ha mmcr mill; .!?- separator bousin,;; J - b n~: for collec ting coa rse luel particles; 4- dust- discharging pii)C; 5-conll'ollt ng gutc va lves ; G- c hule tor dc h vr·q ' or luol und drying ngcnl into mill
charge in a rather wide range withou t noticeably worseni ng the mill efficiency. For that reason and in contrast to ball mills, hammer mills can pal'ticipate in contl·oll ing the boilet· load. Hammer miHs may be recommended for grinding fuels with k 1 ~ 1.1 which can be burned as a rather coarse dust (brown coals, coals with the yield of volatiles Vc > 28%, pea l. and oil shales). With such fuels, the unit energy consumption of hammer mills is 33-50 % lower than that of ball mills (8-12 kW h/t). Roller mills are usually employed in systems with direct dust blowing for grinding moderately hard coals with relatively low humidity and a low content of bard fractions (pyrite) in the mineral portion, such as Ekibastuz coals . Series manufacture of rol ler mills has recently b een started in the ussn. A common disadvantage of all roller mills is that they arc sensitive to metallic objects-should these get occasionally into the mill with coal. Other drawbacks include uneven wear of the working members and certain r epair complexities . On Ll1 e othet·
hand, 1·oller mills are advantageous in having a low unit energy consumption (12-15 kW h/t), small dimensions, and a low noise level. Soft b rown coals (k 1 > 1.5) of high humidity are pulverized in pulverizing jan.~. The rotor of a fan carries a pulverizing wheel wil.h hammer blades arranged at ils periphery. The· grinding effect is produced by the impact from rapidly ro tating hammer blades on fuel lumps. The blades create a head (1 200-1 500 Pa) behind the fan, which obviates the need for a mill exh auster. Pulverizing fans are noted for th eir simple design, small dimensions and low cost. Their productivity is , however , not high, rang ing from 3 .5 to 45 t /h for brown coal (at R uo = 55% and lc 1 = 1.7). T he auxiliary equipment of pulverization s ystems includes dust separators , eye]ones, raw coal feeders, dus t feed ers, and bunkers. A dust separator is used for controlling the fineness of fu el dust produced in a mill. The separation of dust into· coarse and fine fractions in dust separators is effected by using centrifugal, iaertial and gravitational forces. Th e effectiv eness of operation of a separator determines to a l arge exten t the· quality of the dust supplied into boiler furnace bul·n ers . The type of separator is usually selected accord ing to the· characteristics of the respective mill. Centrifugal and inertial dustseparator& are the most popular (Fig. 3 .11). A centrifugal separator (Fig. 3.11a) has two cones inserted on e into the othel'. The dust-air flow is supplied into the separator bottom at a flow rate of 15-20 m/s . Owing to expansion, the flow r a te in the annula r space between the cones drops down to 5-6 m/s , producing the effect of gravitational separation. The coarses t particles slide down along the walls of the cone and return to the mill. Tilti ng vanes arranged at the inlet to the inner cone cause the flow to swirl, producing the centrifugal effect. Thenecessary fineness of dust is obtained by varying the angle of the vanes .
3.5. Preparation of Fllel OiL and Natural GGs
3
5
- -~~ c....t:s
•
..... !'>..
Dust - air rtow from seporafor
_£ \ A 1
...-+-
'*
~~
~:;
6 ::s !:S
-A c::..!::
·-
PalYerlzetl. filet to bin
45
moist coals prone to smearing) are most often employed. Dust feeders are arranged under dust bunkers and are used to control the dust supply in to the pipelines. Screw-type and p addle dust feeders are the most common at power stations. The throughput capacity of a feeder is con trolled by changing tho rotational speed of d.c. electric drive motors . Dust bunkers are reservoirs for the storage of a certain reserve of pulverized fuel. The volume of a bunker is determined so as to ensure the operation of the boiler at the rated load for 2-3 hours upon stoppage of the pul verization system. To evenly discharge dust into the dust feeders, the height of the dust bed in a bunker should be no loss than 3 m.
Fig . 3.12. Cyclone dust separator J - hou~lng ; :!- cont rol p ipe with v anes ; 3-lnte~ n a l cylinder; 4- explosion rellel valve; S- cxtl Ol lTa nsler a gent (air); 6- tn!Cl pipe
In an inertial separator (Fig. 3.11b), dust separ ation i nio fractions is brought about by changing the direction of dust-air flow, i.e. by utilizing the forces of inertia . The magnitude of t.R ~0 can be controlled wi thin 1015% by varying the position of a gate v alve. Inertial-type separators are employed in combination with h ammer mills fo r coarse pu l.verization of brown coals , oil shales and milled peat (with Ro 1 > 40 %) . Cyclones are employed in systems with intermediate bunkers for separation of pulverized fuel from transporting air (Fig . 3.12). The separation takes place as a result of the centrifugal effect and the deflection of the flow into the central outlet pipe. The efficiency of cyclones is 80-93% and increases inversely with the ,diamet er . Raw coal feeders are used for uniformly controlling the supply of coal to the grinding mills. The productivity of a feeder is selected with a reserve of 20% above the rated mill productivity. At power stations, belt feeders (for dry coals) and chain feed ers (for
3.5. The Preparation of Fuel Oil and N alural Gas
To facilitate transport, filling and disch arge from reservoirs, fuel oil should have a temperature of at least 60-70°C, at which ils v iscosi ty will be not more than 30° E. The flow path of fuel oil preparation at a power station (Fig. 3.13) comprises a receiving-discharging facility (pouring trestles with chutes and receiving vessels with submerged pumps), main reservoirs for storing a permanent reserve of fuel oil, fuel oil pumping house, fuel oil and steam pipelines , fuel oil heaters , and filters. The preparation of fuel oil for combustion consists in separating mechanical impurities and increasing the pressure and t empera ture of fuel oil. T his is essential for minimizing the energy consumption of transporting fuel oil to steam. boilers and for its fine at omization in burners. Tho temperature of fuel oil when in tanks is maintained at a level of 60-80°C in all seasons by circulation preheating, i.e. by recirculating back into the storage tank a part (up to 50%) ~f the fuel oil that has beert preheated tn external heaters.
4G
Fig. 3.i4. Gas-supply scheme of power station
17
18
f-!Xi---t> <
Steam extracted
15
IS
1-~-1> < 1-~-1><
Slulioo bolter hol/se . ----- - --- - - - , '
I
1- hond-contro llcd ga to valve; t-clcctrlc motor-driven cute valve: J - gns pressure regulator; 4-safety vnlve : ~-gas flow rnlc rcgulntor ; o- qul ck-ac tlon c ut-otrvnl vc; 7 manometer: R- tlow me ter; 9- p ressure " '- · gulator sensors; 10- tlltcr; JJ-gas vent ; 12-~:as suppl)' to burner Igniter: 13druin: 14-gns sampling for anolysls
To other steam 6oilers
14
I I
-----11 ff!r-..~
BolLer
Boiler
fJ"iter
llo. I
No.2
No.•1
I
II
I
...,
I I
I
I I
steam /JoilerY ~
I. I I I
I. I
I
.
From nfllor .
from lur&itre
47
4.1. Kinetics of Co m bustion R eac tio 1u
(;h. 3. Fuel Prcparatiofl at Power Stat i ofls
I
7
I
I r 1 =atJ-0.2HPc '
I I
---- - --- - - - - - ---'
8
Fig. ·3.13. Flow diagram oi fuel oil preparation at a power.statioo . . J - fucl oil tank c~ r; t - dratnlng ~rY icc: J --;-conrse tille r: 4- heatcd discharge' t a nk; .1- JWrnp; 6- rnail) fMlk ; 7, 8-furl 011 rcclrculnlion lmes; 9- flrsHIJt pump: 10- back-p rcs..ure ' ' nh·e: 11- fucl oil heater: 12- tinc filler: 13-second-Htt pump; H - c tosing gate valw·: 1 ~ -rJow ratr controller; 16-flow me ter; . 17- gate vatvc; I S- burner - ·
I
I I
A tn·o-stage scheme of fuel oil supply is typi cal for th erma l power stations. In this scheme, preheating the fu el oil , agitating it in tanks , and filtering are performed nt a low fu el oil pressure (around 1 MPa) , while second-lift pumps supply fu el oil to the main building at a high pressure (3.5-4.5 MPa). The fuel oil is ejected from the atomizing burners at a high rate, which may result in the quick abrasive wear and fa ilure of the burne1· channels. Also , small channels (less than 3 mm in diameter) may become clogged with large solid particles or blobs of tar or asphal t. P urification of fuel oi l from solid impurities is performed first in coarse fil ters with a mesh s ize of 1.5 rom x 1.5 mm a nd then in fin e fi ltet·s with 0.3-0.5 mm meshes, both of which arc mounted upstream of the pumps of h ot fu el oil in the seconds tage fu el oil line. The fuel oil is preheated in steam healers to a temperature no greater than the ignition point of fuel oil vapours. Thefueloil temperature is maintained at the specified level , irrespective of the fu el oil consumption by the boiler, by continuously recirculating the fu el oil through the storage tank.
Gaseous fuel is suppli ed to a power station from n gas main or gas-d istribuliotl station at a pres:>urc of 0.71.3 M Pa. P o\\·er :>lations ;~ro not provided wilh gas holders. The suppli ed gas is throttled in a gas-metering house unt il it reach es the pressure it should have in the burners (0.13-0.2 i\fPa) . Since gas throttling produces much noise and involves a hig h explosion hazard, the gas-metering house is located in a separate buil ding at t he station s ite (Fig. 3.14) . Each gas-metering house has several (roost often three) gas pipelines with pressure regu lators, one of which is a stand -by line. A bypass line around the pressure regulators is also provided . The gas is purified from mechanical impurities by filters arranged upstream of the control valves. The control valves main tain the specified pressure ' downstream'. Safety valves are provided to protect the sys tem against occasional pressure jumps . The quanLity o[ gus passing through the gas-metering house is meas ured by flow meters. Each gas pipeline leading to a boiler h ns an automatic flow governor ond quick-closing CUL-off valve. T he automatic n ow governor adjusts the gas fl ow rate to the current l oad of the boiler. The pulse-
Ill t r . t+-r£:......:E._.!£.$t~~~-"'.:..om ..2.::.f!11S matn "'=a7 - t.JHPa
operating cut-off val ve slops the gas supply to the boiler furna ce in emergency situations when the supplied gas m ight cause explosions (flame breakoff, l oss of a ir pressure at the burners , shu tdovm of the motors of exhaust or forced-draft fans, etc.). To avoid explosion h azard during standstills, the gas pipelines are blown through with air through special gas vents. T hese vents are mounted outside of the building in places that are
inaccessible t o people. Gas vents also serve to displ ace the gas-air mixture from gas pipelines before firing a boiler. The blow-through of a gas line is slopped when th e concentration of oxygen in a sample is not more than 1%. All gas-supply facilities of a power station shoul d not be operated without observ ing the n ecessary safety precau tions.
THEORETICAL PRINCIPLES OF COMBUSTION 4.1. The Kinetics of Combustion Reactions
The combustion of fuel in a furnace involves a number of complex physical and chemical processes . Among
the physical phenomena which precede or accompany the ignition and su~sequent burning of the fuel , special emphasis should be l aid on the process of mixing the fuel and the oxidant (aerodynamic factor). Among the
48
4.1. Ktnetlcs of Combudlon Reactions
Ch, 4. Theoretical Principles of Combustion
chemical factor-s, the temperature and concentration of the reacting substances are the most essential. One also has to deal with the complex fields of velocities, concentrations and temperatures, which together determine the kinetics of chemical reactions. The reactions involved in fuel combustion proceed with heat evolution, i.e. they are exothermic. These include the burning of carbon, hydrogen and sulphur in atmospheric air. At high temperatures, such as in the core of a flame, some reactions may occur with heat absorption. These are called endothermic reactions. The formation of nitrogen oxides N 2 0 2 = 2NO- 180 kJ / mol and the reduction of carbon dioxide to monoxide on the incandescent surface of coke particles under conditions or oxygen deficiency C C0 2 = 2CO - 7.25 MJ /kg are both examples of endothermic reactions. Chemical reactions which can proceed in either a forward or reverse directiou are called reversible, though the conditions that foster the reaction in the forward or r everse direction may differ substantially from one another. For instance, the formation o[ nitrogen oxides can take place only at very high temperatu res, while the reverse reaction, i.e. their dissociation into gaseous oxygen and nitrogen , can occur in the earth's atmosphere under the effect of solar radiation. During fuel combustion in furn aces, the rate of a direct process is immeasurably higher than that of its reverse counterpart, meaning that the equilibrium of these reactions is shifted towards tho formation of the final products of the direct reactions, and therefore, those processes can be regarded as irreversible. Tho intensity of combustion is char acterized by the rate of the reaction involved. The rate of a homogeneous reaction is understood as the mass of a substance that reacts in unit volume per unit time. Tho reaction rate is measured in such a case in terms of the variation of the concentration of one of the reacting substances,
+
+
D.CA, mol/m3 or g/ro3, 111 a givon time i nterv a ! D.<, s: Wr = -
D.CA/D.-r
(4.1)
Tile rate of a heterogeneous reaction is expressed as the quantity of substance, D.g, g, that has reacted on the surface of solid combustible substance S, m 2 , during a time interval D.-r, s : K. = -
61! Sti-r
(4.2)
Reaction rates obey the law of mass action, according to which the rate o£ a reaction in a homogeneous medium at a constant temperature is proportional at any given moment to tho product of the concentrations of tho reagents: w, = kC'X c~ (4.3) where lc is the reaction rate constant which depends on the t,emper-ature and chemical nature of the reagents, CA and C n are the current concent.t·ations of the reagents A and B in tho gas mixture, and m and n are tho numbet· of moles of A and B, respectively. Since the partial pressures of the components in a gas mixture at a constant temperature are proportional to their concentrations, formu la (4.3) can be written in another form: Wr = /cp':._p'JJ (4./t) In heterogeneous combustion, the concentration of the combustible substance (solid fuel) is constant, and therefore, the rate of this reaction depends onl y on the concentration of the oxidant (oxygen) on the surface of solid fuel: Wr = lcCb 1 (4.5) where Co, is the concentration of oxygen on the fuel surface. If the concentrations of the rongents do not vary in time, I.he reaction rate is determined by the reaction rate constant k which depe11ds on the temperature and nature of the substances that enter the reaction. This relationship 1s expressed by Arrhenius' law:
f'~g.
4.1. Dependence of reaction r ate on (a) temperature, (b) activation energy, and (c) concentration of combustible matter
Wr
49
.tUr
Wr
r r I
·c,L- Iower llmlt; U L-upper limit
T
I I ' I Cr: Ul 100 1o
E OLL
(a)
where k 0 is the pre-exponential factor, E is the activation energy, R is the gas constant, and T is the absolute temperature of the process. Thus, the rate of a reaction quickly increases with temperature (Fig. 4.1a). A chemical reaction is possible due to the collisions of the molecules o£ reacting substances. If all collisions resulted in a reaction, combustion would occur at an enormous rate and the reaction rate constant would be equal to k 0 • Actually, a reaction can take place only when tho energy o[ collisions can break the old molecular bonds and the fragments of old molecules can rearrange themselves into molecules of new substances. The energy that is sufficient to destroy the molecular bonds of the starting substances is called the activation energy E. With a higher activation energy, the molecular bonds of the original molecules are destroyed less easily, and consequently, the reaction rate is lower (Fig. 4.1b). For instance, the activation energy of the reaction C 0 2 = C0 2 is Eco1 = = 140 kJ/mol and that of the reac1 tion C 12 02 = CO, Eco = 60 kJ/mol. It then follows that the r ate of formation of carbon monoxide in the reactions of carbon oxidation by oxygen is substantially higher than that of the formation of carbon dioxide C0 2 , and therefore, carbon monoxide CO will be formed predominantly at the surface of burning carbon [29, 481. Combustion in furnaces requires the continuous supply of fuel and oxidant (air) to the combustion zone, and therefore, the concentrations of the reagents are practically invariable in time. Under such conditions, the hig-
+ +
4.-01 52.4
(6)
(C)
hest reaction rate can be attained at a nearly stoichiometric ratio of the concentrations of reagents. An excess of fuel (rich mixture) or a fuel deficiency (lean mixture) will cause the rate of the reaction to decrease due to lower heat' evolution . per unit volume. Combustion cannot take place at any arbitrary concentration of fuel in the mixture, but only in a definite range of its concentrations .in the air (oxidant). Thoro exists a lower concentration limit below which combustion is impossible, and an upper concentration limit when any further increase of the concentration of the fuel prevents combustion (Fig. 4.1c). Thus, combustion is possible only in the concentration range between these two limits. If a gas-air mixture is prepared for combustion and completely fills in a particular volume, an ignition source will induce the oxidation reaction which will propagate with a high rate all over the volume, resulting in a sharp increase in temperature and pressure. This type of process is called explovise combustion, or simply explosion. In such cases, we speak about the upper and lower explosive limits of a mixture, meaning that a gasair mixture is capable of exploding in the whole range of concentrations between these limits. Thetemperature above which a self-sustained reaction is possible in a. mixture (system) is called the ignition temperature. The rel ationship between heat evolution and heat removal at various temperatures of a combustible mixture can be represented graphically (Fig. 4.2). Heat evolution at the initial stage of a chemical reaction can
I
50
Ch. !l. TheorelicaLRrlni:lples. of Combustio n
Ou Or
I
I
I I
I I
I I
T
Tc
P"ig. 4.2. Graphical determination o[ igniti on temperature (T1g). combustion tem p1!7 rature (Tel and ex tinction tcmpcrnt11re (Texl at a given temperature o£ heat-transfer surface (T,)
be found fl'om th e equat ion: Or = koe - li:JR1'C';'Vmq
(4 . 7)
The quantity of heat removed from the r eaction zone is determined by the equation: Oo = a.S (T - T ,) (4.8) In theso formulae, Ce is the concentration of the combustible substance, V m is the volume of the prepared gas-air mixture, q is the thermal effect of the reaction per unit mass of fuel, a is the heat- transfer coefficient, S is the surface area of the cooling walls, and T and T, are the temperature of the m ixture and the cooling walls, respectively. Heat evol ution at the initial stag~.> of r eaction can be described by an exponential curve wHh Or rising subs tan tiall y. l n the region of high temperatures, the growth of 0 r is limited by the possibilities of oxidant suppl y, i.e. by the cond itions of m ix ing . Assuming a = cons tant, heat removal can be represented by a s traight line inclined at an angle determined by a . lf the fuel-air m ixture in a chamber and the surrounding walls are preheated to a temperature T . , , owing to heat evolution in the reaction, the mixture will be heated to a temperature T 1 > T.,. In point 1, Or= Oo and furth er preheating of· the mixture is
impossible. The state in point 1 can be characterized by an 'insignifica~t heat .evolution and low temperature. This is the zone of slow oxidation which may continue for a l ong time. Let the temperature of the cooling walls be r aised up t o T n · Again Or > Oo i nitially, and the tempera tur e of the mixture rises . Fin ally, in point 2, Or = 00 , but in con tras t to point 1, the state in this point is unstable. A slight rise of temperature is sufficient to make Or greater than. Oo again and heat evolulion will increase more quickl y than heal remo-" val. The temperature in point 2 is exactl y what is called the ignition temperature Tign · The process now developsJrapidl y to a stale of stable hightemperature oxidation, or combustion (point 3 ). This process w ill be stable as long as the fuol and oxidant are· supplied properly. If heat remova1 is done more forcibly (along a sleeper line 00 ), the combustion temperature will decrease to point 4 where the· high-temperature process will be interrupted since Oo becomes greaterthan Or in the whole temperaturerange up to p oin t 5. The temperatureof a combustible m i xture in point I is called the extinction temperature. Combustion extinction al ways takes place at a higher temperature than ignition does, since the concentration of the starting s ubs t ances in the zone of active combustion is lower than their initial concentration at ign i tion. 4.2. The Mechanisms of Fuel Combustion As has been found by experimentt the rates of combustion reactions substantially exceed the r ates calculated using the l aw of mass actior1 and Arrhenius' law by considering the number of active molecules of the initial substances entering a reaction. Actually, reactio ns do not occur i mm ediately between the original moleculest but pass through a number of i otermediate stages in which active mole-
4.2.
Mechar~ tsms
cular fragments (radicals and atoms of H, OH, 0, etc.) particip~te along with molec·u les. As a result, each of these intermediate reactions has a low level of the activation energy E, since radicals and individual atoms possess a free valency, and can therefore form free-valency p articles. Such reactions can proceed at a high r ate. The star t of a reaction between substan ces is preceded by a period d uring .which acti ve reaction centres i n the' form of charged particles accumulate in the medium, owing to tho parlial des t ruction of original molecules by other molecules which possess an energy higher than the energy of the atom ic bonds in the original molec ules. This is what is called the induction period. The combustion of gaseous fuels. Combustion of gaseous fuels occurs by tho laws of branched chain r eactions which were discovered by Soviet Academician N. N. Semenov and C. N. llin shelwood . The conversion of the original substances to the fin al products passes through a sequence of reaction links which are connected in succession with one ano ther and develop in the volume of a combustible mixture like the b ranches of a tree develop from its trunk. This results in the formation of the final reaction products and of an even greater number of active centres which further ensure the development ,of the r eaction in the confining volume. Let . us consider the m echanism of branched chain reactions, taking as an example the combustion of hydrogen in air. By the s toichiometric equat ion 2I-T2
+ o. = 2fh0
the r ate of the reaction between molecules of the combustible substance Wu 2o
cOe
= k oC - Elll1'C~II 2
(4 · 9)
cannot be very l arge. Actually. however, combustion o£ hydrogen at temperatures above 500°C is an explosive chain reaction proceedi ng at a v ory high r ate. Indeed, according to N. N. Semenov, t he beginning of the 4*
51
Combustlor~
of Fu el
c::
·~ c::: t;·~ c::: ..... ~
....... ~ ...
·~
Col Qa
~
...~
OH +
~ ·~
.., l:1
~ Fi nn[ CQ
protluc{ Chain
initiator
~ ®® etc. '
Fig.
Chain reaction cycle of hydrogen · burning 0 - elwin rtuclion exciter; 0 - final product lt.3.
active reaction is preceded by the formation of active centres: H z+ Ma-. 2H+ M ' H 1 +0~ -+ 20H
where Ma and 0~ are active molecules which possess high energy levels in the volume. Atoms and r adicals formed by this mechanism actively enter the reactions with the surrounding molecules, i.e. chains of s uccessive r eactions develop which result in the formation of the final reaction products and ever greater number of active cen tres . Figure 4.3 schematically shows the first cycle of this reaction. As may be seen, each of the active hydrogen atoms H that has given rise to a chain reaction has produced three new active centres, owing to which the reaction progressively develops i n the volume confining th~ gas mixture. As tbe reaction products accumulate and the concentrations of the starting substances become lower, chains are disrupted more often in the volume and at the walls of the r eactor: H + H - H2 OH + H-+ H 2 0
Ch. d. Theoretical Principles of Combaltion
52
Tho aclual reaction rate is described by the equation:
vr
= 10 11 CuCo,e- E'fRT .(4.10) The dccisi ve factors for tho reaction rate arc tho concentrations of hydroge n atoms (reaction cen tres) and oxygen molecules, with the aclivalion energy E' of the reaction between them being s ubs tan tially lower t han E in equation (4.9). Similar laws of chain reactio ns govern the combustion of carbon monoxide CO, methane CH, and other combustible gases. lL follows from the foregoing that a l!hort time, the i nd uclion period, precedes tho beginning of an active reaction, during which a suJfi.ciently large quantity of activo cenl.res (atoms and radicals) accumulates in the reaction volume. During th.is period, tho reaction is almos t unnoticeable and its thermal effect is negligible. After this period, the reaction rate increases due to the development of a large number of parallel reaction chains over the whole volume, uotil an equilibrium between the appearance and disappearance o( active cent res is established [361. The reaction then attains its m aximum rate and will proceed at this rate, provided that fresh portions of starting s ubs tances are regularly supplied to the combustion zone. Combustion of a gaseous fuel in a mixture with air occurs at a very high rate (a ready methane-air mixture burns in a volume o£ 10m3 in 0.1 s). For this reason, I.he intensity of combustion of natural gas in steam boiler furnaces is limited by the speed at whicl1 it mixes with air in the burner, i.e. by phys ical factors. The difficulties which arise when high flows of gas and ail· should be mixed thoroughl y in a very short time in a burner are linked with tho fact that the volume flow rates of the gas and air dHfer substantially, as approximately 10 m3 of .air are needed for the combustion of 1 ro 3 of gas. For thorough intermixing, gas must be introduced into the air flow in the form of numerous fine jets and at a high rate. For the same purWH
Fig. 4.4. Mechanism and combusti on characteristics of a liquid fuel droplet
pose, the air flow is thoroughly t.urbulized by special swirling arrangements. The combustion of l iq uid fuels. In the combustion of liquid fuel s (petroleum, fuel oil), both the igni Lion and combustion temperatures (es pecially the latter) turn out to be higher than the boiling temperature of the individual fuel fractions. For this reason, liquid fuel first evaporates from the surface under the effect of t he supplied heat, then its vapours are mixed with air, preheated to the ign ition temperature and start burning. A stable flame forms at a certain distance from the surface of liquid fuel (0.51 rom or more). Figure 4.4 schematically shows the combustion of a liquid fu el droplet in stagnant air. A vapour cloud forms around the droplet and diffuses into the environment, with the diffus ion of oxygen of the air occuning in the opposite direction. As a result., the stoichiometric relations hip between the combusti ble gases and oxygen is established at a certain distance r 8 1 from the droplet, i.e. tho burning fuel vapours form a spherical combustion front around it. The magnitude of rat is equal to 4-10 droplet r adii, i.e. r 31 = 4-10rd, and depends heavily on the droplet size and the tomperature in the combustion zone. [n
53
4.2. !tfechanisms of Fuel Combustion
the zone where r < rat> fuel vapours prevail, but their conc~ntration doc reases i nversely with the distance from the liquid surface. The zone with r > r, 1 contains primarily combustion products mixed with the oxygen that bas diffused into the combustion zone. The highest temperature is established in the reaction zone . Although at both sides of this zone th e temperature decreases gradually, its decrease is more intens ive in the inside direction, i.e. on approaching l.he droplet, since some heat is s pent there for heating fuel v apours. Thus, the burning rate of a liquid fuel droplet is determined by the rate of evaporation from its surface, tho rate of chemical reaction in tho combustion zone, and the rate of oxygen diffusion to this zone. As staled earlier, the reaction rate in a gaseous medium is very high and cannot limit the total rate of combustion. The quantity of oxygen diffused througl1 the spherical surface is proportional to the square of sphere diameter , and therefore, a slighl. removal of the combustion zone from the surface of the droplet (under oxygen deficiency) noticeably increases the mass flow rate of supplied oxygen. Thus, the rate of combustion of the droplet is mainly determined by evaporation from its surface. The combustion rate of liquid fuels is increased by atomizing the fuel just b efore burning, which. substantially increases the total surface of evaporation. Besides all this, as the size of the drople ts decreases, the intens ity of evaporation per unit area of their surface increases. Fine liquid fuel droplets s uspended in an ail- flow move at low Reynolds numbers, Re
whence
a
=
2"A.Id
=
"Air
(4.12)
where Nu is the Nusselt number. As follows from formula (4.12), the heat exchange between a droplet and the surrounding m edium increases as the s ize of the droplet decreases, i.e. wi t h a decrease in i ts mass. It turns out thai. tho evaporation time of a dropl et is proportional to the square of its initial diameter. The combustion of solid fuel. When combined with air in a furnace, pulverized coal first passes through the stage of thermal preparation (Fig. 4.51), wl1ich consists in the evaporation of residual moisture and separation of vola tiles. Fuel particles are heated up to a temperature at which volatiles are evolved intensively (400-600°C} in a few tenths of a second. The volatiles are then ignited, so that l.he temperature around a coke particl e increases rapidly and its healing is accelerated (III'). The intensive burning oi the volatiles (/I) takes up 0.2-0.Ss. A high yield of volatiles (brown coal, younger coals, oil shales, peat), produces enough heat through combustion to ignite coke particles. When the yield of volatiles is low, the coke p articles must be heated additionally from an external source(/ I r). The final stage is the combustion of coke particles at a temperat
t......_ /
~----
,...
(1
/
----
!--"
/ '-z .
c
][
[
Dl' /lf
'C'
JY
Fig. 4.5. Temperature conditions of burning or nn individual solid fuel particle J- t<'mpcroturc or ttaseous mediun1 around the porlic lc: 2-pnrlicle"tc mperntur<•; !-thermal preflMnllon zone; //-zone or burning or volatiles: 1 l/' - heullng or coke particle due lo burning or Its vo lulll es: 1 11• -beating or coke particle rrom an ex ternal source; lV-burning or coke particle
I I
I
Ch. 4. Theoretical Principles of. Combustion
Fig. fo.(j . Variations of concentration of gaseous subst.a..oces at the surface of burning carbon (a) burning Ht modera te tcmpcrntures; (b) burning at higb t•·tnperaturcs; 6 -thickness or boundr.r y 1 !lim
1 I
ture above 800-1 000°C (IV). This is a heterogeneous process whose rate is determined by the oxygen supply to the reacting surface. Tho burning of a coke particle proper takes up the greater fJOrtion (1/ 2 to 2 / 3 ) of the total time of combustion which may constitute 1 to 2.5 s, depending on the kind of fuel and the in i tia I size of particles. Tho reacting mechanism between carbon and oxygen seems to bo as follows. Oxygen is adsorbed from the gas volume on tho surface of particles and reacts chemically with carbon to form complex carbon-oxygen compounds of the type c.;Ol/ which then dissociate with the formation of CO. and CO. The resulting reaction at temperatures near 1 200°C can be written as follows: 4C+30, =2C0+2CO,
I
l•
(4.13)
As has boon . establishea by experiment ·(r.;.:· Moyer, L. N. Khitrin), the ratio of the primary products, COtC0 2 , increases sharply with the increasing temperature of burning particles. For instance, tho resulting equation at temperatures near 1 700°C can be written in tho form: 3C+20.=2C0+C02
(4.14)
where the CO/CO: ratio is equal to two. The primary reaction products arc continuously removed from the surface of particles to the environment. In this process, carbon monoxid e encounters the difrusing oxygen, which moves in the op\)osite directi on, and
I
reacts with it within the boundary gas film to be oxidized to C0 2 , with the result that tho concentration of. supplied oxygen decreases sharply on approaching the surface of particles, while the concentration of C0 2 increases (Fig. 4.6a). At a high combustion temperature, carbon monoxide can consume all the oxygen supplied, which, consequently, will not reach the solid surface of particles (Fig. 4.6b). Under such conditions, the endothermic reduction reaction will occur on the surface of particles, i.e. COt will be partially reduced lo CO. Thus, heterogeneous combustion of a carbon particle from its surface can be represented as a process embracing four subsequent reactions (according to A. S. Predvoditclev), two of which are the main ones: C+01=C02+q1 2C+0 2 = 2CO +2q•
the otl10r two being secondary 2CO + O, = 2C02 I- 2q3 C+C0, = 2CO-q•
where q is the thermal effect of a reaction, MJ / mol. The thermal effect of the first reaction q1 = q~ q3 , while q4 = = 0.57q 3 • The latter equation implies that even when the endothermic reaction takes place, the temperature of combustion is maintained at a rather high level due to a higher heat evolution in the volume. As follows from an analysis of these reactions, the combustion of carbon from the surface takes place with partial gasification (formation of CO and its afterburning in the volume). This process accelerates the burning-off of coke particles.
+
4.3. Ki netic and Dilfusion Regions of Combustion follows from an analysis of the mechanisms of solid and liquid fuel combustion, tho total rate of combustion is determined not only by the rate of chemical reaction:; propot·, but A:,
-- 55
4.3. Kln~ttc. and Dlffuston . R~gtons of :Combustion
The highest supply of oxygen, to the surface 1Jl~.l}gh the, boundarY layer will be observed a(· Cb; . 7= p. Then
r'· .:. .......
r'
"''' ~,
:-- \
Cr
1\
,,
' (K~)max = ctc:tC~2
('-)
.... .... "' "' "' N
"'
N
7 . "' "'
----~-11 1 "' "' _.--.:::J,f;
'I .j
~ i'
'\o
0 yo
"'
'\o
'\,
'"
7;:;e;, ,'',, ,''( ·' 1
"t '\.
2
~3
Fig. 4.7. Diagram of burning of carbon particle 1-pat·tlcle surtur:n; 2-boundary !lim; J-turbu· it'nL !low rc11lor:
also by the intensity of oxygenTsupplv to the reaction zone by turbulent ar(d molecular diffusion. This complex process can be analysed by \tsing t.he follo\\·ing model of combust1on (F1g. 4. 7). A burning particle is assll:med ~o ~e surrounded by a boundary ftlm wttl.un the boundaries oi which afterburmng of carbon monoxide takes place; mass transfer is assumed to be due l.o molecular diffusion only. Concentrations of substances and temperature vary within the film. Beyond that film, in the main flow around a particle, int ensive turbulent mass transfer occms . Therefore, the main flow is co~ s idered to be homogeneous, i.e. It h as no gradients of temperatures ~d concentrations. It may be assumed m tho final result that the oxygen CO?c entration in the bulk of the mam flow, CJ'2 , is equal t~ the oxygen cor centration at the h im surface,! Co,· The quantity of oxygen that passes by diffusion per unit surface area of particles is determined by Fick's law:
'
To simplify the solution, let us assume that all the oxygen supplied by diffusion reacts on the particle surf:.tce. In that case the rate of the reaction per unit surface area in terms of oxygen consumption will be expressed by formula (4.5) as follows: K~ = kCo 2
(
4.16)
The maximum reaction rate will be at Co2 = CJ'2
(K~)max = /cC&2 The pattern of variations of. them~ ximum rates, (K~)mu x and (K,)max• lS shown in Fig. 4.8. Noting that the oxygen consumption in the surface reaction must be equal to the oxygen supply through the boundary film, i.e. K Id = K•I = K. equations (4.15) and (4.16) can be solved together to give: J
•
(4.17)
The structure of this equation is · similar to that of a common kinetic equation with the reaction rate constant k being replaced by the resolved coefficient lcr with due consideration given to the reactivity of the fuel and the conditions of oxidant supply to the reacting surface. Temperature has only a weak effect on mass transfer by diffusion (ctdc-:> c-:>T0. 5), but determines to an _appreciable extent the rate of react10n on the surface (kc-:> e- EIRT). The nature of variation of tho maximum rates of oxygen diffusion to the surface and oxygen absorption by t.ha~ surfa~e (Fig . 4.8) suggests two pnncipal .regiK~ = ctti:(C~, -Co,) (4.15) ons of combustion of coke particles. where a.d = D/o is the mass-transfer At relatively low temperatures (less coefficient which characterizes the ra- t:ban 1 000°C for coke particles), tho te of mass transfer of the substance surface reaction proceeds rather slowly through the layer of thickness o, and oxygen consumption is only a rn/s, and D is the coeffici ent of mole- small fraction of the quantity of oxygen that can be supplied t.o the surcular diffusion, m 2/s.
56
cot to co takes place at the incandes-
k,
cent coke surface, while the diffusing oxygen is completely consumed in t11& boundary film by gaseous CO where this is oxidized to carbon dioxide
co!.
In this zone, the rate of combustion increases with the increasing rate Co' I of gas flow around particles and with 1-~--~ ----,- - -COz~ the decreasing size of solid particles. I I At intermediate temperatures T (1 000°-1 400°C), the rate of reaction I li DI at the surface becomes commensurable with the rate of oxygen supply, and Fig. 4.8. Regions of constant-size particle burning and variations of oxygen concentra- the total r ate of the reaction is determined by both processes. This is caltion at i ts surface 1-1 II-respecllvely kinetic, transition and dlrtuled the transition zone of combustion. s lon reclon or burning Its position in the temperature scale depends on the size of coke particles. face, i.e. k ctd. In that case k, ~ /c With smaller particles, the transition and C/]2 ~ C<S2 • Then zone appears at a higher temperature. The ignition of any fuel begins at K, = kCb 2 (4.18) relatively low temperatures und er coni.e. the total r ate of reaction is limited ditions of ample oxygen supply, that by the kinetics of the chemical rea- is, essentially in the kinetic zone. As cting on the surface. This temperature the temperature rises, the oxygen conregion of reactions is called the kinetic sumption in tho reaction zone rapidly combustion zone. In this zone, the increases and the process passes through combustion process is independent of the transition zone into tho diffuthe conditions of oxygen supply. sion zone. The end of combustion is At high tern peratures (above 1400°C), usually well in the diffusion zone where the rate constant of the reaction on the residual concentrations of the the surface increases rapidly and, at a oxidant turn out to be rather low, subcertain moment, exceeds the maximum stantially retarding the burning-off rate of oxygen supply to the surface, of the remaining fuel [291. which varies only slightly with temperature. Then, k » ad and the total 4.4. T he Ignition of Fuel-air Mixture. reaction rate is determined by the Combustion Front rate of oxygen supply: In power engineering, chamber fur(4.19) naces are the main type of furnace In this zone, the reaction rate va- used for high-capacity steam boilers. ries slowly, notwithstanding the in- The fuel-air mixture from a burner encreasing temperature. The oxygen sup- ters the furnace in the form of straight plied to the surface by diffusion re- or swirled jets whose developacts instantaneously and its concentra- ment in the furnace space determines tion at the surface becomes virtually the conditions of ignition and combuequal to zero. The reaction might pro- stion intensity. ceed at an appreciably higher rate, Let us fi rst consider the mechanism but is retarded by an insuHicient sup- of development of a straight jet which ply of oxygen. This temperature region flows into the furnace space filled is called the diffusion combustion zone. with furn ace gases (Fig. 4.9). T he jet With oxygen deficiency at the surface, flows ITom the burner embras ure with the reaction of the reduction of the initial parameters as follows: velo-
57
4.4. 1gnltlon of Fuel-<~lr Mlzture. Combartlon Front
Ch. 4. Theoretical Principles of Comba1tlon
Fig. 4.9. Structure of free turbulent jet development 1
. J -cnd portion of nozzl e (burn'er); 2-Jet core; J- boundary layer; 1- tcmperature dlstrl butlon In tile Jet; 5- dlstrlbutlon or conccntrallons or combustible matler in tbc )ct; G-veloclty dlag•am nt burner outlet; 7-velocity diagrams In the main region; 8-)et sprea d angle; 9- lntemal angle
8
9
T
«
6 Initial sectiufl
·' city w0 , temperature T 0 , and fuel concentration C 0 • At the interface between the jet and environment , transverse components of pulsation velocity cause the penetration of the jet mass into the surrounding volume. I n the mixing zone, which is called the boundary layer of a jet, the interaction of the masses ob'eys the law of conservation of mo~1on:
M 0 w0
+M
1
w1 = (M0
+M
1
)wm
(4.20) where M0 and M 1 are the interacting masses of the jet and environment and w0 and w 1 are their velocities; under the conditions considered, w1 = 0. In view of this , the average velocity of translatory motion of the rn•xture, wm , may be found as (4.21)
On approaching the external boundary of the jet, the proportion of the mass entrained in motion, M 1 , increases, and the velocity of the mixture Wm decreases. Owing to the turbulent m ass transfer, the boundary layer gradually widens to the inside as well as to the outside, so that its potential core, which retains the initial parameters w 0 , T0 , C0 (undisturb ed portion of the jet) , gradually diminishes. The external angle of jet expansion is equ al to 12-14°, while the in ternal angle of expansion of the boundary layer is around 6°. The section in which the potential core disappears is called the
Main section
transient section and the distance from it to the burner end is called the initial section of jet , S 0 • Downstream of the transient section, the boundary layer extends across the whole jet, so that the parameters at the jet axis begin to vary with distance from the transient section (jet velocity decreases and its temperature increases). The length of the initial section of the jot is found as : (4.22) where r 0 is the initial radius of a round jet or 1/2 of the equivalent diameter of a jet with a rectangular cross section, and a is the experimental coefficient of the jet structure, which accounts for its initial turbulence and the non-uniformity of the init ial velocity field. In a turbulent flow with Reynolds number Re > 2 X 10\ the coefficiant a = 0.07-0.08, whence the length of initial section is S 0 = (4.2-5) dc,Jt where d eq is the equivalent diameter of a jet. In the transient sect ion, the half-width, depending on the external angle of jet expansion , will be r 1, = r 0 S 0 tan ~Xex (4.23) thus, it exceeds roughly 3 times the initial jet radius. The supplied fuel is heated to the ignition temperature by two heat sources: by the radiant heat flux from the flame core and , more important, by convective heating due to the intermixing of the jet mass with hot furnace gases.
+
58
·Ch. 4. Theoretical Principles of. Combrut.t on
to a sharp increase in the volume of gases. The combustion front will be stable if fresh portions of fuel and air are continuously supplied to it. Combustion always takes place at a certain distance from the burner end, since the jet just near the burner does not possess the required temperature. The combustion front is established in a place where the translatory velocity of the flow turns out to be equal to the velocity of propagation of, a turbulent flame. · ·
(a)
(b)
Fig. 4. 10. Structure of swirled annular jet at burner outlet (a) l!eneral view; (b) axial velocity distribution; So-length of initial recirculation region
In view of this, burners should be designed so as to intensify as much as possible the entrainment of hot furnace gases into the fresh jet in the initial section, thus accelerating fuel ignition. An example of such a burner is the vortex burner with an annular swirled jet (Fig. 4.10). Swirling of the jet is determined by the vorticity parameter n = 2-5, which is found as the ratio 4M
n= KD ·
(4.24)
where M is the angular momentum relative to the jet axis, K is the proje~tion of the angular momentum ve~tor onto the jet axis, and D is the characteristic size of the jot; for round (continuous or coaxial) jets, the characteristic size is their equivalent diameter deq· The vorticity parameter can be approximately found from the formula: (4.25) where w 1 is the maximum tangential ~omponent of the flow velocity at the burner exit, and Wa is the axial velodty component (3, 57]. An increase of the n parameter results in greater turbulization of the jet, more intensive entrainment of the :surrounding gases into i t, and a wider .expansion angle.
region; srec - length or gas
A turbulized jet has a zone of reduced pressure in its core near the axis into which high-temperature gases may tend to move, meaning that recirculation of gases to the jet root may take place. The length of the recirculation zone depends on the vorticity parameter: S rec = 1.4nr0 • Thus, a swirled annular jet differs from a straightflow jet mainly in higher turbulence and in the appearance of an internal zone for entrainment of hot gases into the jet, whereas a straight jet has only an external zone of intermixing. For these reasons, a turbulized jet heats up more quickly. For the ignition of a hot mixture, two conditions are essential: the temperature of the combustible mixture must be not less than the ignition temperature and the concentration of the combustible substance must exceed the lower inflammability limit. At the external boundary of a jeL where the temperature tm is the highest, the concentration of the combustible substance is insufficient for ignition. On the other hand, in the core of the jet, the temperature is too low for ignition. Therefore, combustion can start only in a rather narrow jet band near the periphery where both conditions are fuHilled. The combustion front is characterized by au elevated turbulizatioo due
59
4.5. Burn-of/ Inte.nslty of Fuel
t
1.0
1600
0.8
(400
0.8 Q.l,
~-.J(20Q
0.2 ~
0
•c
l/ln _ 0.
z
0.4
0.0 D.ll
f.(!
Fig. 4.12. Fuel burn-or£ and gas temperature variations along the flame height 1 - anthracilc burn-orr characteristic; 2- luel-oil burn-orr characte •·is tic; 3- gas temperature on anthracite combustion; 4 -~as . temperature on rucl-oil combustaon
4.5. The Burn-off Intensity of Fuel in the diffusion region and proceeds The initial stage of fuel burning ta- slowly. kes place at a high concentration of the The degree of fuel burn-off in a furcombustible substance and oxidan t nace space is usually related to the and an elevated turbulence of the flow resolved flame length lfl, which i::; unwhich is formed by the burner. The derstood as the horizontal distanc!} zone of the furnace within which in- from the burner end to the furnace axis tensive combustion of fuel takes place plus the vertical distance from the burto a burn-off degree 'lilt = 0.85-0.9 ner level to the level of the horizontal is called the flame core zone. It can be gas duct plus the horizontal distance characterized by a high temperature to the furnace outlet (see Fig. 4.11 ). and substantial thermal radial.ion onto Figure 4.12 shows curves of fuel burnthe surrounding water walls (Fig. off and temperatures in a furnace 4.11). The size of the flame core zone which depend on the relative flame may constitute 1 / 3 to 1/ 5 of the furnace length in combustion of solid fuels space volume. The remaining por- and fuel oil obtained by the results of tion of the furnace volume is what is tests of high-capacity steam boilers. called the zone of fuel afterburning As follows from the figure, the burning and gas cooling . It is characterized by of a solid fuel is essentially completed a low residual concentration of fuel at the relative flame length l/lfl = and oxidant and a weak gas flow tur- = 0.35 and that of fuel oil at llln = bulence, because of which fuel after- = 0.25. In the latter case, the flame burning (burn-off) takes place deep core disappears in the initial horizontal portion of the resolved flame length. Pulverized coal is characterized by polydisperse particle size distribution. Its burning begins from the finest fractions which are heated up to the ignition point in a few hundredths of a second. As the fine particles burn, they accelerate the heating of the larger particles; but these begin burning when the major portion o£ oxygen has already been consumed. For this reason combustion of larger particles takes place mainly in the diffusion reFig. 4.11. Zones of fuel burning in furna ce g ion and they are mainly responsible space 1-Ciamc co re tone; R- zone or fuel attcl'burning for the loss of fuel as unburned carbon and ~a s coollng ; J- resolved flame length; h 11 , in waste gases. br ight Of hOrizontal g as d uc t
60
Ch. 5. Combustion Products
5.1. The Compotltlon of Combustion Products
without residue is called the theoretically required air volume ,V0 • In that case, according to formula (5.1), the theoretical volume o( combustion products is v~ =
COMBUSTION PRODUCTS
of Combustion Products A knowledge of the composiLion of a fuel and of Lhe reactions by which its combustible components are oxidized makes it possible to calculate the volume of combustion products obtained. ln boiler plant operation, combustion products are analysed continuously or periodically in order to control the completeness of fuel combustion and the density of gases in tho wnste gas path. In thermal calculations of boiler pl ants, the composition and temperature of flu e gases are used to del ermine the enthalpy downs tream of each heating s urf ace. [ t is also essential to kno w tho volume of gases for certain aerodynamic calculations. Combustion reactions at high temperatures proceed at a high rate. Therefore, the composi tion of the final combustion products is close to the equilibrium value. In zones where oxygen bas been deficient, products of incomplete oxidation of the original combustible components may remain in fuel gases. The composition of combustion products formed on the combustion of 1 kg of solid or liquid fuel or 1 m3 of gaseous fu el can be written in the following forrn: Fuel (1 kg) + air~ -~ V co2 + V'so~ + V H 20 ' - - --....- - --' I
11
2
-1- V CO -1- V Hz -1- V CH .
1
(
5. 1)
3
where l'co,, l'so,, etc. are th e volu-
mes of individual gas components in combustion products, m3 /kg or m3fm3*. Combustion products of a fu el can be convenienLly divided int.o throe groups. Group 1 in formula (5 .1) includes the products of complete combustion of fu el elem ents, i.e. dry triatomic gases usually denoted as l'Ro,: l'Roz = l'co2
v~.o
+ lft.!.
(5.3)
We must distinguish between tho theoretical volume of dry gases: V~g = V COs -1- l'S0 2
5.1. The Composition
+ VN~ + Voz + V w
vcas+ l'so. +
+
Vso,
(5.2),
and water vapours Vu,o. In th e composition of dry triatomic gases, V co. is always much greater than llso , since fuel s common ly have a low sufphur content. Gro up 2 con tains lh & volumes of nitrogen and oxygen which represent the residual dry ai r left upon fuel combustion and water vapours. In this group, l'N, is much larger than Vo,, since oxygen has been consumed in a large amount for oxidation. The volume of water v apours includes the evaporated moisture of the fuel and the moisture conten t of th& air proper. Group 3 denotes tho products of incomplete combustion of fuel elements ; in this group, Vco > > TTH, > VcH,· The r atio of volumes Vco:l'H , is 3:1 on the average. The presence of l'cN, in the products of incomplete combustion is indicative of strong deviations from the s pecified conditions of combustion. Let us analyse complete fuel combustion, assuming the combust.ion products have Vco = 0, l'H, = 0, l'cH = 0 and no r esidual oxygen, i.e. V 0 ~ 0 The quantity of air required f~ r th~ complete ~o.m IJustion or 1 kg (1 m3) of fuel to ut1ltze lhc oxygen of the air • In furthe~ di scussion, only uuit volumes and enthalp1es per kg fu el will be used.
+ 11¥-.
2
= l' ROt -1-
n., (5.4)
and the total volume of gases:
6f
the furnace (1-2 s) is not sufficient for the thorough intermixing of fuel and air in ~he large volume of the furnace. For this reason, the actual volume of air that can ensure complete fuel combus tion is always somewhat greater than the theoretical value. The ratio of these volumes is called the excess air coefficient (ratio) m combustion products: a. = TTa/1' 0
(5.6)
The required excess air ratio of a ~ = v~, + v~.o (5.5) furnace, a.1, depends on the kind of fuol, method of combustion, and furIn this case, the volume v~L,O in- nace des ign. High-reactive solid fuels cludes all the water-vapour components with a high yield of volatiles. are igniin combustion products which have ted more easily and burn off more been considered earlier, while the quickly, and therefore, require a lovolume v~. is formed mainly from wer excess air ratio than those having the nitrogen of the air, with a slight a low yield of volatiles. In gas-air addition of t he nitrogen of the fuel mixtures, fuel can be intermixed effewhich evolves from the latter whe n cti vol y with air, for which reason fuel heated together with other volatile oils and gaseous fuels require a still components. lower air excess. The same grade of The volume of dry triatomic gases (uel may require different excess air l' RO· in formulae (5.2) and (5.4) is ratios when burned in various furnaces the ·same and does not depend on (say, in a straight-jet and vortex furwhether the theoretical air volume naco) which difier in effectiveness of V 0 or a greater quantity Va is supplied fuel-air intermixing. for burning*, while the volumes of The rated excess air ratio a.1 can be other components of combus tion pro- found according to the Norms of therducts will change. In this case, the mal calculation of steam boilers by volumes corresponding to the theoreti- considering all the factors involved cal conditions of combustion are m ar- [201. For the various kinds of fuel, it ked by the superscript can us ually be taken within the folloWhen the combustion of fuel is wing limits: complete and there is any excess . • . . • i.15-i.25 fuels quantity of air in the combustion zono, Solid Liquid fuels . . . . . 1.03-i.i • i.e. with l'a > lfO, there forms the Gaseous fuels . 1.05-U same theoretical volume of gases v~. A decrease in the excess air ratio However, the actual gain in tho volume of combustion products is deter- may save energy for driving blowers mined solely by the excess quantity and increase tlte boiler efficiency, but of air 6.l'a = l'" - l'0 and by Lhe its reduction below the rated value water vapours contained in it, 6.V"II,O· a.1 may result in a sharp rise in heat Under real conditions, fuel cannot loss with unburned carbon and a lob e burned completely at Lhe theoreti- wer boiler efficiency. In steam boilers with supercharged cally sufEicient air volume 1'0 s ince the short time the gases are present in [urrtaces , the excess air ratio at the exit from the furnace, a.1 , is equal to i ts value in the burner, a. 11 , and re• The concentrations of CO, and 50s ia atmospheric air are insignificant and disreg- mains unchanged along the whole gas path, since all gas ducts in this case arded in calculations.
·o·.
·62
·· · Ch. 5. Combustion Products Superhealtor
boiler can be found using the formul a:
1 't10C d
Ywg = ~
furnace
.d~r
Fig. 5.1. Inleakage of cold air into boiler
operate under an excess pressure and are made gas-tight (except for the regenerative air heater). In · steam boilers operating at a negative pressure (which is formed by induced-draft fans), cold air from the surroundings can leak into the gas path through untight joints .b~twe~n various elements {cracks and JOints m the lining, places where the tube~ pass through the lining, 'etc.). For th1s reason the volume of combustion produc'ts increases, thus increasing t.he excess air r atio, while the temperature of gases decreases (Fig. 5.1). Inleakage can be found as a fraction of the theoretically required air volume: (5.7) where D. V 1 is the volume of sucked.-in air within a particular i-th heatmg surface of tho boiler. In such a case, the air inl eakage downstream of the i-th heating surfa ce afler the furnac.e will be found as:
Air inloakage may also take place in the furnace proper {D.a:,). Noting this, the excess air ratio in the combustion zone will be: O:com
=
a:, -
/).a;/
( 5·9)
The volume of waste gases downstream of the last heating surfacP. of the
63
5.1. The Compo1ttlon of Combustion Products
+ (a:w&- 1)
yo (5.10}
As may bo seen, it consists of the volume of products of complete combustion V~ and the total excess air t::,. V whose amount increases on t.he patlt of motion of waste gases in Ilue ducts. In turn, the total amoun l of excess air can be divided into two components: !lV x = (~com -1) yo+ ~ D.ciiYo e {5.11) where ~com = O:com is the excess air ratio at the burner exit. . The first term in formula (5.11) lS the excess air that is deliberately added to ensure complete combustion of fu el, and the second term represents harmful air inleakage. The volume of air for complete combustion of solid nnd liquid fuel s is determined by writing down the reactions involved in the combustion of fuel clements [20, 37). In the combustion of carbon and sulphur, the volumes of C0 2 and 80 2 which form Vco and V50 , turn out t o be equal to the volum~ of oxygen consumed in combustion: YRo~ = Vo, an ~, since the volume of nitrogen remams practically unchanged , V,Jg = vo. When the h ydrogen of fu el is burning, the volume of water vapours formed is twice tl•e volume of t~e oxygen consumed. Thus, the theoretical volume of gases, V3, of a fuel con laining hydrogen is alw.nys gt:eater than the theoretically reqmred a1r volume V 0 , even when ' dry' fuel devoid of adventitious moisture is burned. For gaseous fuels, the consumption of oxygen for combustion is calculated for each of the gas components sep~ rately, noting the percent age of the1r concentration in the gaseous fuel. The total volume of air and flue gases is found as the product of the volume calculated for 1 kg (m 3 ) of the fuel by the total consumption of fuel. In addition, the method of resolved thermal characteristics can be used for
~ .., 1·, A-diagram o[ air and comFig. · -·£• v bustion products
kJ/kg I
(a) In operation ni reduced pressure; (b) with rcbarge· .IIH-air heater; Ec- econo· mfzcr: · R FI- rebeat.cr; SH-supcrbealcr; F-lumnce
su
r, at cCr!r
I I I
kJ/kg
I 1/g at cCco
117
I I
I (a)
I
I
r
•c!nstanf
i
I
). at Jah 0
AH
RH
[c
r
SH
(b)
the purpose, in which case the c~lcu lated values are related to the umt of heat liberated by the fuel {1 000 k1 or 1 MJ). The development and application of this method is largely due to the work of Prof. S. Ya. Kornitsky, M. B. Ravich, and Ya. L. Peeker [45). The method is based on the WelterBerebier rule which states that the quantity of heat l!ber.ated on combustion of dry fuel 1s directly proportional .to tho quantity of consumed oxygen, i.e. Q" =a' V 0 , . Thus. with a fuel of the known heating value and moisture content, it is possible to d~ termine the theoretical volume of au for combustion and the volume of combustion products. Tho enthalpy of combustion products is found for the volume of gases obtained on combustion of 1 kg or 1m3 of fuel. I t is denoted as I, kJ/kg or kJ/m 3 • Since the specific heats of various gases are different, enthal pies are calculated separately for each component of flue gases. For i~stance, the on thai py of the theoretical volume of combustion products at a tom-
perature {},
oc,
is:
1~:= (VnozCRot + v~ ~CNz + Vif:oCHtO
+ aa•l•
A1D
100 Ca•h) {}
2
(5.1 ~
where cno , cN,, ca,o are the mean specific volume heats of flue gas components in the temperature. ~ange 0-(}, kJ/(ms. K), ca.1• is the specific beat ?f ash particles, kJ /(kg· K), and a~h 15 the relatively quantity of ash particles carried off by flue gases. The last term in equation (5.12), which characterizes the en thai py of ash particles carried off by flue ga~es, is considered only for the combustiOn of high-ash fuels. The enthalpy of gases at an excess of air a: > 1 can be found by the equation:
I 8 =I~
+ Ma
= I~
+
(a: - 1) Ig (5.13)
wl~ere
J O is tho enthalpy of the theoretical .:olume of air: JOa
=
VOca{)
(5 .14)
Ch. 5. Com brutlon Produ.ctl
64
where c 4 is the volume specific heat capacity of air, kJ/(m 3 ·K). Calculated enthalpies of gases at various temperatures can be plotted as an I, {}-diagram, which is convenient for practical use (Fig. 5.2). 5.2. Determination of E xcess A ir R atio for an Operating Boiler The excess air ratio in the gas path of a boiler plant should be continuously controlled in order to provide the optimal conditions for fuel combustion and to minimize air inleakage. Two such methods of control are currently in use at power stations. The most popular method is to directly measure the residual oxygen in the Uuo gas flow by means of oxygen meters . This method is based on using the magnetic properties of oxygen molecules, a property that is not possessed by other components in a multi- · component gas mixture. The percentage of oxygen can be recalculated into the excess air ratio in the following manner. Neglecting the slight increase in the volume of combustion products due to the liberation of nitrogen from the fuel, it may be taken that t he v olume of dry gases is V dg = V 0 • The residual oxygen in combustion. products can be expressed as a fraction (per cen t) of t he volume of dry gases:
0 - 21 (a. - 1) vo zVdg
As h as been stated earlier, = ex V 0 , and therefore:
0 2 = 21 (a.-i) a.
(5.15) Vdg
=
(5. 16)
and the excess air r atio is: 21 ex = ...,2""1---0""2-
5.9. Tozlc Sub.tances In W ad e Ga1e1
ry corrections should be introduced if the flue gases contain products of incomplete combustion (CO, H 2 ). Another popular method for determining the excess air in combustion products is based on finding the percentage of dry triatomic gases R 0 2 = = C0 2 S0 2 in comb ustion products:
+
R02 =
where 0 2 is the concentration o( oxygen in combustion products, %, as measured by an oxygen meter. This formula h olds true when fuel combustion is complete and air humidity can be neglected. The necessa-
vnos 100
(5.18)
dg
With complete fuel combustion in the stoichiometric ratio (ex = 1) and provided that tho content of hydrogen and oxygen in fuel correspond to the equality Hw = ow/8, all the hydrogen in the fuel is considered to be oxidized by tho oxygen of the fuel , and therefore RO~- =
v 110 2
,,,
100 = 21 %
Rozmnx -- V' VHOz +O.VNz dR x 100 =
v
~o. 100
vdg
(5 .19)
and will depend on the differenc.e between Hw and 0'0 /8. The difference in the concen trations of hydrogen and oxygen can be expressed in terms of tho fuel coefficient ~ For solid and liquid fue ls~ ~ is found by the formula: HID-QID/8
~C"'+O. 375S::'+P
(5.20)
where S::' +P is the sum of organic and pyrite sulphur in the working mass of fuel. Using the fuel coefficient ~, R o~u can be written as follows: 21. RO~nx = t +fi
Solid fuels Fuel oil Natural gas
(5.21)
. •
•
•
.
.
. .
•
•
0
•
. • 18-20% . 1.6-17% 11-13% •
With ex > 1, the volume of dry gases will be: vdg
=
v~ 11
+ ll V
0
and the volume or tri atomic gases is R02 =
Vno
v•dlf +;V 100 (I
i.e. smaller than HO~mx. Since Vno 2 remains unchanged, we have: n.o~nx
dg
In all solid and liquid fuels, however, Hw > o w/8. The residual hydrogen LlH10 = Hw - 0'0 /8 will then be oxidized by atmospheric oxygen and form water vapours. The remaining volume of nitrogen, llVN,. enters the composition of dry gases, and the maximum concentration of dry tr iatomic gases will be less than 21%:
~ =2.37
(5.17)
v
Gaseous fuels contain no oxygen, but their hydrogen conten t is substantially higher, and therefore, R o~u turns out to be much lower than that of solid and liquid fuels. The RO~ax values of various fuels are within tho follow ing limil.s :
H02
lf~c +Ill'a
V~g
v,.
=vo = ex
(5.22)
The accuracy of the excess air ratio ex determined by this method depends on how accurately we k now the R o~ax of the fuel (since tho composition of fuel deli vorcd to a power station is not always perfectly constant) and how accurately tho fluo gases have been sampled and anal ysed for R0 2 • Certain difficul ties in the ap plication of this method for de termin ing ex arise in the combustion of fuels containing carbonates in their mineral portion as .they dissociate thermally with the evolution or an additional, often variable, volume or C0 2 •
5.3. Toxic Substances in W astc Gases and Measures of E nvironmental Control Thermal power s tations consume around 40% of the Lot~ al fuel produced in the world and thus ca n substantially iniluence the environment by ejecting heat and cel'tain harmful polLutants into the atmosphere and water basins. This necessitates systematically protecting tho environment from the harmful effluents of indu5 - 0 1 52 4
65
strial plan ts for the sake of both the present generation and those of the future. Certain components in the gaseous erfluents from power stations arc safe for man; these include water va pours, carbon dioxide, oxygen and nitrogen. Other ingredients are h armful to v arying degrees. Thermal power stations and l argo boil er houses pollute the atmosphere by ejecting nitrogen oxides (NO"' = =NO + N0 2 ), sulphur oxides (SOt+ + S03 ), solid ash par ticles, and vanadium pontoxide V 2 0 5 • Moreover, if combustion is incomplete, flue gases may contain carbon monoxide CO , hydrocarbons, such as CH 4 or C2 H, , benzpyrene C20H 12 , and soot. The length of: Lime the h armful gaseous substances may exis t in the environment ranges from a few hours to a few days. Many are gradually destroyed or transformed into harmless substances under the effect of solar radiation and atmospheric oxygen . Air-borne solid particles (soot, vanadium pentoxide, benzpyrene) may settle and accumulate on the earth's surface and be involved into the circulation of the lower atmospheric layers. By their effect on the h uman organism, harmful substances are divided into a number of cl asses. Vanadium p entoxido and benzpyrene relate to extremely dangerous substances. The former appears in minor quantities on the combustion of fuel oils. Benzpyrene may appear in waste gases on the combustion of any fuel with oxygen deficiency and is also formed on the slow decomposition of soot. Nitrogen dioxide N0 2 and sulphuric anhydride belong to the class of highly dangerous substances. Nitrogen oxides NO, mainly fo nn in the high-temperature zones of the flame. T he y ield of N0 2 constitutes around 10% or the total yield of NOx. Sulphur of fuel mainly burns off to form sulphurous anhydride S0 2 which, like NO, is placed in the third class of harmful substances by their effect on man (moderately harmful substances). Sulphu-
Ch. 5. Co mbu• llon Product.
66
ric anhydride 5 0 3 may form in furnaces from S0 2 at the fin al stage of fl ame burning when t here is an excess of atom ic oxygen or by cat al ysis on the high-t emperature depos its of steam s uperheat ers. Its y ield is 2-5% the vield of SO •. In t.he zone of l ow-tern. p erature heat ing s urfaces, is transformed int o s ulphuric acid vapours and is partially spen t in t he process of low- temperature corrosion (see Ch . 16). The risk f rom the effect of a p articul ar substance on a living organism is det er mi ned as the ratio of the actual concentration of the s ubs tance C, mg/m 3 to the highest perm issible concentr ation (HPC), mg/m 9 , in air a t the breathi ng l ev el:
-
(5.23)
T h is ra tio is called the tox ic ra te of an i- th s ubstance. Tl should always be less than uni ty. 1I air contains a number of harmful subs tances with a s imilar biological effect on th e living organism, its to xicity is enhanced. T herefore, the presence of such substances in air is inadmissible even in concentrat ions n ear tho HPC l evel. In such a case, the t oxic h azard is es timated by adding t ogether th e toxic rates of the individual substances. For waste gases, the additivi ty principle is appli ed t o N0 2 , N O, S0 2 , 5 0 3 , and CO. No t ing this , the addi tivi ty formula of toxic effluents is as follows :
+
c l'\ Os
II PCNo"
+
CN o
HPCNo Csos
Cso.
HPCso 2 Ceo
+ HPCso + HPCco ~ 1
(5.24)
3
I n many cases , benzpyrene is included i nto this formula. For solid (particulate) effluents, the addi ti vity form ula is : Co
HPC 0
The highest p erm issi bl e concen t.rations of selected hnrm ful s ubs ta nces are g iven i n T able 5. 1. Table 5. 1. H ij!hcsl Perrnissiltle Concentrations of Selec ted ll armful Subs tances in ,\ ir, mg/m3
so3
k 1 = C 1/HPC 1
+ HPC. c. +
Cv~os
HPCv,o5
~1 """"'
25)
(5 •
where t he subscr ipts 'a' and 's' stand for 'ash' and 'soot' .
6.1. Heat B ala nce and Efficiency of Sleam B oiler
In inhabi ted a r ras:
Suhs tnnce
..
-
E ~
... 0
Nitrogen dioxide NO: NO Nitrogen oxide Sulphuri c anhyd· so3 rid e Sulphurous nnhydso~ r ide co Carbon monoxide Benzpyrene C,o Ht: Vanad ium pen to- Y:O~ xide Soot (gr it) Dust (ash pa rt icles)
0 .085 0.25 0.30
0.085 0.25
0.50
0.05
3.0
1.0
0 .10
t
x to-e:
0.002 0 .15 0.50
0.05 0. 15
P ower s t ations account for roughly 3/4 of tho total s ui phur oxides ejected i nto the atmosph ere. I n vi ew o[ the increasing indus tr ial utilization of h igh-sulphur fuel oils and solid f uels. reducing the total discharge of s ulphur oxides in the atmosphere is an urgent concern. Si nce the volume concentration of sulphur oxid es in waste gases is rather l ow (around 0 .2%) and th e vol umes of was te gases are enormous, purification of gases from so~ is difficul t to accomplish . I t seems m ore reasonabl e t o purify petro leum fro m s ul phur at petrole um processing· plants or to s ubject fuel oil and h ighsulphur solid f uels before combus tion to a deep thermal processing which can produce gaseous fuel and v al uable liquid prod ucts. In s uch processes, s ulphur compounds can be extracted and collected much m ore easily. Such methods of fuel processing are being used on an ev er i ncreasi ng scale. T he extraction of NO"' from waste g ases involves even 1arger eng ineering d ifficul t ies than th at of S0 2 • This is due to a lower concentration of NO" in gases (which is only 1/2 to 1/5 of t h at of S0 2 ) and the lower chemical ac ti Yily of the N O whi ch is present i n
67
the gases in u much I arger concan tra- ase in the future due to t.lte increasing tion than N0 2 • Around 40% of the power of s t ations and the increMing total quantit y of nitrogen oxides ej e- usc of sol id fuels. l n this res pect, the .cted into the atmosphere is from power problem of how dee pl y to purify flue stations [471. g ases from ash pari icles is growing in l n contr as t to gaseous whoso magnilud e. Fly u.sh formed by the presence in was te gases is uncontrol- comb ustion of solid fuels conLoios a lable and de pe nds only on tbe concen- number c f harmf ul components, s uch tra tion of s ul phur in the fu el, tho ::s fh 10:·ide and arsen ic compounds and concentration of n itrogen oxides in t ile ox tdes Si0 2 and CaO. Ash collewas te gases de pends heav il y on com ·· ction a t. thermal power s ta tio ns is most bus tion org anization in th.e furna ce. oft en carded out in electros tatic preN itrogen oxides are mainl y produced ci pitators. For many fu els wi th an elefrom the at mos pheric oxygen a nd vated content of ash, t he degree of nitrogen in the high-tempera ture com- ash col lectio n must be no less than bus t ion zone (at temper atures a bove 99% . 1 600°C} and by the oxid a tion of th e For the presen t , until efficient indunitrogen of fuel (this reaction can strial pl ants cap ab le of removi ng harmoccur at temperatures below 1 600°C}. ful impurities from fuel or from waste T hus , the main means of r educing the gases are developed, one method of format ion of NOx in fu rnaces are to decreasing the concen tr ati on of toxic reduce the t em peratu re i n t.he com- substa nces in th o l ower atmosph ere is bus tion zone ('I ow-tern pern t.u re ' com- to bu il d tall s tacks up to 320 m high bustion) and li mit the quantity of which can s pr ead flue gases to l arge excess air. It s hould b e noted , howe- distances. With high er stacks. the ver, that with improper operation of concentratio n of harmful impurities in the furnace or burners , these m eas ures the at mos phere at th e earth's s urface m ay resul t in the a ppearance of other decreases in inverse proportion to the equally harmful subs tances (such as square of the stacks ' h eight ratio. soot or benzpyrene). Tall s tacks are n ot, however , a radi Around 20% of the tota l contami- cal l y effeclive means of pr ot ecting the nation of the atmosphere with solid environment from in dus trial effluent; dust p articles falls on ash discharge by they si mply dim i nis h the local con power stations. Th e discharge of solid central ions of harmful s ubs t ances in fractions by power stations may incre- t he lower atmos phere.
so2
EFFICIENCY OF F UEL HEAT UTILIZATION 6. t. The H eat Balan ce and E fficiency or the Steam Boiler T he effi cient u tiliz ation of fuel in s t earn bo ilers is primaril y determined by the foll owing three facto rs :
(1) complete combustion of the fu el i n the boiler furnace; (2) deep cooling of t h e combustion p-roducts during their p assage through the l1 eating surfaces ; and (3) minimization of heat losses to the env ironmen t .
68
The extent to which the heat of the fuel is transferred in the boiler to the working fluid is determined by the boiler's gross efficiency. This is defined as the quant ity of heat absorbed by\the working fluid Q1 , kJ/kg of solid or liquid fuel or kJ /kg of gaseous fuel, related to the available heat of the working mass of fuel, Q::'v. kJ/kg: l]b=
g~ao 100
(6 .1 )
The available heat of burned fuel is dt' t.erroi ned by the general formula:
Q::'o = Q't'
+ Qph + Oaex + Q,b - Qed
(6.2)
where Ql" is the lower heating value of the working mass of fuel, kJ /kg, Qp 11 is the physical heat of solid or liquid fuel before burning, kJ/kg, Oae:r is the quantity of heat absorbed by the supplied air during preheating outside tho boiler (most often in external air h eater·s) kJ/kg , Q,b is the heat of steam' used in steam burners for fu el oil atomization, kJ ; kg, and Ocd is the h eat from the dissociation of carbonates in the mineral mass of fuel, kJ/kg (the last term is applicable only to oil shales). The physical h eat of fuol before burning depends on its temperature Qph = c1t1 (6.3) where c1 is the specific heat of fuel, kJ /(kg K), and t 1 is its temperature,
oc.
The average temperature of solid fuels may range from 0 to 20°C, but may be even sub-zero in winter time. In the combustion of fuel oil, the term Qph m ust always be taken into account since, for atomization, fuel oil is preheated in the burnor up to 100-130°C. The quantity of heat absorbed b y the air for combustion during preheating outside the boiler is fou nd from the formula:
Oau
= ~a V 0 ca (t~ -tea)
(6.4)
where ~ a isr the rela tive~ air q uanti ty passing through a~ heater, c0 is t he
69
6.1. ll eat Balance and Efficiency of Stea m Bo ller
Ch. 6. Efficiency of Fuel Heat Utilization
specific heat of air, tea is the temperat ure of cold air, and t; is its temperature at tho entry to the boiler air heater (or behind the external ai r heater). The heat introd uced by steam for fuel oil atomization is:
Q•b = d,IJ (i,b - i ;)
(6.5)
where d,b is the uni t flow rate of steam for atomization , kg/kg fuel (usually d,u = 0.05-0.1 kg/kg) , i,b is its enthalpy, kJ/kg, and i; is the enthalpy of steam carried off by flue gases at a temperature {}wg. kJ/kg. The quantity of heat that is spent on tho dissociation of carbonates in oil shales is proportional to the quant ity of carbon dioxide that evolves on combustion , CO"f, so that the formula for determining Oed is: Qed = 40.5CQ~d (6.6) To s um this up, the heal available on the combustion of various kinds of fuel can be determined by the following formulae: - for anthracites, coals and brown coals of a low humidi ty and l ow sulphur conten t:
Q•c1'
Qawo --
- for moist brown coals and for coals and fuel oil with a high sulphur content: Q;,"c = Q~ Qph Oae:r; - for fuel oil atomized by steam in burners:
+
+
Q;,", = Q'{' +QPI• +0aex +Q,b; - for natural gas : w _ Q1 . Q01' I , - for oil shales: The heat absorbed by the working fluid (water and steam) in the boiler per kg (or m3 ) of fuel can b e found fro m the formula
+ D; w
Drh ( ""
B
Q, + 0.~~ + Q,,, + Oee (6.8) where Q1 is the heat absorption by
Ot
=
tho working fluid in tho furnace water walls , kJ /kg, Q·.~:· is the heat absorption in tho convective surfaces of superheater, kJ/kg, Q,1, is tho heat absorption in the secondary su perheater, k J /kg, and Qe c is the heat absorption in the economizer, kJ /kg. During boil er operation, some of the available heat is inevitably los t and constitu tes heat losses. The dis t ribution of the heat supplied to a boiler as useful heat and lost heat is the basis for compiling the heat balance of a steam boiler. The h eat balance equation corresponds to steady-stale thermal conditions or boiler operation . It is usually written for 1 kg or 1 m 3 of burned fu el : Q::'v = Or +Qz + Q3+ Q, + Qs+Qa (6.9) ~~h~ ca~t~l~o~
Q::'. = Q't' - Qed·
. )+ QI = DB,,, ("L,. - t/w
where D • h and D rh are the flow rate of fresh superheated steam and s team from secondary superlieating (reheated steam), kg/s, D bw is the flow rate of blow-off water from the boiler drum to maintain the required salt conditions in the circulalion circuit , kg/s, D bw must be considered if it is more than 2% of D.,,; i,., i1w, and i' are respectively, the enthalpy of superheated sleam, feed waler and water at the saturation line at the pressure in the drum, kJ/kg , iri. and i;,, are the enthalpies of secondary superheated steam at the inlet to and outlet from the reheat superheater, k J /kg, and B is tho fuel consumption, kg/s or ro 3 /s. The heat utilized in a boiler can also be expressed in terms of heat absorption by the individu al heating surfaces:
LrJo -
(i!- itw)
,, )
Lrh
(6. 7)
-
D iv iding both sides of equation (6.9) by O::'v and expressing the result as a percentage, we get: 100 = q1 + qz + q3 + q4 + q& + q6 (6.10) Tho typica l items of the boiler h eat balance and their values are given in T able 6.1.
Table 6.L Heat Losses in Steam Boilers Relallvc Joss, %
Heat l oss llem
or Qw at>
Wi th waste gases T hrough i ncornplcte combustion Wi th unburned carbon By cooling through the lining As physico l hea t of removed s lag Sum of heat losses
q. %
4- 7
0-0.5 0.5-5 0.2-1
0-3 6-12
Tho direct calculation of the boiler efficiency by formul a (6.1) may turn out to be insufficiently accurate and involve difficulties in accurate measurement of certain parameters, e.g. m ass fl ow rates of steam and fu el , heating v alue of fuel, and some components or the available heal. The gross efficiency of a steam boiler can be found by the inverse balance method if we know the sum of its heat losses: Tl b = 100 -
+ q3 + q4 + q~ + q,) (q2
(6.11)
The inverse balance method, i.e . determining the boiler efficiency by the sum of heat l osses, gives a more accurate value than the direct balance method, since the sum of beat losses constit utes roughly 1/10 of Q::'. and all its items can be reliably measured. This is the sole m ethod available for estimating the therm al efficiency of now steam boilers at the design stage. lf we know the heat losses and, consequently, the gross boiler efficiency, we can use formulae (6.1) and (6.7) to find the fu el consumption by the boiler, kg/s:
B= D 1 11 (iu - If
wH- Drh (t;h - l~h) +Dbw (i' -iJw) Q;:',TJb
(6.12) The fuel consumption thus obtained is the rated value for calculating the
70
pulverization system of the boiler. In solid fuel-fired boilers, more often than not, fuel is not burned completely, i.e. there is a heat loss with unburned carbon q4 • To find the actual volumes of combustion products and the air flow rate for combustion, the concept of rated fuel consumption is introduced:
Heat loss with waste gases. According to Table 6.1, heat loss through waste gases is the largest item in the heat balance. Its relative magnitude , per cent, can be found by the formul a :
B.= B (1- 0.01q 4 ) (6.13)
where Q2 is the absolute heat loss, kJ /kg:
The gross efficiency characterizes the perfection of operation of a steam boiler proper. Its normal operation, however, depends in addition on a large number of auxiliary machines and mechanisms, which consume a portion of the energy produced by the power plant (station). The use of energy for this purpose is called the auxiliary power consurnption, N oux• of a boiler plant. The auxiliary power consumption includes the power cousumed by forced- and induced-draft fans, feed pumps, pulverizing equipment, blowing devices, and a large number of electric motors in the automatic remote control system. For boilers operating in monobloc units with turbines, the auxiliary power consumption can be found as a percentage of the total power production by the following formula: A
Nau:x
LlTJaux = BQw -n
100
(6 .14)
()1J'ISf
where B is the fuel consumption by the boiler, kg/s, and lJat is the efficiency of power production at the station. In high-capacity boilers, flTJau :x is equal to 4-5%. By subtracting the auxiliary power consumption flTJaux from the gross efficiency of a boiler TJb, we obtain what is called the net boil er efficiency, which characterizes the efficiency of t he boiler plant operation in terms of the electric energy delivered to consumers:
(6.15)
7t
6.2. Analysis of Heat Losses
Ch. 6. Efltctency of Fuel Heat Uttllzatlon
6.2. Analysis of Heat Losses
02 tOO q2 = QW au
(6 .16)
Qz = (fw g - awgf~a) (1 - 0.01q 4 ) (6 .17) Here, I wg is the en thai py of waste gases, kJ/kg, and I~a is the enth alpy of the theoretically required volume of cold air, kJ /kg. The first multiplier in the equation gives the gain in enthalpy of waste gases relative to that of the air suppl ied t.o the boiler (both organized and unorgan ized). The second multiplier is a correction for incomplete combustion of fueL As follows from formula (6.17), the heat loss through waste gases Q2 is determined, first of all, by the enthalpy of waste gases I we• i.e. it depends on their temperature f>wg and their volume which is characterized by the excess air ratio awg· By reducing the temperature of the waste gases by 15-20 deg C, it is possible to decrease q 2 and thus raise the boiler efficiency by roughly 1%. This can be achieved by arranging an additional convective heating surface !J.H c whose dimensions will be the larger, the greater the reduction in the waste gas temperature (Fig. 6.1). It should also
LJH2
Fig. 6.1. Variation of the additional heating surface area in various temperature regions
be noted that f>w 11 depends substantial~y on the temperature of the feed water t 1,0 at the inlet to the "economizer .and the temperature of air at the inlet to the air heater, t~. This can be expressed by the following relationship
and feed water with the temperature of hot air remaining the s ame, the additional expenditures involved can be found as follows :
+
Z = !J.Sah !J.Sec - flSwh !J.Sbt- flStu t:J.S.t (6.20) {61: where !J.Sah and !J.S ec are the costs of A = Cil-1 (t ..!- !J.t) t~+ L\tl th e additional heating surfaces of an Vwg 6l fw • 2 Cil air heater and an economizer, !J.Sb (6 .18) is the extra cost of electric energy for1 where w = L(Vc) 111(l'aca) is the ratio driving the blowers, associated with of the water equivalents of the gases the increased resistance of the air-gas and air in the lower stage of the air path, !J.S •t is the cost for constructing heater , !J.t1 is the temperature gra- a taller stack, !J.Swh is the saving in dient (between gas and air) at the feed water heaters, and flStu is the 'hot end' of tho air heater, and !J.t 2 fuel savings. The optimal" temperature {}':}'J is is the temperature gradient (between gas and water) at the 'cold end' of the found by minimizing the calculated expenditures, which is done by soleconomizer. The recommended minimum values ving the equation: of temperature gradients [20) are 8Z/a{1wg = 0 (6.21) !J.t1 = 30 deg C and !J.t2 = 40 deg C; but. Typical curves of the optimal temsomewhat higher values are usually taken in tho boiler design, since the perature o[ waste gases as functions yalues i ndicated require excessively of the decisive economic factors are l al'gO s urfaces of air h eater and eco- shown in Fig. 6.2. The optimal temnomizer. The ratio o[ water equiva- perature of waste gases depends sublen ts depends on the quality of fuel stantially on the cost and quality of and the excess air ratio in the air fuel, and, firs t and foremost, on its moisture content. When the cost of heater zone. For a particular kind of fuel and the fuel is high, the savings in consumed selected values of !J.t1 , flt 2 and excess fuel can justify the extension of heatair ratio, formula (6.18) takes the ing surfaces and thus allows a lower temperature of waste gases (Fig. 6.2a). form: (6.19) A high moisture content in the fuel increases the volume of combustion As foJlows from t he above, a comp- products and their s pecific heat, since lex engineering-economical approach water vapours possess the highest is essential for selecting the optimal specific heat in these gases. To cool temperature of waste gases f>':fi. A chan- by the same number of degrees flf>we• ge of f>wg will substantially influence waste gases with a high humidity the size of the heating surfaces of the must give up a greater quantity of economizer, air heater and regenera- heat, which requires a further increase tive heaters. This circumstance wi1l in the heating surfaces compared with change the hydraulic resistance of the dry fuel. For the same or lower priced gas and water patlts and the energy moist fuel, extending the heating surconsumption by feed water pumps and faces is not economically feasible, blowers. A probable change in the which means that the optimal temh eight of the stack to better disperse perature of the waste gases will incthe waste gases should also be consi- r ease along with the moisture content of the fuel (Fig. 6.2b). d ered . An i ncrease in the initial parameters Thus, if measures are taken to lower tl1e temperature of the waste gases of steam (pressure and temperature )
+
+
+
72
. , _. _.,
z
J
'
Z•J rouJ/psff ref. v"'' "'Y fa l
Fig. 6.2 . Dct{!rminntion of optimal temperature of waste gases
f-"
8 tO 12
IS
... - "!,IV 0
(a) dependence on the cost or henling surfaces and fue l; J- expend lturcs on bea ting surrn ces: 2 und e'-expendltures on more cxpcns h•c nnd less expenslYc fuel; J and J'total cnlculnted expenditures with more expensive and lebS cxpcnsh'c fuel: (b) dep~ndcnce on the feed wnlcr temperature and the moisture content ot fuel; 4 a nd 4' - llmlts tor dry fuels wi th w• < 0. 7; s and S'-ditto, Cor moi st fuels with w• = 1-5; (c) correlation between the optimal temperature or waslc gnscs. the temperature o r reed water and the cost ot tucl for n s upercrltlca l pressure monobloc unit
flO
150
4.0
~)
24 MPa
can s ignificantly raise th e effi ciency of heat regeneration, which jus tifies a certain incrensc in the feed water temperature . On the other h and , an in crease in the initial pressure of steam incr eases the expenditures on boiler equipm ent as well as energy consumption by the feed water pumps. As shown earlier, an increase in the temperature of feed water, t1w, results in a higher waste gas temperature -ltw 11 , and therefore, in higher cost and lower economic efficiency of the boiler plant. For this reason, thermodynamic possibilities for increasing the efficiency of boiler plants are always restricted. As follows from the calculated relationships (Fig. 6.2c), the effect of t1w 1 on {}'::, is more pronounced with the less expensive fuels. In boiler plant design, practical values of {}w11 are usually taken in the range of 120-160"C. As r egards semi-peak load boiler plauts, which are put in operation only duri ng periods of elevated electric loads, tho problem of m inimizing boiler cost is mo re important than th at of decreasing the waste gas temperature. For this reason, boilers of tbis type are char acterized by lower steam parameters and higher t emperature of waste gases ({}w 11 = 160-200°C}.
'l:s
''
When selecting the optimal was te gas temperature, one shoul d also consider the probable corros ion of lowtemperature heating s urfaces - especially the surface of th e air heater (see Sec. 16.3). To forestall this , boilers to be fired on high-s ulphur fue ls (S10 more than 2%) are des ig ned for a higher lemperature of was t e gases (up to 140-1 60°C) and with additional preheating (to 60-80°C} of the air s upplied to the air heater. Certain meas ures are also t aken to minimize corrosion in the air heater (see Sec. 19.4) . Heat loss by incomplete combustion. The products of combustion m ay contain gaseous combustible componen ts, s uch as CO, H z or CH 4 • Their afterburning beyond the boiler furn ace is practically impossible since tho temperature of gases and the concert trations of the combustible components and oxygen are too low. The h eat th a t m ight be produced by afterburning these components constitutes wh at is known as tbe h eat loss by incomplete combustion Q3 , kJ /kg, or q 3 , %. 1:1. can be calcula t.ed by Lhe I orm u I a 159 1:
q3 = (126.4CO+ 108H2 + 358.2Ci f.)
v dg {100- q.)
"-;:;-;;;---Q:fv
(6 .22)
'
J
a97 O!ltJ 0.99 1 !.Of f.02f.OJ l04 1.03 1.06
Fig. 6.3. Heatlos...<es due to incomplete com·' bustion
where CO, H 2 and CH ~ are tho volu~e concentrations of the products of mcompl ete combustion in dr y gases, %, V is tbe volume of dry gases, m 3 /kg (100-q~) i~ the d_egree of co~ bustion of the sohd portton of fu el, Yo, the nu mbers at tbe symbols of gases are their respective heating val ues, kJ Jm3 divid ed by 100 . On burning gaseous and liquid fuels, the h eat loss by incomplele combustion q 3 = 0-0.5% . With solid fuels, tbis item is, as a rule, ratb~r sma!l and neglected. In boiler pract1ce, th~s item of heat losses is mainly determined by the concentration of CO ~d, to a lesser extent, Hz in combust1~n products. The ap p ear~c_e ~E C~l4 1n combustion products 1s md1cat1v~ of an improperly organized combustl?n. Analysis for incomplete combustwn should always be done for all the componen ts of combustion products since as follows from formula (6.22), even' a slight quanti ty of CH, may h ave a noticeable effect on q3 • Heat loss from incom plete combustion substantially depends on the excess air ratio and boiler load (Fig. 6.3). Thoroughly intermixing the fuel and oxygen (curve 1) ensures t~at h ea t loss by incompl ete combust10n may t ake place only at a < 1. Under real conditions (curve 2), tbe appearance of this loss at a = 1 and full boiler load is indicative of an im proper interm ixing of fuel and air. Incomplete combustion can n?t. t ake place at what is call ed the cnt1cal excess air ratio a which is usually equal to 1.02-1.03 ~~d th us characterizes tho
r:J,
X-
73
6.2. Analv 1 t1 of Beat Losses
Ch. 6. Elftclency of Fu.el Beat UtUtzatlon
aerodynamic perfection of the burner arrangement. With the boiler operating at a reduced load (curve 3), the exit rate of Lhefuel and air from the burner decreases (thus decreasing the energy [or intermixing the fuel and air fl ows) and the temp e~·a~u~e l evel in the combustion zone d_Imtms~es somewhnt, which results In an mcre~sed heat loss from incomplete combustion. H eat loss with unburned carbon. I n the combustion of solid fuels (peat, coals and oil shales), ~he heat _loss with unburned carbon ts essentt_ally the loss with unburned coke parttcles carried oH from the .combustton z?ne b furn ace gases; dunng tl~e short Ltme tl~ey are present in the htgh-tem~era lure zone of the flame, the.se part_tcles evolve volatiles, but rema1~ partially unburned . In the combustiOn of fuel oil and n atural gas, t he unburned ca_rbon loss may b e in the form of soltd particles (which remain upon the evaporation of [uel oil drop~ ets) _or soot particles which c~n form tn h~gh-ten: perature combust10n zones at a deficiency of oxygen (a < 0.6). . . Under normal operating cond1t10n~. the unburned carbon heat loss of solLd fuels q 4 may range from O.?% to 5%, "th the lower values relatmg t o fuels:~th a high yield of volatiles (peat and brown coal), and the higher onesto those of a low reacting ability (~ow yield of volatiles), s uch as anthracite. For coals, q4 = 0.5-2% . The heat l oss q from the combustion of natural gas a~d fuel oil is not high (usually lessthan 0.1 %) and is considered along with q9 , i.e. as tbe sum qs q_4· In chamber-furnace com~ust10n of solid fuels, the heat lo~s "~1t~ un?urned carbon Q~· kJ /kg, ts d1v1ded w_tothe carry-over loss Q~· and_ the loss wa~ .~lag Q.~', the former betng predomi-
+
n ant. . d . db T he carry-over loss 1s_ etermme . Y fino coke particl es whtch are earned of[ (over) by the gas flow from the furnace, channeled through all ~he· boiler flu e ducts and, tog~ther w1th ash particles, are collected m electro-: stnlic precipitators or other types of
8
75
6.2. Analyt ls of H eat Louu
Ch. 6. Efficiency of Fuel Heat Utilization
F ig. 6.7. Heat losses due to external cooling
Anthracite, yc.:J. 5% Senrio11fhrocile, vc· 9% oat, vc. f5 "j. Brown cool, p!4s1.
fi
2
0
Fig. 6.5. EHcct of hot air temperature on heat loss with unburned carbon
Lmta tmtnlN lUlUL45 o(f
Fig. 6.4 . Heat losses with unburned carbon in dry-bottom furnaces
·d ust collectors and discharged to ash ·dumps. The loss with slag is due to the fact that some unburned fu el part.iclos in t.he combustion zone are fu.sod with molten slag and drop onto the furnace bottom. Wh en the optimal fineness of fuel pulverization is obtained and under normal operating conditions of the boiler, the loss q4 depends on excess air and varies widely with changes in the yield of the volatiles (Fig. 6.4). When the excess air ratio is below the ·optimal level, g4 may rise owing to an improper intermixing of fuel and air at the exit from tho burner or to the appearance of an oxygen deficiency zone though t he temperature level developed by the burner is quite high. With a> a 0 pt. the temperature in the combustion zone decreases, resulting in a lower rate of oxidation reactions (see Ch. 4). On the other hand, the volume of combustion products increases, thus diminishing the time the particles are present in the hightemperature zone. These two factors ~re responsible for an increase in the hoat loss with unburned carbon. An elevated value of g 4 in low-reactive fue ls (anthracite, somianthracite) is due to the delayed ignition of ·coke particles and prolonged burning in the diifusion region. These kinds of fuel are, therefore, rather sensitive to variations in operating conditions. As an example, Fig. 6.5 shows the effect
and therefore, the relative heat loss increases:
hailer surfaces and the surrounding air,
oc.
0
0. 2
0.4
0.5
0.8
Fig. 6.6. Variations of unburned carbon heat losses in slagging-bottom furnaces as a function of the degree of non-uniform it v of air distribution between burners at tha · = 400"C
of variations of hot air temperature and Fig. 6.6 shows the effect of a nonuniform distribu.tion of air between the burners on the unburned carbon h eat l oss g4 ; in tho latter figm e, lla. is the relative dev iation of excess air ratio from the rated value. Heat loss by cooling. Since the temperature of the lining and casing of a boiler and of its other elements (such as drum, headers, pipel ines, etc.) is higher than that in the surrounding air, they give up heat to the environment. In general, the heat loss by cooling, Q5 , kJ/kg, can be expressed by the formula:
The heat loss by cooling is the high er, the higher the external temperature of the lining and heat insulation <>f the boiler. Tho external surfaces of b oilers and boiler elements should be proper!y heat-insulated so that tbru is not higher than 55°C. In rough calculations, the heal flux from the boiler surfaces to the surroundings is taken a t an average level q11 = 200-300 W /m 2 . For boilers with a different power rating, the absolute heat loss lo the surroundings, Q5 , is determined by the ratio F bwlB ,. With increasing boiler power, the absolute heat loss Q5 , k J /kg, and the relative loss q5 , %, b ecome l ower, because the total heat release and the volume of combustion .products increase more quickly than the area o[ exposed boiler surfaces (Fig. 6.7). As is · seen from Fig. 6.7, the heat loss item q5 for high-capacity boilers i s not high. It. is commonly assumed th at. these losses are proportional to the heat absorbed by each heating surface of the boiler and are accounted for by what is called the heat retention coefficient:
(6.23)
where F bw is tho exposed surface area of the walls and the high-temperature elements of the boiler, m~. a, and a, are the coefficients of heal transfer by convection and radiation, kW/(m2 K), and tbw and t,u r are respectively, the average temperature of the
(6. 24)
+
ln this formula , the ratio q5/(llb q~) characterizes the relative beat :loss to the outside. In boilers of a lower capacity, the absolute heat loss through enclosing walls remains virt.ually unchanged,
+
(6.25)
where the subscript (superscript) ·,.· relates to rated values. Heat losses q5 at D < Dr are shown by dotted lines in Fig . G.7. Heat loss with physical h eat or slag. The slag removed from the bottom of a boiler furnace has a rather high t emperature, and therefore, possesses a certain quantity of beat wl1ich is transferred to cooling water in the slag bath and is lost irreversibly. This constitutes the heat loss with the physical heat of slag, Q6 • The relative loss, q6 , can be found by the formu .. la ( %): _ a,, (ct)8 t.A"' (6. 2B)
q6 -
owav
where a, 1 = 1 - a, is the fraction of the total ash that is removed as slag from the furnace, (ct), 1 is the enthalpy of slag, kJfkg, and A"' is the ash con tent in the working mass of fuel. The heat loss q6 can be determined graphically' as in t~e wg~aph in F ig. 6.8, where A' = A !Qt IS the resolved ash content of fuel. The heat loss q6 depends substantially on ~he method of slag removal from the boiler furnace (see Ch. 7). In dry-bottom furnaces, a, 1 = 0.05-0.1 and the temperature of the slag is 600-700°C; in that case and with a rel atively low ash content in the fuel, q6 is insigni-
76
Ch. 6. Efficiency of Fuel Heat Uttllzatlon
7.1. Principal Characteristics of Chamber Furnaces
77
Fig. 6.8. Heat losses wilh physical beat. of removed slags
PULVERIZED COAL-FIRED FURNACES The product ft = ab, m 1 , is the crosssectional area of a furnace through which hot fumnce gases pass at a raIn the furnace the chemical energy ther high speed (7-12 f!!ls) . An e~or of fuel is converted into the beat of mous quantity of heat IS released m a combustion prod ucts as tho pulveri- furnace at the level of the burners, zed fuel (coal dust) is burned iu s us- and the temperature of gases in it pension in the furnace space. Com- increases substantiall y. bustion products give up part of their The principal thermal ch~acterist~c heat by radiation to water walls. Thus of steam boiler furnaces IS what 1s they leave the furnace at a safe tem- called the heat power of furnace, kW: perature which will not cause clinkeQ1 = BQ'{' (7.1) r ing of the subsequent convective heating surfaces. i.e. tho quantity of heat released in A furnace cnn be characterized geo- the furnace at the rated consumption m etrically by its linear dimensions: B, kg/s, of fuel with the beating vafront width a, depth b, and height h1 lue Qr, kJ/kg. Relating the total heat (Fig. 7.1) which arc calculated accor- release in the combustion zone of a d ina to the rated fuel consumption furnace to its cross-sectional area, we and" the thermal and physico-chemical obtain another important charactericharacteristics of the fuel to be used . stic called the heat release rate per unit fu rnace area: q1 = Q1Jt1 (7.2a) 7.1. Principal Characteristics of Chamber Furnaces .
ficant (Fig. 6.8). This heat loss is relevant onl y to high-ash fu els with a resolved ash content A' greater than 2.5. In slugging-bottom furnaces, the temperature of flowing slag is on the average t, 1 = 1 400-1 600°C. The fra ction of ash removed through the furnace bottom also increases up to a, 1 = = 0.15-0.3 in single-shaft furnaces and up to as much as 0.5-0.7 in those with primary cyclone furnaces. I n such cases, the heat loss q6 should be given due consideration. As follows from the analysis of heat losses , some heat l oss items depend significantly and in different ways on the excess air ratio (q 2 , q3 , q4). It is therefore essential to establish the optimal excess air ratio for a furnace which will minimize the total h eat
losses. In this case, the heat loss q~ is related to the excess a ir ratio in the furnace, a. 1 , assuming that inleakages in the flu e ducts are constant: ~t.a. 1 = constant. Figure 6.9a shows a typical curve or heat losses q2 q 3 = I (a.1) in the combustion of natural gas and fu el oil when the beat loss q4 can be neglected. As we can see, the optimal excess a ir ratio in the furnace turns out to be close to a.cr and is always slightly lower than a.cr since the curve q2 = f (a.) is steeper in the zone nea1· a.cr· I n tho combustion of solid fuels (Fig. 6.9b), the heat losses q1 and q~ have a v ital effect on the optimal excess air ratio. In that case, a. 0 p 1 is somewhat smaller than the value ct corresponding to the minimum of q4 •
+
+
lI
)
1:.I
...
I
. -<::
' I;
1-
'~-' I I
'
0
.;,..;..-
b
1.0
«opt O(cr
t O «cr CCupl (a)
I I
Fig. 6.9. Determination of tbe optimal excess air ratio in tbe furnace by the minimum of hea\ losses (h)
(a) combustion or natural gas ond rual (I•) combustion or solle1 tuet
oil~
~
'
"'-::::.:::
4:.
~
1:1
~
-
~
b
Fig. 7.1. Main dimensions of furnace
The highest allowable value o~ q, is assigned depending on the kLnd of fuel and tho arrangement and type of burners used. T his value may range from 3 500 kW/m 2 for clinkering coals and brown coals up to 6 400 kW/m 2 • An increase of q1 results in an increase i n the flow rates and temperatures of gases in the furnace as well as heat absorption by the furnace water w_alls. If the burners are arranged m a number of tiers, the furnace can also bo characterized by the h eat release rate per burner tier: q~ = Q tlf,: (7 .2b) 0
where Q 1 is the heat released by all the burners of a tier, k\.V. For various fuels, q, may range from 1 200 kW/m2 to 2 300 kW/m2 •
78
Ch. 1. Pulverized Coal-/Ired Furnace.
An increase o( q1 and q: above their limiting values can result in intensive cl in kori ng of tho water walls, especiAlly in tho burner zone, and in a dangerous rise in temperature of the tubes' metal. Tho rated value q•· is taken to be sligh lly lower thau tho highest allowable limit. When the heat power of a furnace is known [from formula (7 .1 )I, the required cross-sectional area of the furnace chamber can be determined as: f, = Q,lqj (7. 3) The depth b of a furnace is chosen in the range of 6 to 10.5 m so as to properly arrange the burners (see Sec. 7 .2) on the furnace walls and ensure free development of the flame in the furnace space such that the high-temperature flame tongues do not touch the water walls. The depth of the furnace is increased up to 8-10.5 m when us ing more powerful burners with l arger ports arranged in several tiers (two or three) on tho furnace walls. The front width of the furnace a is equal to 9.5-3'1 m depending on the kind of fuel and the thermal powet· (steaming capacity) of the boiler and can be calculated from the known values of !1 and b. As the boiler capacity increases, so does a although not in direct proportion. This characterizes an increase of the heat release rate and gas flow rate in higher capacity boilers. The front width of the furnace can be found from the formula:
a = 0.67 V/5
(7 .4)
where D is the steaming capacity of the boiler, tlh. The height h 1 of the furnace is taken to bo in the range of 15 to 65 m to ensure virtually complete combustion of the fu e l along the flame l ength within the furna ce and allow space for arranging the water walls on tho furnace walls to cool the combus tion products to the specified temperature. Tho furnace height required to e nsure complete fuel combustion can be found from tho formula:
(7.5)
Crq~~r--~-----.----~
7.1. Principal Characteristics of Chamber Fumaces
Fig. 7.3. Diagrams of furnaces with (a) one and (b) two platens: J-water walls; t - pl nl cns
200
.-
Fig. 7.2. Correlation between the heat rc-· lease rate per unit fumace volume and the· Lime of presence of gases in furnace
where wg is the average velocity of gases in the furnace cross section, m/s, and 'tpr is the time a unit volume of gas is present in the furnace, s. It is essential that the time ,;1, bemuch larger than 't con» the timo for complete combustion of the I nrges l. fractions of fu e l (see Sec. 4.2). The t her mal conditions in the volume of a fu rnace can be charac terized by what is called the allowable heat release rate, or energy release rate, per unit volume k\V/m3 :
where V 1 is the furnace volume, m 3 . The values of allowabl e heat release t·ate per unit volume are stand ardized. They may ran ge from 120 kW/ m:1 for coal-fired dry-bottom furn aces to210 kW/ma for s lagging-bott.om fumaces. The mag nitude of qv deter mines the average time the gases are present in the furnace space. With a n increase in qv, the time of gas presence in the furnace decreases' (Fig . 7.2). The highest allowable value of qv corresponds to the equality ,;1,, = 'tcom• which al so determines th e lowest allowabl e volume of a [u1·n ace
V•.nln. J As indicated earlier, wate r wn ll s in
a furnace s hould coo l the combusti on products to t he s pec ifie d tom per a I urn at their exit fro m I ho furna ce s pace , \t; , which is ac hi eved by properly selocti ng tho dim ells ions of water w nlls,
(a)
(b)
and consequen tl y, the volume of the furnace. To this end, it is reasonable to compare the minimal volume of a furnace v;ln as found from the condition of complete combustion of fuel with its value v~ as determined by the conditions of cooling of the gases to the specified temperature -t}j. As a 111 rule, v~ > Vi for all solid fuels, and therefore, the furnace height should be determined by the conditions of g.as cooling to the specified torn perature 0/. J n many cases, the required furnace height as found by calculations substantially exceeds the minimum value obtained from its volume (especially with coals that have an elevated value of external ballast), resulting in an excessively high boiler m ass which in turn s ubs tantially increases expenses. On the other hand, as the steaming capac ity of boil er increases, tho furnace volume increases relatively more substantially than the surface area of the wnt er walls. Therefore, the unit surface area of cooling surfaces per m 3 of furnace volume becomes lower,
vrn
which e xpla ins why an increase in boiler capacity i nvolves an increas e in the temperature \tj. The cooling surface area of a boiler can be increased without changing the· furnace dimensions by arranging curtain walls, or platens (Fig. 7 .3) additional tube walls mounted in tho furnace space a nd dividing this into two or more sections. In high-ca pacity boilers wi th a l arge width of furnace, the latter can be divided by platens into nearly rectangular sections, whi ch facilitates fuel combustion and produces a more uniform field of gas temperatures and heat release rates on the water walls. In contrast to conventional water walls on t he sides of a furnace, a curtain wall is heated intensively from both sides and is characterized by a higher heat re lonso rate, which necessitates more careful cooling of the tube metal. The arrangement of c urtain walls can .noticeably roduco the height and volume of t he furnace, bringing bo th c l oser to the m inimal allowable values. Comparable characteristics, with and without a pl aten, for a 300-MW
•
~0
wonobloc boiler plant operating on .ant hracite at the ratod furnace temperature {}i = 1 150oC are given in Table 7 .1.. Table 7 .l. Effect of P laten on Roiler
furnace Cha racteristics •
Ch or nctcr 1st lc
Minimal furnace volume vmln m~ I ' Furnace volume do.sigoed by cooling cond i Lio ns,
,. 1
yc
V/!V/
Without platen
5 190
With platen
5190 6 016
m~
n ratio
Designed furnace heigh t, "'' m
1.63 ,.8.0
1.16
36 .2
To obtain the best ratio between the radiant and convective heat transfer in boil er surfaces, it is advisable to maintain the temperature of furnace gases at the furnace outlet near 1 250°C. For roost solid fuels, however, this is not possible since the gas temperature at the outlot from the iurnaco space to convective heating surfaces must not exceed the softening temperature of ash, t 1 (see Sec. 2.4.). With curtain walls at the furnace outlet, t he temperat ure {}J is usually taken to bo in the range of 1 100-1 200°C and for some clinkering fuels, even in the lower range of 1 000-1 050°C. 7.2. B ur ners and Their A rrangement The desired intensity and completeness of pulverized fuel combustion in the furnace space can be achieved through the proper supply and interm ixing of pulverized fuel (air-borne ·dust) with secondary air in a burner assembly (called simply 'burner' in further discussion). Burners do not ignite the fuel. Their function is to prepare two individual flows, a dustair m i xturo and secondary air, for ignition and active bUI·ning in tho furnace space. To achieve this, part
of the hot furnace gases should be sucked into the fresh dust-air jet to preheat it and the ignited fuel should be intermixed in due time with the secondary air. For this purpose, hot-air and dus t-air flows are introduced into the furnace space at different speeds and with different degrees of turbulization. There are two main types of burner: the straight-flow bumer and the turbulent, or vortex, burner. In a vortex burner, dust-air mixt.ure and secondar y air are fed as whided (turbulized) jets which form a cone-shaped expanding flame in the furnace space (sec F ig. 4.10). Vortex burners have a circular cross section. Tn straight-flow burners, the air-dust mixture and secondary air are blown in as parallel j ets . Their intermixing in the furnace space is ensured mainly by an appropriate arrangement o[ burners on the furnace walls and by providing a particular aerodynamic pattern of jets in the furnace space. Burners of this type may be eil;her circular or rectan gular in cross section. Turbulent burners. The main types of turbulent burners are as follows: (a) two-scroll burners (Fig. 7 .4a) in which two scrolls are provided for whirling the dust-air mixture and second ary a ir; (b) straight-scroll (single-scroll) burners (Fig. 7.4b) in which the dust-air mixture is supplied in a straight flow and spread by a dissector and the secondary air is whirled in a scroll; (c) sct·oll-vane burners (Fig. 7 .4c) with a scroll fot· the dust-air mixture and an axial vane-type whirlor for the secondary air; and (d) vanetype burners in which tho whirling of the dust-air mixture and the secondary air is ef£ected by n xial and tangential vanes. Turbulent burners h ave a throug hput capacity ranging from 1 kg to 3.8 k g reference fuel per second, with their heat power ranging rcspecti vel y from 25 MW to 100 MW. Two-scroll and scroll -vane burners are more popular, th o latter being rnade for a high heat. power (75-100 MW). The
81
7 .2. Burn ers and Their Arrangement
Ch. 7. Pulverl:ed Coal- fired Furnace.
J 11
z (u)
t' 9
(6)
Fig. 7.4. Types of t urbulent pulverized-coal burners (a) two-scroll burner; (b) straight-scroll burner; (c) scroll-vane burner: J-scroll tor fuel-air mixture; J ' tuel-alr mixture inlet pipe; .!!- secondary air scroll; 2 · -secondary air Inlet duct: 3- annular channel !or discharging the tuel-alr mixture into the furnace; 4- ditto. tor secondary air; s - maln fuel otl burner· S tiring fuel oil burner; 6- dlssector at tuel·alr mixture outlet; 7-swirl vanes tor secondary atr; a-admission ot ternary air through axial channel; 9-dlssector adJustment control; JO-swirlcr ot axia l atr flow; JJturnncc lining; A 8 - boundury of ruel-alr mixture ignition; C- suction or furnace gases to flame root
...
principal aerodynamic ch aracteristic of a burner is the vorticity parameter n (see Sec. 4.4.). It ranges from 1.5 to 5, the greater values (n = 3.5-5) relating to the whirling of the secondary air fl ow. Burners with a higher vorticity parameter give a wider jet with a larger angle of expansion and with a l arger zone for recircul ation of the hot gases to the flame root, which ensures quicker fuel preheating and ignition. Burners with an elevated value of n are employed for the combustion of lowr eactive poorly ignitable f uels (with a relatively low yield of volatiles). In vane-type burners, tilting vanes are sometimes employed, making i t poss ible to control burner aerodynamics. Among v arious types of whiders, pro£iled vanes have the least resis tance for the same vorticity parameter and for that reason are employed widely in powerful burners for whirling the dustair mixture and the secondary air. Burners with dissectors (of t he type of Fig. 7 .4b) have a lower vorticiLy param eter n and produce a less expanding jet; they are usod in some cases with fuels with a high yield of volatiles, but the dissector may not function reliab ly und er the action of an intensive radiant heal. flow.
The compl eteness of fuel burning heavily depends on the ratio of the axial velocities of the primary and secondary air flows in a burner. The velocity of the primat·y flow (dust-air mixture) is usually w1 = 16-25 m/s, higher v alues being typical of powerful burners. The optimal velocity of secondary air is w~ = (1.3-1.4.) w1• Turbulent burners can be used with any kind of solid fuel, but are used more widely for low-v olatile grades. Burners of elevated heat power are provided wi th two controlled coaxial channels for secondary air (see Fig . 7.4.c), which make it possible to maintain the required air velocities at reduced loads: at loads less than 70% of the rated val ue, the peripheral channel is closed. Straight-flow burners. Burners of this type turbulize the air flows less substantially than do turbulent burners and produce a long-ranging jet with a low expansion angle and weak intermixing of the pdmary ond secondary flow. Efficient combustion is achieved by making the jets from various burners interact with one another in · the furnace s pace. Straight-flow burners may be either fixed or tiltab I e which facilita los combustion control (Fig. 7. 5a). Burners of recta ngu-
G- 0 1524
I
82
Ch . 7. Pulverized Coal-fired Furnaces
83
7 .2. B urners a nd Their Arrangement
Fig. 7.5. Slmightr-fl ow burners for pulverized coal (a) with lillfng noul~ at the exit ol fuel-air mixture; (b) with ccntrn l channel for hot air; J- s ul'ply or ru ~ l-nir mixture; 2 s upply or 10t air; .7-lur l-air mixture outlet; 4-hot nlr ou t let; s-suction or furnace gases
Fig. 7. 7. Schema tic o[ a burner for three kinds of [uel Numbering as in Fig. 7.4; addillonnlly: 13-annular duct for natural ~as; H - pillCR lor admitting natur11l r;as to burner. arrnn~cd around tlte pri mary ulr c;hnuncl 3; JS natural r:ns to lurnnce; JC-clcctrlc gns Igniter
3 10 ,' j
(a)
1
3
4
.. .... 5~ ;;; ::./\ ::· :.
J
"'
c
(b)
l ar sh ape, especially t hose extended along the height, are char acteri zed by a high injection of the surrounding gaseous medium into the j et sides. For th at reason, such burners with the external mixing of dust-air fl ow {Fig. 7 .5b) possess certain adv an tages over t h ose with internal mixing, particul arly in that they ensure easier ignition. Str aight.-flow burners are, as a r ule, o[ a relatively low tluoughput capacity; in high-<:apacity boilers, a number of such burners are combined J
-.....J
0
2
1
I
I J
L I
'
.. . . . .. . . . . . . ·. . -<J4• '· -···-- · · .. ·.·:··-···.
<1---:E -f · . . . ;-... . .
I
_,.
:. : . ........ ·.·:· . •
•
• ..
0
••
.... ..
\ __-
•
[
•
•
0
•
J
Fig. 7.6. An assem bl y of three straigb tr-flow pulverized-coal burners 1 -sup pi y or fuel-air mixture to burner; .t-secondnry nlr supply to burner; J-pipe lor mounting ~he
!Iring Juel-oil burner with electric gas 4 - tilting air pipe
lgni~r;
in a burner assembly (Fig. 7 .6). Str aight-flow burners arc main ly employed with high-reactive fuels : brown coals, peat, oi l shales and h igh-volatile coals. The velocity of the dust-ai r mixture at the burner outlet is taken as w, = 20-28 m/s and the op ti mal velocity of secondary a ir, w~ = 1.51. 7 of w 1• Combined burners. In some cases, power stations h ave to oper at e, simultaneously or alternately, on a variety of fuels, and must employ combined burners which can eff icien tl y burn each kind of fu el. As an example, F ig . 7.7 s hows a combined burner in a high-capacily steam boiler which can operate on th ree kinds of fuel: solid {basic), fuel oil and natural gas. The burner h as an enl arged diameter in the central channel in wh ich the main fuel oil b urner and a whirling device for turbulizing the axial air flow are arranged. N a t ural gas is fed through feeder tubes in thin jets into the space between the turbulizecl axial and secondary air flows ensuring thorough intermixing and stable burning of fuel. Burner arrangement. Burners are arranged on the wal ls of a furnace so as to ensure as complete fuel combus-
tion in the fl ame core as possi ble, pro- a t a d istance of (2.2-3) D p fro m ono vide favourable cond itions for the re- an other and at a distance of (1.6-2) Dp mov al of slag from the furn ace (in from the sid e walls of the furnace, either dry or molten s late), and avoid which bel ps t.o prevent the flames clinkering of the furnace walls. The from interacti ng prematurely and optimal arrangement of burners is touching the walls (571. found b y properl y consideri ng their Some t ypical arrangements of turtype and characteristics. For instance, bulent pul verized-coal b urners in the tmbulent burners give a shorter and furnace are illustrated in Fig . 7.8 . The wider fl ame than do the straight-flow front and double-fro n t arrangements type. The prim ary and secondary air (Fig. 7 .8a and b) m ay have one or two fl ows ar e i ntensively interm ixed due to rows (tiers) of burners along the the energy of turbulent motion, which height. With a s ingle-fron t arrangeensures a t horo ug h burning-off of fuel . m ent, the rear water w all of the furin the flame core (up to 90-95% ). n aco has an eleva ted heat absorpt ion The main parameter of t m·bulent (10-20% above t he average value) , so burners is the diameter of their port , or that l.he furn ace depth (in a dry-bot· embrasure, Dp. Burners aro arranged t om furnace) must b e not less than b = (6-7) D p in order to keep the rear wall fl·om clinkering . The opposite double-front arrangement of uurners is typical of h igh-capacity steam boilers wh ere the required number of burners ®®® cannot be arranged on a single front w al l even in two tiers. W ith the opposite arrangement of bur ners, heat absorption by water 'r.? ' walls in a furnace is m uch more uni. form . The opposite burner arrange. m ent is employed p1:imarily in slag• ging-bottom furnaces, since colliding flam es are de£l ected both upwards and ' downwards and thus can m aintain a a {6} (OJ high temperature level at the furnace (c) bottom . Efficient int eraction of oppoFig. 7 .8. Arrangement of pulverized-coal site fl ames is achieved if the furnace turbulent burners on furnace walls (a) front arrangement; (b) double-front (opposite) width is b = (5-6)Dp . In low-capacity nrrangemenl; (c) opposite arrangement on side boilers, burners are usually arranged walls
85
7 .9. Dry-bottom Furnaces
84
Ch. 7. Pulverized Coal-fired Furnaces
•
:
c
~
~
:..
t:
t"' (a)
(c)
rul-
Fig. 7.9. Arrangement of straight-Uow v eriled -coal burners on furnace wal s
(a) orroslle displaced nrmnscmcnt; (b) corner arrangement with encountcrlrtg Jets (blocl< nrrnnRemcnt); (c) cornE~r arrnnumnt:nl with t anacntlol Je ts (tangentia l nrl'llngement)
opposite each other in a single tier on t he side walls of tho furnace (Fig. 7 .8c); the depth of the fumace is then dotermined on ly by their a rrangemertt. In this scheme, an elevated temperature of gases is obtained in the middle portion of the furnace across i ts width.
Typical arrangemon ts of straightflow burners are illustrated in Fig. 7.9. Burners of this type can ensure complete combustion of fu el onl y by the turbulization of the flames from individual burners upon their collision in the furnace s pace. All the a rrangements shown in ~he figure a r·e widely employed for tho combusLion of peat, brown coals and young coals. I n the burner arrangement wilh opposite displ aced j ets, devel oped at t he Moscow power engi neering ins titute, peal a nd brown coal can be effectively burned as a result of the i ntensi ve turlmlization of the flame in the main combustion zone. This is achieved by forming a large velocity gradient between adjacent jets moving in opposite directio ns. A burner arrangement with corner burners and fl ame j ets directed tangentially to an imaginary circle 1-2.5 m i n diameter in tho furnace centre (Fig. 7. 9c) has found wide application in many types of steam boilers, i ncl uding high-capacity units (Fig . 7.10). This arrangement is advantageously characterized by the uniform distribu-
'
I
II :•
Pori o~/s
•
l
tion of heat flows b etween the furnace walls and by the l ow probabilHy of clinkering of the walls s ince they are · in contact w ith furnace gases which have already been cooled appreciably. When applied in sl agging-botlom furnaces, this arrangement causes mol ten sl ag droplets to settle on the walls of tho primary furnace and thus i ncreases the fraction of ash trans ferred to slag . An arrangement with corn~r burn ers and encountering jets (block arrangement , Fig . 7 .9b) is employed fo r coal combustion. l n this arrangement, the £lame core is highly turbulized. Its drawback is the likelihood of clinkering of the front and rear furn ace walls if the flame moves from the furnace centre (the zone of r elatively h igh pressur e) to both side walls. A tangcn l.ial burner arrangement can be empl oyed in furnaces with a nearly square c ross section, i.e . with the alb ratio equal to 1-1.2. This ens ures good aerodynamics in the furnaco s pace.
7.3. Dry-bottom F urnaces Dry-bot tom furnaces, i.e. those in which sl ag is removed in tire solid state, are mos tly of the open typewith a cons t ant cross section along the ir height. Their design is determ ined by the flame's pattern of motion which can be straight, vertically t urbul ized or hori zontally turbulized (Fig . 1.11). Dry-bottom furn aces are characterized by the provisi.on of a dry-bottom hopper which is f ormed in the l ower portion of the furnace by inclining the front and rear water walls at an angl e of 50-60° so that the distance between them decreases at the
Ir-lronL wnll or lurnnr·~: 2-strnigbl-flow burner port; J- hoL (sccondar')') olr duct: 4-t uel-al r mix ture channel; 5-firtn~ fue l-oil burn~r: G- Ilead o t fuel-oil burner; 7- tem pcrature com r.cnsa tor
IGDD"C
Fig. 7 .f2. Dry-bottom [urnacc J- d ry bot.tom hopper: 2-slag ba llr wit.It watc t: J- hydraulic ash dis r•osa l channel: 4- hurner; 5-water walls; 6- tlnme core; 7-slag-removina · screw mehanl~•n: s-electric motor
bottom to b' = t -1.2 m. The drybottom hopper i11Le nsively cools the furnace gases in the furnace bottom, so that molten sl ag particl es which enter this zone are cool ed quickly, solidify, and fall along the hopper s ides into a slag pit (Fig. 7 .'1 2). The quantity of ash collected in this way in the dry-bottom hopper is not h igh, usually 5-10% of Lhe total ash content of the fuel. Granulated slag particles are continuously removed hom the bath by a screw, paddle or rotor device. The wa ter bath also servos as the hyd raulic seal preventing the suction of cold a ir from booeath into the fur~ n ace. The aerodynamics of the furnace s pace should be s uch that the gas tem perature ncar the water walls be 7-' I
Fig. 7.11. Patterns of flame motion in dry -bottom furnaces Fig. 7.10. Arrange ment o£ s traight-flow lbu rncrs in tb c furnace of P-67 boiler of 800-MW monobloc unit fir·cd with Bcrczoyo brown coal '
G
(a) strai~;ht-tlow S-shnrJed I lame; (b) or>POSile s lrnlght-rlow rtamu: (c) vertically turbulizcd rt nme· (d) co mbination ol strn ightllow and horizonta ll y turbulized 11 om(\
•
f'
' \1{6)
(c)
86
Ch. 7. Pulverized Coal-fired Furnaces
below the temperature t 1 (see Sec. 2.3) at which ash particles become sticky and can cause clinkering of Lhe water walls. For this reason, the average heat release rates (per m 2 of furnace cross section and per m3 of furnace volume) of dry-bottom fumaces are usually not high (q1 = 3-4 MW/m 2 , qv = 100140 k\V /m 3 ). This inevitably results in large dimensions of dry- bottom furn aces, and therefore, a high consumption of metal. For instance, the furnace of a oncethrough boiler type P-59 of a 300-MW tnonobloc unH, when designed for the combusl.i.on of Moscow d ist.rict brown coal with tho straight-flow flame as shown in Fig . 7.11b, has the dimensions a X b X h1 = 2'1.8 m X X 9.56 m X Ll8 m. Dry-bottom furnaces are usually employed for Lhe combustion of pulverized solid fuels with a high or moderate yield of volatiles (V< > 25%). The most popular combustion scheme in d1·y-bottom furnn ces is that with a rising straight-flow flame (Fig. 7.11a and b), which is formed by turbulent burners arranged on the front wall or by straight-flow burners arranged on two walls (opposite arrangement). To fire high-capacity boilers on Siberian brown coals, another combustion scheme is preferred (see Fig. 7 .10) in which a vertical turbulized flame is formed by straight-flow burners arranged in several tiers along the furnace height (see Fig. 7.9c). This scheme decreases the probability of the flame touching the furnace walls and the associated risk of clinkering, while the distribution of the burners along the furnace height (on a length of up to 12 m) results in less heat released at each tier, thus lowering the temperature level in the extended flame core and noticeably diminishing the form ation of harmful nitrogen oxides NO,.. Furnaces with a horizontally turbulized flame, designed by Prof. V. V. Pomerantsev, successfully operate on milled peat and brown coals (Fig. 7.11d). Fine fractions of fuel burn up in the straight portion of the
flame, while tho coarser particles are thrown to tho bottom, entrained by the secondary air jet, and involved into vortex motion until completely burnt off. In dry- bottom furnaces, virtually complete combustion is achieved at nn excess air ratio at the fumace outlet a 1 = '1.15-1.20. Because of the inevitable suction of cold air from the outside (t:J.a 1 = 0.05-0.1), the excess air ratio in burners is somewhat lower: a.b = a 1 - t:J.a1 = 1.05-1.1.
7.4. Slagging- bottom F urnaces To remove sl ag in the molten stale, the temperature of gases at the walls in the lower portion of a furnace should be higher than the temperature of slag fluidity, i.e. {}g > tn. where t/1 = (50-iOOtC is the temperature = t3 of the normal fluid state of slag. Such conditions at the furnace bottom can be provided by moving tho flame core closer to the furnace bottom and by protecting the water walls in that zone with carborundum refractories (facing of water wall tubes). For better attachment of the facing, pins 1012 rom in diameter and 12-15 rom long are first welded onto the tube surface on the fire · side, then the refractory facing is applied (Fig. 7. 13). In the design of heat-insulated water
+
f
Si
7.4. S lagglng-bottom Furnac es
walls proposed at the Ordzhonikidze machine-building works in Podolsk, helically finned tubes are used instead of pinned tubes. The bottom of a stagging-bottom furnace is either horizontal or slightly inclined towards the furnace centre. Tho tubes of tho hoi.Lom arc covered by l.wo or three courses of refractory bricks laid on refractory mortar. One or two refractory-lined holes 500 mm x X 800 rom (slagholes) are left in the bottom centre to pour off molten slag. Thin j ets of molten slag flow over the ouges of the slagholes into the slag bath where they solidify on contact with water.
The fraction of the total ash removed to slag in slagging-bottom furnaces is substantially highe1· than that in drybottom furnaces: a81 = 0.2-0.4. Solidified slag is removed continuously from the slag bath by paddle, screw or rotor conveyers. Slugging-bottom furnaces may have a single shaft (open and semi-open furnace) or two Ol' three shafts. Combustion can be organized in a straightflow flame, intersecting flame jets or by the cyclone principle. The s implest ty pe of slagging-bottom furnace is a furnace with a single
2
ll
J
. ~~--'-7
'
(a)
Fig. 7 .13. Portion of refractory-faced water wall 1- water wall tube; 2-pins bclorc lacing; 3 •·e rractory racing
(!J)
Fig. 7.14. Slaggi.ng-bottorn furnaces with straight-flow flame (a)
s trnir; ht-wall (opcn-shult) lurnace: (b) cons tricte d-section lurnnce
(a)
(6)
rcJ
Fig . 7.i5. Turbulent furnaces with intersecting jets designed at the Moscow power engineering institute; (b) dcsigm:d at the Central boiler nnd turbine insl.itute; (c) gamma- furnace , d<:signed at the All-U nion hent •:n ~: ln ecr ing institute
(a.)
shaft and straigh!Alow flame (Fig. 7.14a). The lower portion of tho water walls and the [urn ace bottom are refractory-faced to form a zone of elevated gas temperature (slag-melting zone). ln that case, turbulent burners are employed and arranged at a lower height above the bottom. Since, however, much heat is gi vcu up to the upper r.one, the furnace has limited possibilities for combustion control: at loads below 0.7-0.8 of the rated value, slag may start solidifying, first on the walls and then on the bottom. Also, the fraction of total ash removed to slag in an open-type furnace is not high: a, 1 = 0.1-0.15. Constructing two opposite walls in a furnace ensures the isolation of a combustion chamber, or primary furnace within that furnace (Fig. 7 .14b). T his substantially reduces the heat transfer into the upper zone, making it possible to appreciably raise the temperature of gases in the primary furnace (up to 1 600-1 800°C). The heat release rate in tho primary furnace may be as high as q~ = 500800 k WI rn3 , and the fraction of total ash removed to slag: a. 1 = 0.2-0.4 . The boiler can operate in a wider range of loads with slags being removed in the molten state. In a furnace with intersecting flame jets (Fig. 7 .15), the primary furnace is iso]ated by constructing one or two walls. Straight-flow burners are anan-
88
Ch. 7. Puluerlzed Coal-fired Furnaces
Fig. 7.:16. Cyclone (urn aces
1'- J
)
w '}'\
I'
-~ ~ :' f
(a)
(o) furnace witb horizontal c yc lone-type primary furnace: (b) bottom-type prima ry furnace open at the top; J - prlmal')' furnace (cycl one); 2 - slo g-ca tc hing tube bun dle ; .J-coollng chamber: 4- burner· $ secondary olr nozzles: 6- • lo!f"holc;' 7 slag bath
~
-.... I
§ r-
Jl,;..
(!J) ~-==-
ged so as to turbulize the flame around a horizontal axis. The flame makes a full turn in the zone of refractoryfaced water walls, after which hot gases pass in inters paces between the burners, in te rsect the jpts of fresh dust-ai r mixture and thus ensure their quick heating and stable burning. The organized motion of gases along the walls and bottom of the furnace provides favourable condi tions for the s table removal of molten slag even at boiler loads 40-50% of the rated value. The heat release rate of the primary furnace is 500-600 kW/ m3 . A more efficient separation between the zones of combustion and gas cooling is attained in furnaces provided With cyclone-typ'e primary ,furnaces (Fig. 7.16). These furn aces 'may be classed with · two-shaft furnaces. The cycl one method of combustion con.:. sists essentially in the flame in the priTTUI.ry furnace being whirled by either , tangential high-speed jets of secondary air (80-120 m/s) or tangenti al 'dust-air jets from buniers (see Fig. 3.1). Tbe entire surface of the primary furn ace is covered by water walls made from refractory-faced pinned tubes. Fuel particles in the prim·ary furnace are acted upon by two forces: the centri fugal force which throws th em onto the walls of the pri mary furn ace and the aerodynamic force which lends to carry off fuel particles and gases from tho prim ary
--
G 7
furnace . The ratio of these forces depends on particle size, because of which fuel particles are unevenly distributed in the primary furnace: coarser particles are thrown agains t the walls and becom e involved in the vortex motion until they bum off completely, while finer fractions burn in the centre. A cyclone-type primary furnace can operate on coarse pulverized fuel and in some cases (horizontal cyclones) , on crushed fu el, which can thus reduce the cost of fuel pulverization. Intensive vortex motion also ensures that a 1arge fraction of ash be removed to slag (a, 1 up to 0.6-0.85), the greater value relating to l10rizontal cyclone-type primary furnaces. Horizontal cyclone-type primary furnaces (Fig. 7.16a) are made to a diameter of 1.8-4 m. The length of the cyclone is 1 .2-1.3 times its diameter. T he heat power of a cyclone may be as high as 150-400 MW. The h eat release rate in cyclones is r ather high (qv = 2-6 MW/m 3 ) at the gas temperature 1 800-1 900°C and excess air ratio etc = 1.05-1.1. Since, however, an extended shaft is needed to coo l the gases, the total heat release rate of furnaces with horizon tal cyclones does not exceed 200-300 kW/m3 , i.e. it is only slightly higher than that of the conventional single-shaft slagging-botlom furnaces. High s peeds of the secondary air arc· attained by using s pecial-type bl o-
7.1. Slagging- bollom Furnaces
wers wbich can develop a head o[ 1020 kPa (1 000-2 000 mm H 2 0), i.e. 2~3 times the common air head. The design of furnaces with cyclone- type primary furnaces is more intricate than that of conventional single-shaft furnaces and their cost is correspondingly higher. In the slaggiog-bottom furnace dosign developed at the Barnaul boiler works, a vertical primary furnace in which gases exit from the lop is arranged below the cooling 'chamber (Fig. 7.16b) . The primary furnace is octahedral in shape and is assembled from plane water walls connected to the circulation circuit of the water walls of the main furnace. This furnace design is much less expensive to implement than that with a horizontal cyclone. Usuall y two primary furnaces are provided for a single cooling chamber. Straight-fl ow slit-type burners are arranged on the four walls of the primar·y furn ace; the jets are directed tangentially, with the velocities of primary and secondary air being in the common ranges (w 1 = = 25-35 m/s, w 2 = 40-50 m/s). All water walls of the primary furn ace are refractory-faced. The advantages of slagging-bottom furnaces over the dry-bottom type are essentially as follows. When burning the same kind of fuel, the heat loss with unburned carbon, q4 , in a slugging-bottom furnace can be reduced roughly _by 30%. The total heat release rate per unit furnace volume turns out to be 20% higher on the average, which means that the slaggiog-botLom furnace can be made smaller. Due to better tightenillg of the bottom porti-
81)
on, air suction into the furnace decreases, with the result that, heat loss with was te gases is somewhat lower. Furthermore, slagging-bottom furnaces nre characterized by lower expend i Lures on ash disposal. On the other hand, slagging-bot tom furnaces possess certain drawbacks. For instance, si nee more ash is removed as high-temperature slag, the heat loss with slags, q6 , is higher and in many cases can overbalance the reduction in q4 • In single-shaft staggingbottom furnaces, the possibilities of boiler load control aro restricted by the conditions of slag removal (which must remain liquid). A higher temperature level in the flame core resulLs in a higher yield of harmful nitrogen oxides. Therefore, the choice between dry-bottom and slagging-bottom furnaces for a particular kind of fu el should be made by properly consider ing all their advantages and drawbacks. One should also take into account that not all kinds of fuel can be burned in slagging-bottom furnaces. Those which form low-fusible ash (t 3 = 1 150-1 300°C) cause no difficulties, while for fuels with t 3 > > 1 350°C the conditions for the formation of molten slag should be properly calculated. SJ.agging-bottom furnaces are advantageous for the combustion of lowreactive fuels (anthracite, semiauthracite, lean coals), when they e nsure a noticeable reduction of Lhe heat loss wi th unburned carbon, and of fuels with a low tem perature of ash fusion which might cause strong clinkering of the water walls in dry-bottom furnaces.
90
Ch . 8. Gas and Fuel Oil-fired
8.1. Fumace Design
Furnace~
GAS AND FUEL OIL-FIRED FURNACES 8.1. Furnace Design Tho conditions of combus tion of natural gas and fuel oil h a ve much in c ommon , and t herefore, b oth fu els can be burned in furnaces of tho s amo d es ign . In most cases, s uch furn aces a re d esig ned primarily for fuel o il with natural g as as the auxiliary fu el. The combus tion characteristics of fu el oi1 and natural gas are similar in the following res pects: 1. Both fuels contain prac ticnJly no advcntilious moisture and fo rm roug hly the same volumes of combus tion prod uc ts ; therefore, the blowers of a steam boiler can efficien t l y operate irrespective of whether fuel oil or natural gas is being burned in the boiler furnace. 2. Burning of fuel oil and natural g as occurs in the vaporized s tate {homogeneous medium) following the laws of b ranched chain reactions (see Sec. 4.2). The intensity of burning in both cases is determined by the conditions of intermixing, and the hig h est allowable heat release rates of the furnace volume are rather close to each other
(300 kW/m 3 for fuel oil and 350 kW/ma for natural gas). Thus , for the same steam out put of a boiler, the furnace dimens i ons for these two k inds of fuel c an b e taken to be practic ally t he same. 3. Both fuels form almos t no ash on c ombustion (t he ash content of fuel oil Ad is less than 0.3 %), which avoids clinkering of the water walls in the furnace and makes slag-handling facilities unnecessary. In view of this( furnaces for both fu els are made with a horizontal or s lig htly inclined bottom, with m a n-hol es provided for repairs (Fig. 8.1). 4. Since the fuel is in the gaseous (or vaporized ) s t ale, i t c an be more easily intermixed with a ir, which ensures virtually complete combustion at a high heat releas e rate and low excess air ratio a c = 1.02-1.05. For both fuels, air can be preheated to the same temperature (t 11 a = 2503000C), which makes it possible to employ combined gas-fuel· ·oa burners with close values of the volume flow rate of air and almost the same resist ance.
\
~
I
~j
\
.
~ --
~
(a)
(6}
- ''-(C)
(d)
(e)
fig . 8.1. Types of fuel oil-fired furnaces (a) open-type furnace with single-front multi-tier arrangement of b urners: (b) f urnace with constriction and OIIPOSite (double-front) burner nrrongcmcnl; (c) open- type furnace wit b opposite double- tier burner a rrangement: (d) f urnace With oppositf! cyclone primary furna ces; (<) furnace wHit strnight.-Ciow or turbulent bollnm burners (dotted lines)
With intensive burning, both fuels i or m a rela t iv ely shor t flam e core zone nea r the b urn ers. In f uel o il com.bustion , this zo ne is cha racte ri zed by a rathe r h igh temperature l evel and .an e xtremely intense h eat flu x radiated onto the water wa ll s. This may .l ead to the overheating of the tube metal and the appearance of hightemperature corrosion, res ulting in a ~tigh concentra tion of nitrogen oxides ·., i n t he flame core. In the vert i cal s ection , gas and fuel oil furnaces m ay be open , with 'restr ic tion or w it h cyclone primary f urnaces (Fig . 8.1). Most industrially made gas a nd fuel oil-fi red boile rs a re pro vided with conve n t ional furnaces -of prismatic shape with a s ingle-front -or doubl e-front (opposite) arrangement -of burners. I n the single-front arrangement, burners are mounted in several (three or four) tiers. This a rrangemont is Jess e xpens ive and m ore conv enient in o peration , b u t cannot ensure uniform filling of t h e furnace space by t he fl ame and is i napplicable in furnaces of a short dep t h (l ess th a n 6 m), s ince the tempera tu re and heat a bsorption of the rear water wa ll would then increase intolerably. In an opposite arrangement of burners the water walls of the furnace ' <>perate under more favo urable con~itions. The flame is concentrated in the central high-texnperatu re zone of the furnace space. The opposite mo·tion of . the flam es creates unfavounble conditions for turbulization and better fuel burn-up in the tail portions of the flames and , under ident i ~al c onditions, resul ts in an inc rease in t he h eat release rate in the flame ~ore zone by 20-30%. A constriction in the furnace can increase flow turJmlizati.on in the flame core zone and ln the zone where fuel ufterburoi ng -occurs at the outlet from the combus tion chamber. In an e x perimental series of s team b oilers for 300-MW monobl oc u nits, a new proposal is to organize combust ion i n opposite cyclone-ty po pri mary {urnaces in ord er to decrease the inten-
01
sit y o r heat fl ows on to t he furn ace w ater walls {Fig. 8. 1d) . T he h igh turbuli za t.i o n o f fl ow in the cyclone prima r y I urn ace e nabl es 85-9 0% of the fuel to be burned. Cyclone primary furnaces a re covered with pinfinned tubes with carborundum refractory fnci ng . This design, however, leads to a h ig her temperature of the flame and hig her heat flow onto the water walls, making it not t h e best solut ion for some kinds of fuel. Gas eous fuels a re known to produce flames of a l ower emissivity than fuel oil so tha t when a boiler is chang ed fro:U fuel oil to natural gas firing, he a t absorpti on by the furnace s pace decreases, while the temperature of combus tion products at the outle t from t.he furnace bec omes higher. In open fu rnaces at I,be rated load, this temperature difference may be as high as 100 d eg C, which inevitably chang es the temperature co nditions of the subsequent heating s urfaces , primarily that of t he s uperheater. In o pen furnaces with m ulti-tier s ingle-fron t bur ner arrang ement, the tempera t ure of gases at, the furnace outl et is equalized in such cases by changing the pattern of the flame core: when burning natural gas, only two or three lowermost burner tiers are in operation; for a change from gas to fuel oil, burners of the upper tiers are fired; in later designs, the gases are recirculated into the furnace to accomplish the same purpose. Recently, it has been proposed to diminish l ocal heat flows on furnace wat er walls by arranging the burners in the bottom of an open furnace and by controlling the whirling of the secondary air flow (Fig. 8.1e). In fuel oil combus tion, the degree of whirling is d ecreased, so that the fl ame extends to a greater height in the furnace and thus noticeably decreases local heat flows onto the water walls, while the te~peruture of g as es at the furnace outlot ris es s ubstan t.ially. When burning n atural gas, the d egr ee of whirling is increased t,o m ake t he fl ame wi der and shor ter.
92
Ch. 8. Gas and Fuel Oil-fired Furnaces
8.2. F uel Oil Burners Gas and fuel oil-fired boilers are provided with combined burners since the volume flow rates of air for the combustion of natural gas and fuel oil are practically the same. The type of burner is selected depending on the heat power of the boiler and on the burner arrangement on the furnace walls, so as to ensure the best filling of the furnace space by the flame. For more efficient combustion, fuel oil is atomized in nozzles (see Sec. 4.2). A fuel oil burner comprises a nozzle, a channel to sup]>ly hot air, and a device for air whirling (air register). Depending on tho method of atomization, burners at·e classified as mechanical, steam-mechanical or steam atomizer burners [131. Mechanical burners arc t ho most popular type of fuel oi l burner. Atomization is effected by supplying fue l oil under an excessive pressure (2.54.5 MPa) into tho whirling chamber and ejecting it through a narrow hole, or nozzle (Fig. 8.2a). Fuel oil enters tho whirling chamber through a number of tangential channels and is turbulized into an intensively rotating whirl with the potential velocity distribution: w 1r = w 0 R (8.1) where w 1 is the tangential velocity at a distance r from the axis of the outlet section of the nozzle, w 0 is the vel ocity at the inlet to the tangential chan-
nel , and R is the distance between the axis of the burner and that of the tangential ch annel. The whirled flow has a reduced pressure in the core which is filled with a gas whirl, so that the fuel fl ows from the nozzle through an annular section of a thickness r0 - r;"" where r 0 is the nozzle radius and r; 111 is the radi us of the internal gas whirl. Depending on the ratio of the tangential and axial velocity components, the fuel film at the burner outlet expands at an angle qJ and is disintegrated by the oncoming air flow inl~ numerous droplets which move along a parabolic patlt. The theory of centrifugal burners has been developed by G. N. Abramovich. T he principal characteristics of a b urner are the dimensionless geometric parameter: A = Rrolrtnl (8.2) which is determined by the design characteristics of a burner (see Fig. 8.2); the coefficient of the free crosssectional area ~ = 1 - (rin l/r0) 2 (8.3) the flow rate coefficient ll which correlates the total pressure of the fuel at the inlet to the centrifugal chamber with the energy of the outcoming flow, and the jet expansion angle Cj) (see Fig. 8.2b). T he throughput capacity of a mechanical centrifugal burner, Bm, kg/s, depends in· the first place on the crosssectional area of the ej ecting nozzle. ~
~
....s
rinl
__ j
{
t.O 0.8
--
0.4
0.2
I
1/
0 (a)
. I
•1
2
(a) sclJematic; (b) long i ludlnal scc:Uon through burner Mad; J - lucl oll Inlet; 3- hea d houslnr;; 4- whll'l er; 6- cllssector / 0,
4
Bm = bJJ.fo
V PmPm
(8.4)
wher e b is in addition a numerical factor and Pm is the fuel oil density, kg/m3 . The throughput capacity of powerful centrifugal burners with tho nozzle d iameter d 0 = 4-10 mm may range from 0.83 kg/s t o 4.5 kg/s (3-16 t/h). The burner capacity can be controlled within 60-100% of Lhe rated -value by lowering the fuel oil pressure. Steam-mechanical burners have a wider range of capacity control since at lower loads the fuel oil is atomized by the energy of steam. A burner of this type is essentially a common mechanical oil burner provided with an additional annular channel to .supply steam at t.he pressure p. 1 = = 0.2-0.4 MPa (Fig. 8.3). In Lho burner design shown in tho fi gu re, the centrifugal whirling chamber is replaced by a n axial whirling dev ice with a conical dissector. The steo m flow, whose speed is near tho critical value, penetrates the fu el oi I jet and disintegrates it in to ri no
ff A·
(b)
Fig. 8.2. Principal diagram and main characteristics of a centrifugal mechanical burner !a)
mt, and the fuel pressure Pm•
MPa:
e zn· J
4
Fig. 8.3. Steam atomizer fuel-oil burnet· type 'fKZ-4
1,0 >
..
2
{6)
60
""'
e(it
(a)
2
80
'~ I" t-o.'-
0.6
fuel oil
2
lOfT
/
r
\
rp
~
Burner supporting plane
f
'f
JL
93
Burner~
8.2. Fuel Oll
princopal diagrnrn; (b) cllcct or the geometric cbarac lerisllc or a burner (A) on the tree area coctrlclrn t IU. !low rat e cocrtlclcnt (;l), and Jet expansion angle (<J)
j
2-sleam
inle t;
droplets. The flow rate o[ steam [or atomization is not more than 10% or that of fuel oil. The burner capacity can be controlled within 20-100% of the rated value. Multi-nozzle steam-mechanical oil burners, which form a flat flame, are also in use (Fig. 8.4). In solid-fuel fired boilers, steam atomizer oil burners are employed only at boiler start-up. They are inefficient in long-term operation beA -A
-
( _. '..,_
-1---
.
f.'
A
T
~. /
_
""'
../J
· -+---2
.
·-
Fig. 8.1,. I lead of a Ila t-fl ame burner z- ruel oil lnlt·t; 2-stcam inlet
94
Ch . 8. Gas and Fuel Oil-fired Furnaces
ca use of the high consumptiou of steam for atomization (30-40% of fuel oil consumption). Steam is ejected at a pressure of 0.4-0.6 MPa and disintegrates t ho fuel oi I jet into fin e droplets. The fuel oil can be supplied at a ]ow pressure. Burners of this type are simple in design and ensure fine ato mization of fu el oil even at a rather low preheating temperature (up to 80°C). Startingup burners can usually cover up to 30% of the rated boiler capacity. Due to centrifugal force, fu el oil is ejected from the nozzle of a mechanical burner as a thin llollow cone. The tl1ickness of the initial oil film is {) 1 = 0.56f.Lr 0 , which is 0.5-2 mm. Tho film then expands and breaks into fin e droplets, the largest of which are roughly equa l to the film thickness in diameter. Oil droplets move at n sp eed of 60-80 m/s and arc furth er atomized by the dynamic pressure of the oncoming gaseous medium (air or steam). This process is called secondary atomization. The average diameter of oil dro pJets in mechanical burners is roughly {)a v = 300 flm; il depends propor6 tionally on and i n inverse proportion on p.,;.:&. As may be seen , oi 1 pressure has only a slight effect on the size of the droplets. The burner nozzle diameter d 0 has a somewhat great er influence on t he finen ess of atomization. In steam-mechan ical burners, 60 v = = 50-100 11m and depends on the energy of supplied steam and the efficiency of its utilization for fuel oil atomization . in powerful mechanical burners, the largest oil d I'Oplets may be up to 1.5-2 mm in size. The time for their evaporation and burning is roughly 2 s. H ence, the heat release rul e per unit volur.oe of t he furnace must not be more than 200-250 kW/m 3 so as to ensur e complete fuel combustion (see Fig . 7 .2). It should also be taken iuto consideration thai, larger droplets move in an ascending
a;-
flow more slowly than tho surrounding gases, and therefore. the time· of their presence in the furnace issomewhat longer. ·with the help of steam-m echanical burnm·s , the heat release rate of the furn ace ca n be increased. Controlling the burner throughput capacity. The flow rate of fuel oil supplied for combustion can be vontrolled by two methods: by varying the fuel oil pressure in all operating burners (qualitative rnethod) or by switching some of the burners on and off (quantitati~.;·e method) . As follows from formula (8.4), the first method requires substantial reduction of the initial pressure, since Brn is proportional to p':;, 6 • For instance, to diminish the throughput capacity by 40% (from 100% to GO% of the rated value), the fuel oil pressure must be reduced to 0.37 of theinitial value. On the other hand, a sharp pressure reduction in mechanical burners is inadmissible, since a lower intensity of whirling will result in a thicker oil fi lm, lower velocity at the nozzle outlet, and larger droplets. An increase in the initial pressure of fuel oil will require more· intricate and expensive equipment for oil transport and flow rate control and higher operating exp end itures. For these reasons, the throughput cap acity of mechanical burners is: controlled by using the combined qualitative-quantitative method . When the number of oil burners in a furnace is sufficiently high, the load on the boiler can be diminished by switching off some of the burnersin a group. In such a case, the pressure of fuel oi l supplied to the remaining burners increases, allowing the boiler load to be further controlled by varying the fuel oil pressure. I n high-capacity steam boilers. steam-m echanical burners are more popular, as they ensure proper control in the whole range of operating loadsAtomization of fuel oil can be improved by preheating the fuel to t11 higher temperature (sec Sec. 2.4).
95
8.3. Combrutton of Natllral Gas
8.3. Combustion of Natural Gas An essential feature of natural gas combustion is that the mixture is fo rmed from sharply different volumes of gas and air: combustiou of 1 m 3 of natural gas requires roughly 20 m 3 of bot air. For this reason, the gas supply channel in a burner has a rather small cross-sectional area. Proper intermixing of the gas and air can be ensured only by· introducing the gas into the air flow in the form of thin jets of a high penetrability (the gas velocity is up to 120 m/s while the velocity of pri mary air is only 25-40 m /s) . Gas burners belong to the class of b urners with partial internal mixing, since complete intermixing of gas and air is not effected in the burner proper, but is att ained in the furnace space. As a result, part of the gas in th e high-temperature zones, where oxygen may be deficient , is subjected to thermal dissociation (p yrolysis) with the form ation of soot particles. This is why a gas burner, 1ike an oil burner, form s a sufficiently bright flame, with the highest combustio n temperature appearing at a certain distance from tho burner port, which diminishes the risk of burner burn-up. In most cases, gas is introduced at right angles to the air flow or, in some cases, a t a cert ain a ngle a to the air flow lines (Fig. 8.5). For a
unifo rm distribution of gas in the volume of air, tho dep th of penetration of the individual gas jets must be different. The penetration depth h is the decisive characteristic in calculations; it is determined by t he ratio bot.ween the momenta of a gas jet a nd air flow and char acterizes the distance along the normal from the jet root to the point where its direction becomes coincident with that of the a ir flow
[26]. The depth of jet penetration is determined mainly by the diameter of a jet and by the ratio of ga~ and. air velociti es . With gas h oles bemg onented along the air flow and .arrauge_d in two or three rows, a umform dtstribution of the gas in air flow can be achieved by decreasing the diameter of holes in the direction of air motion (Fig. 8.5c). The principal parameters of a gas burner are as follows: 1. The relative length of the in ternal mixing zone l.,. = Lm1D 0 , where D is the diameter of tho outlet por t ol the burner (Fig. 8.6); it ch aracterizes the conditions of partial internal mixing of flows. 2. The aerodynamic parameter which characterizes the intensity of turbulent mixing:
(8.5}
c
c
(a)
/ / / /////////////////////
Fig. 8.5. PeneLmtion o£ gas jet into drifting air flow (a) single Jet entering an a ir n ow at right angleR: ( b) ditto , entering at an ungle tt < no•: (c ) penetration or multtpac-row en s Jets into nn air !low; h d<'i>lh o r Jet penetration
.
//
- .
.,....:::::
J.'/
•I
1/~
I
•
"'
-
' ...... ~
r/1'777/
'////
cI
~
Cz
Uj.
'
..,-
(c)
96 Hut air
'Nuturat gas
Swirler
Fig. 8 .6 . Gas burner with central gas supply
where Wwh is the actual velocity of the whirled air flow which is roughly twice the axial velocity (flow rate); ww 1, = 2w0 ; the optimal range of n 0 is n 0 = 1-1.2. 3. The dimensions, shape and arrangement of gas ports, which depend on the general design of the burner. Gas jets can be introduced into the air flow in burners in a peripheral, central or two-sided mode. Figure 8.6 shows the central supply of gas jets. A two-sided gas supply (from the periphery and fr om a central gas header) is employed in high-capacity gas burners (see Fig. 8.9). 8.4. Combined Gas-fuel Oil Burners Among the ad vantages of combined gas-fuel oil burners (gas-oil combustion burners) is that the change from one fuel to the other can be done quite easily. Furthermore, both fuels can be burned under almost optimal conditions. The air channels in such a burner are common for both fuels, and each type of burner is arranged so as to ensure qu ick and thorough intermix-
ing of fuel and air. For efficient intermixing with the fuel, the air flow is strongly turbulized in the burner by means of an air-guiding device called an air register. Air registers may be of the scroll type or with axial or tangential uanes (Fig. 8.7). Scroll-type air registers are too bulky because of the large volumes of air used for combustion, and are employed only in low-capacity burners. Air registers with axial vanes are the simplest in design and have the least hydraulic resistance, but the diameter of the channel must be quite large to accommodate the entire air flow. Tangential vane registers have a somewhat higher resistance than the axial-vane ones, but their passage section can be easily varied at load variations by moving a regulating disc along the burner axis (Fig. 8 .8). For the most part, high-capacity boilers employ gas-oil combination burners of the three types shown in Figs 8.8-8.10. These burners differ from one another in the method of gas introduction into the air flow and in the method of gas flow rate control at v arying loads. A coaxial gas-oil combination burner with a central gas supply is shown in Fig. 8.8. Natur al gas flows from the central annular header through two rows of holes of different diameter. Air is supplied through a tangential vane register. The air flow rate is controlled by a moving disc valve. Thus, at a reduced boiler load, the air flow rate decreases mainLaining the original whirling intensity and the necessary conditions for fuel-air intermixing. Fuel oil is atomized in a mechanical burner mounted in the
) - annular gas c hannel; 2- fucl oil burne r; 3- tangential vanes; 4-air control gate valve; .5- flame-proteCLing disc or gas head; 6- air box; 7-nir supply to cool tbe head and d isl!; 8-conical
port.~
••
central channel of the combination burner. The gas pressure upstream of the burner is 2.5-3.0 kPa. The air velocity in the narrow section of the burner is 40 m/s. The mixture (Euel oil-air or gas-air) is ignited by an electric igniter. The gas-oil combination burner for a supercharged once-through boiler of a 300-MvV monobloc unit (Fig. 8.9) has a tangential-axial air supply through a set: o[ vanes, where the main air flow is distributed between two channels. In addition to this, ternary air is continuously supplied through the central channel to cool the fueloil burner. At a reduced boiler load, the air flow rate through the peripheral annulat· channel is diminished 7
(c)
~I
5
~~
~ ~
1'5
"'
!;;
~
.
~
--
Fuel oiL Steam
..... .....
.fll ill! / (b)
Cas
by means of a control gate. The fuel oil supply is effected by means of a TKZ-4M steam-mechanical oil burner with a rated capacity of 1.28 kg/s (4.6 t/h) at a fuel oil pressure of 4.5 MPa and steam pressure of 0.2 MPa. Natural gas is introduced into the air flow from the periphery mainly through a large number of 32-mm tubes and partially through holes in the central coaxial channel. ·Figure 8.10 shows a gas-oil combination burner in the once-through boiler of an 800-MW monobloc unit. The burner capacity is 5.2 t/h fuel oil. A uniform distribution of air between the burners is ensured by a common large air box for all the burners located on one side of the
1
I
(a)
1
Fa!!l oil
~
scroll ty pe; (b) tangential vane-type; (c) ax ial vane-type
J
9- ig niter channel
l..·:::
Fig. 8.7. Air registers
'.
Fig. 8.8. Coaxial gas-fuel oil burner with central gas supply
t:s ' :t..,
.(a)
97
· 8.4. Combtn.ed· Gas-fuer Oil Burners
Ch. 8. Gas and Fuel Oll-fired Furnaces
~
J
'-'
2
2550
Ca~t
5
Fig. 8.9. Gas-fuel oil burner with peripheral and central gas supply 1, J'- centra l a nd periPheral air boxes; 2-Lnngenlial vanes; 3-axial vanes; 4--<:hannel or mechanical s t
7-01 52 /o
98
Ch. 9. Parameter• a nd Motion Eq!UJtlon• of Working Flatt:! ff 1
"
t'
6 5
2
;[8
Fig. 8.10. Gas-fuel oil burner: of throughput capacity of 5.2 t/h fuel oil or 5.54.0 00 mn natural gus for on 800-MW monobloc steam boiler 1. J'-ccntral and peripheral channels lor bot air; 11-reclrc ulating gas chan· ncl; a-corrugated expansion Joint; 4, 6-tru>gcnllul whirling vunes; 6- central channel for natural gas; 7-air seal to pre,•ent furnace gas outbreak rrom the burner; 8- arrungement or water wall tubes around tbe burner port; 9- tucl oll burner channel; JOelcctrlc gas Igniter; 1 J- lmpuloo lines or air pressure control
furnace. Each air box is separated along its length into two sections to channel air into the internal and peripheral channels of burners. An additional box is provided to recirculate the flue gases to the burners . Air flows are whirled by tangential vanes, and the gases enter the furnace in a straight flow and ar e mixed with the expanding flow of secondary air. Natural gas is introduced through the central coaxial cl1annel arranged at an angle of 45° to tho flow axis. The difference in the thermal expansion of the air box with burners and the furnace water walls is absorbed by means of corrugated expansion joints. When changing to gas combustion, the oil burner is switched off automatically and retracted into the central channel. If both fuels are burned
simultaneously, one of them (most often fuel oil) will not be completely burned, because of the different mixing conditions and different ignition times. Gas-oil combiuation burners are designed for furnace operation with the least excess air ratio (a.1 = = 1.02-1.03) in [uel oil combustion. so as to minimize corrosion in thelow-temperature portion of the gas path (in the region o[ air heater). For operation at a low excess airratio, burners and air-supply path elements should be carefully manufactured and assembled so as to avoid a non-uniform distribution of fuel and air between the burners. All fuel nozzles are calibrated, the allowable differ ence in their throughput capacity being not more than 2%.
CHARACTERISTICS, PARAMETERS AND MOTION EQUATIONS OF WORKING FLUID 9.1. Principal Hydrodynamic an d Heat-transfer E quations for the Water-steam Path The hydrodynamic and heat-transfer processes in the water-steam path of a boiler take place in tubular elements. Tube walls possess such pro-
perties as heat conductiv ity, heat cap acity and mass. The surfaces of lubes are in contact with the surroundings on the outside and with the working fluid on tho inside and are thus involved in the processes occurring in these media. The properties of the tube walls antl the procos·
99
9.1. Principal Hydrody namic and Heat-transfe r Equa tions
ses occurring on their surfaces arc included into the boundary conditions of the equations which describe the processes in the water-steam path. These are the equations of material balance, of the balance of energy of the working fluid and surrounding walls, and the equation of motion (or equation of momentum). All these equati ons are discussed in the courses on hydraulics and heat transfer and will not be ·derived h ere. We write these equations in their final forms: -material balance equation:
~+1~ =0 IJz IJ-r:
(9.1)
-equation of the energy balance of the working fluid flow: IJ (Gi)
/Jz
+I
IJ (pt) = /JT:
.
q' n
(9.2)
- equation of the heat balance for channel walls:
This is the equation of motion, or the equation of momentum. Integrating equation (9.4.) between the limits z = 0 (w = w1 , p = p 1}-the beginning of the channel and the end of the channel-in the general case the section z = l (w = w 2 , p = p 2 ) gives an integral form of the equation of motion: w,
dz + t
+ Jp :; dz ±
7•
h
g
0
1
p dh
(9.5)
0
where h = l sin a.. As follows from equation (9.5}, the pressure gradient in the channel, D.p = p 1 - p 2 , is spent on overcoming the following forces which appear in the moving fluid: -friction forces (the proportionality factor k is determined experimentally; it is related to the coefficient of fri ction by the formula k = 'J,./d): I
(9.3) In these equations, G, p and i are, respectively, the flow rate, density, and enthalpy of the working fluid in the channel, f is the cross-sectional area of the channel, z is the coordinate along the direction of motion of the working fluid, qin and qex are the linear heat flux densities on the internal . and external surface of the channel, m is the linear mass of the metal of channel walls (the mass of tube at a length of 1 m), tm and em are the temperature and specific heat of the tube's metal, a. is the coefficient of heat transfer from the wall to working fluid, and II is the internal perimeter of the channel cross section (for a tube, II = nd 1n). The second law of mechanics as applied to the flow of a fluid through channels can be specifically written as follows _ !.J!.. = iJw + w iJw +k wzp a. p /JT: p IJz 2 ± pg sin a. (9.4)
J (wp)dw
Jk w;p dz 0
- forces due to different velocities at the inlet and outlet of the channel , or the acceleration of the flow, i.e. the non-uniform velocity field along the channel length : w,
1
(wp) dw
w,
-forces due to time variations of the velocity field, or the inertia component of the pressure gradient, which is other than zero in transient processes only: II
1p 0
~the
IJw dz /JT:
component of the gravity force, or l1ydrostatic component, which is determined by the 11verage density and by the difference in heights , or levels (it is essentially
the hydrostatic pressure o( a fluid column of height h):
,,
g
~
pdh
0
Thus, the hydrodynamic and heatt ransfer processes that take place i n the water-steam path of a boiler can be described by a set of equations: the equation of mass balance (9.1), equation of energy balance of the working fluid flow (9.2), the equation of heat balance for the heated channel walls (9.3), and the equation of motion (9.4). They can be supplem ented by the equation of state
p = p (p, i)
(9.6)
which relates a thermody namic parameter to two other parameters, and by the empirical relationships for the heat-transfer coefficient a and the coefficient of fri ction, k. The set of equations (9.1) through (9.4) and (9.6) together with the empirical relationships for a and A. represent a closed system: the number of unknowns (G, p, i, tm, and p) is equal to the number of equations (since w = G/fp) . T he exter nal actions on the system: q.," Glnh ilnh and Gout are assumed to be known. Under steady-stale conditions, all derivatives with respect to -r in equations (9.1) to (9.4.) and (9.6) are equal to zero, and all the parameters are functions of the coordinate z only, because of which the fundamental equations take the forms: -eq ua tion of mass conservation
(9.7) -equation of energy conservation d (Gi) Oz
=q
(9.8)
-equation of motion dw wp d:
1
+ rc
w'p 2
.
dp
± pgsma= -Tz (9.9)
- equation of state p = p (p, i)
(9.10)
have in a particular cross section of a steam-generating tube if it occupied that cross section completely:
E quation (9.3) is excluded from the system (9.1)-(9.4.), (9.6), since q1n = = qex = q. As follows from equation (9.7), the mass flow rate under steady-state condi tions is the same in all sections of the channel, i.e. G (z) = constant. Noting this, we obtain from equation (9.8):
m /s, is the velocity t hat s team would have in a particular cross section of a steam-generating tube if it occupied that cross section completely:
(9 .11)
(9.16)
(9 .12)
where G3 is the mass f low rate o[ steam tl•rough the tube system, kg/s, and p" is its density, kg/m 3 •
or
(9 .15)
The resolved velocity of steam w;,
••
The relative velocity of steam Wr, 9.2. Characte ristics of Motion of a Steam-water Mixture The principal characteristics of a steam-water flow are as follows:
The rna1;s velocity wp of a nwdium (wat er, steam or steam-water mixture). The cooling effect o[ a Oow depends on its density p, as well a s on velocity w. The cooling effect of a flow is estimated in terms of the product of these parameters, i.e. through t he mass velocity wp, kg/(m 2 s), which is essentially the mass flow rate per unit area of the tube cross section: G
wp = -
1.01
9.2. Characteristics of Motion of a Steam-water Mixture
Ch. 9. Parameter~ and flioUon Equations of Worlctng F!1~td
100
(9 .13)
1 The circulation velocity w 0 , m/s, is
the velocity of water at the saturation temperature; it corresponds to the flow r ate of the working fluid in tubes: (9.14) where Gm is the mass flow rat e of the steam-water mixture through tho tube system, kg/s (at the entry of water into steam-generating t ubes, G,., = = G10 ) , f is the free cross-sectional area for the passage of tho working fluid, m 2 , and p' is the density of water at the saturation temperature, kg/m3 .
The resolved velocity of water
w~,
m /s, is the velocity that water would
m/s. The actual velocities of water and steam differ from their f low rates, since under the actual conditions of combined motion of wa ter and steam in a mixture they move with different velocities: w. =/= In an ascending flow, steam moves faster than water, w. > w10 ; in a d escending flow, w, < ww; their difference is equal to the relative velocity of steam:
w,,.
(9.17) The relative velocity of steam has a vital effect on the motion of the steam-water mixture (see Sec. 12.1).
The mass steam content, or dryness fraction, x, is the mass fraction of the flow rate of steam in the flow rate of the steam-water mixture at w, = --
The mass water content, or wetness fraction is determined by the formula: 1-
1-
X=
g:
=
~=
(9. 20)
The velocity of steam-water mixture Wm, m/s. Using the expression for the circulation velocit y, we can write: Wo
G8 +G ~ fp' = fp'
Gm
=
(9 21 ) .
( In turn, t he mass flow rates, kg/s, of water and steam are:~
Gw = V10p ' = w~p' f G, = V,p"( = w;p• f where Vw and v. are theJvolume flow r ates of water and steam, m 3 /s. Substituti ng for Gw a nd G, i nto equation (9.21), we obtain: (9.22) The velocity of the steam-water mixture cnn be written as the sum of the volume flow rates of its com-· ponents, w• related to the total cross-sectional area for the passage of flow:
v. + v
w - V....!•:.-+.!.:--V-"w~i m-t~ . or, noting Gw and
Wm
=
. G,,
(9 .23)
Wo
(9.24.)
I + Wo•
Substituting w~ from equation (9.22) into (9.24) gives: (9.25)
IJ)
w·• X=
G,/Gm
(9 .18)
For a flow in thermodynamic equilibrium, the mass steam content can be expressed by the formul a: Itt - t' x = .....<.:.--
r
(9. 19)
where in is the unit enthalpy of the flow in a particular cross section of the tube system, k J /kg, i' is the unit enthalpy of water at the saturation line in that section, kJ /kg, and r is the heat of the phase transition at the same pressure, kJ /kg.
It is often essential t o express Wm through the mass steam content x. Taking into account that the sum of cross-sectional areas occupied by s team and water, f 3 and fw is equal to f, we h ave (9.26) • . f.w.+ fwWw = wmf which may b e re-written as
G,v• whereby
+ Gwv'
= GmVm
102
Ch. 9. Parameters and Motion EqrUJtlom of Working Fluid
or = xv"
+ (1 -
x) v' It is also known that Vm
W
_
(9.27)
Gm"m
(9.28)
f
m-
Substituting Vm from equation (9.27) into (9.28), we have: Wm
= =
Giv' [1 -jW0 [
1+
X (
X (
f
~~ -1 ) - 1)
J
J
or Wm = Wo [
J
1-J- x ( f- 1) (9.29)
The volu~"Le steam content ~ - The vol ume fracllon of steam in a steamv:ater mixture flow with equal velociLles of water and steam is called the volume steam content: (9.30)
any p ressure, d~/dx decreases as x i ~creases. These relationships have a v1tal effect on the regime and temperature of t wo-phase flows through tubes. T~ actual steam content (p is the fract10n of the tube cross section occupied by s team , /,, which corresponds to tho actual velocities of water and s team: rp = /,If (9.32) The actual steam content q> accounts for the rela tive velocity of steam Wn i.e. it relates to cases when w, =fo =I= Ww· As indicated earlier, the volume steam content assumes these velocities to be equal to each o ther , w, = = Ww. T he relationship between the actual steam content and volume steam content is as follows:
~=
v.
(9. 33)
v.+llw -
whereby
Taking account of equations (9.18) and (9.20), we have:
•
~ = -----;i~i:..._.....,p·---
1+
-%
x
(9.31)
(9 .34) Denoting
c, we obtai n:
q> = c~
IT
The correlation between the mass steam content x and the volume steam conte nt ~ in a steam-water mixture flow is s hown i n Fig. 9.1. At low pressures, t he effect of x on ~ is especially strong at low values of x and decreases inversely with pressure. At
Wmlw 8 =
(9.35)
For an ascending flow
w, >wm, c< 1 ,
<
Wm, C
>
0.8 0.5
0.4 O.'l 0
~ .,.... I/ y
r;
v
1, rp
>
7
:r:
I/
in a flow where wat er and s t eam have the same velocity:
/
_
Pm -
./ l 20
40
50
80 %tOO
Fig. 9.2. Variations of ~.
the inlet (iE i 1,. 1 = i') and x = 1 at the outle t (i[ i 0 u t = i"), (Fig . 9.2). On the other ha nd, t he volume steam content ~ and the actual steam content rp, which both have zero initial values, increase sharply in the initial portion of a tube. Further in the tube, they increase less intens ively to the maximum value oE unity at the tube end. Wi th an increase in press ure, rp and ~ approach x . The pressure steam content q> is an i mpo rtant flow characteristic, since it describes the actual distribution of water and steam in a mixture and their individual velocities in the combined £low. The actual velocity of steam is
w,
=
w;trp
(9.37)
and the actual velocity of water is
~
If t~ere is no difference in velocity, that IS w, = Ww = Wm, c = 1 and (9.36)
Fig . 9.1. Relation between mass steam conlent z and volu.me steam content ~ at vunous pressures
f .O
cp<~
For a descending flow
w,
103
9.3. R egimes of Steam-water Mtztare Floro
The proportionality fac tor c characterizes the ratio of the velocity of the steam-water mixture Wm to the ~ctual velocity of steam w., and t hus 1t characterizes the relative velocity of steam w,. With a n increase in pressure, the relative velocity of steam decreases and, as pressure approac~es the critical value, c tends to uruty while rp tends to ~The mass steam content in a uniformly heated evaporating tube varies linearly along the tube length between its extreme values: x = 0 at
Ww
= w~/(1 -
rp)
(9.38)
The_apparent density of a steam-water m ixture, Pm• kg/m3 , is the density
4h
G, w'Qf
+ Gw
IDo/
(9.39)
The actual density of the steam water mixture, Pa• kg/m3 , i.e. the density at the actual v el ocities of s team and wa ter, can be found from the Eollowing consideration. Let us s eparate a tube element of height !J.h filled with a steam-water mixture (Fig. 9.3). L et steam and water i n the element be represented by corresponding elementary volumes. The fractio ns of the cross sections occupied by steam and water may be denoted as f , 1 and !w a nd thei r sum, as f. The masses of t he two components may be written as /, 16.hpw and fw!J.hp' and their s um is the mass of the sepa rate d volume of the steam-wa ter mixture, f!J.hp 0 • This gives us an expression for the actual density of steam-water mixture:
Pa = p' -
!p
(p' - P *) = (1 - cp) p' rpp. (9.40)
+
In an ascending tube, the steam has a relative velocity W ro which results in a decrease in the fractio n of tho cross section occupied by the steam, rp, and an increase in the fraction occupied by water, (1 - rp), s o t hat Pa > Pm· With increasing pressure, Pa tends to Pm· The circulation ratio K is an inverse of the mass steam content and is essentially the ratio of the quantity of circulati ng wa ter to the quantity of steam produced for the same time interval (see Sec. 1.2}: K = 1/x (9.41)
9.3. Regimes of Steam-water Mixture Flow f
Fig. 9.3. To derivation of the formula for the density or steam-water mixture
The intensity of heat removal from a heating surface substantially depends on the con ditions, or regimes, of the motion of the steam-water mixture on t hat surface. Under identical conditions, the s t ructure and
I
104
Ch. 9. Parameters an¢ Motion Equations of Working Fluid
·-
-•,_
--. ·a
_ _o _
-a
0
.
• . ..-·-
.... ..
--~~'
'- -' _ G_ a_
-r--·
.
!~..
. . . .
••t
0
!..~
o__o_
•• •
--• -
-.-
(a)
{b)
••
-.!.-
.• '
•
••• •• •
.
••~ : •• • •0 • •
•• • •
• • • ••
•
•••
--~
••
0
.!...!..... 0
•
•
-'-·
...
.-.• ••
.,_qr_.
•
0 0
0
.
.
-·-
•
-
-
'-
(c)
•• • ••
·-. -
(d)
(e)
=
Fig. 9.4. Steam-water mixture flow modes in vertical tubes (a) bubble !low; (b) emu ls ion flow; (c) slug now; (d) dispersed annulnr flow; (c) inverse dispersed annular f low
I
regime of flow are determined by the spatial orientation of the heating tubes, which is used to organize the motion of th e working fluid in steam-generating tubes. Vertical tubes. An adiabatic flow of a steam-water mixture at a low steam content and slow velocity is essentially liquid with rare fine vapour bubbles distributed in it. This is what is called bubble flow (Fig. 9.4a). As the steam content increases and if wp is high, the moving mixture contains a larger number of fine vapour bubbles; this is the emulsion flow, or frothy flow (Fig. 9.4b). At low values of wp, an increase in steam content may result in the coalescence of fine bubbles into larger formations whose size may be comparable with the tube diameter and whose l ength may be many times the diameter. These formations are called 'slugs' and, correspondingly the flow regime is the slug regime (Fig. 9.4c). Behind a slug there is a thin liquid bridge containing fine vapour bubbles. With a further increase in the steam content, water bridges between the slugs disappear and the slugs merge into a continuous vapour column with atomized water droplets in it. This
column moves aloog the tube core and i~ ·surrounded hy a continuous annular water film which moves aloog the tube wall. The water film intensively cools the internal surface of the tube. This is what is called the disperse-annular (wet-wall) flow (Fig. 9.4d). The thickness of the water film depends on the ratio between the flow rates of water and steam. At a high pressure and high steam velociLy, the major mass of the film is broken off and carried as droplets by the steam flow, leaving only a very thin water film on tho wall, which soon evaporates. In heated channels, some specific flow regimes may take place. In film boiling, for instance, a vapour film may separate the liquid from the heat-exchange surface, while liquid fills in the core of the channel; this is called the inverse disperse-annular flow (dry-wall flow), Fig. 9.4e. The flow regimes described above are rather conditional since they gradually change from one typo to another with no distinct boundaries between them. Horizontal tubes. The flow of the steam-water mixture in a horizontal tube is characterized by a non-uniform distribution of structural flow components over the tube cross section. Since steam has a lower density, it moves primarily along the upper tube wall, while the main mass of water is concentrated at the lower wall. The asymmetry of flow relative to the horizontal depends on the velocity of the steam-water mixture and tube diameter. At higher velocities, the flow is less asymmetrical. In steam-generating tubes 30-40 mm in diameter and at relatively high inlet velocities (w > 1 m/s), vapour bubbles form in the initial tube section. They are detached from the tube surface and move along with the liquid (Fig. 9.5a). The vapour bubbles increase in number in the direction of the flow and begin to merge into larger · formations. An ever increasing quantity of steam is involved in the combined motion of
10!)
9.4. H ydraullc Resis.t.ances
•
..
-
(a)
•
(6)
Fig. 9.5. Two-phase flow modes in horizontal tubes at (a) high and (b) low inlet velocity
the two phases, so that at a high steam content the flow in a tube becomes almost axisymmetrical and resembles the; disperse-annular regime in vertical tubes. \Vith a low velocity of water at the inlet to a steam-generating tube (w < 0.5 m/s), asymmetrical motion of water and steam may result in the exposure of substantial portions of the tube surface (Fig. 9.5b). The flow then becomes essentially asymmetrical along the whole length of the tube, with the steam moving along the upper tube wall. In other words, the two-phase flow is separated, as it were, into two individual flows. This flow regime is unstable. With an increase in the flow velocity, waves may form on the separating surface with their tops periodically touching the superheated upper wall. At supercritical pressures, the working fluid is a homogeneous medium . Nonetheless, even with a directed motion of the fluid at supercritical pressure in a horizontal channel, free convection may take place in a transverse direction, resulting in density variation along the height of the flow. This inhomogeneity can be characterized by the motion of a lighter (less dense) medium along the upper surface of a tube and of a heavier (denser) medium, along the lower surface, with no distinct boun-
dary between them. The difference in densities increases with an increase in the vertical size of a channel or of the tube diameter. In tube bends, some portions of the tube surface may be washed less intensively by the fluid than others, which is due to the centrifugal effect by which water is thrown towards the outside surface of a bend, while the tube wall at the inside surface is insufficiently cooled by water. 9.4. Hydraulic Resistances Since tubes offer resistance to the motion of water, steam-water mixture or steam, a pressure gradient forms between any two sections along the length of a tube. The general equation of the total pressure gradient l~ns been given in Sec. 9.1. For practical calculations, it can be written in a more convenient form:
t:..p = t:..p/r
+
t:..p,
+
t:..Poc ±
t:..ph (9.42)-
i.e. the total pressure gradient between any two sections of a heated tube is the sum of pressure gradients due to· fdction, t:..p1,, local resistances t:..p, acceleration t:..Pac• and hydrostatic head t:..p h· The resistance due to friction is caused by the viscosity of the moving:
.• 1 06
Cit. 9. Parameters and Motion Equations of Working Fluid
fluid. For a single-phase isothermal flow in a straight channel of constant -cross section, this term is found from the formula: l
t.p,, =
Ik
whore t.p1, is the resistance due to friction, Pa, A. 0 = A.ld is the resolved friction coefficient, 1/m, l is the length of the channel , m, w is the velocity of the fluid, m/s, and p is the density of the fluid, kg/m 3 • Tho friction resistance for a twophase flow can be principally determined by tho formula for single-phase flows, by replacing the s ingle-phase Jlow velocity by the velocity o.E steamwater mixture wm, provided that tho two-phaseflowcan be considered homogeneous, i.e. obeying the following relationship: (9.44) Noting the law of mass conservation {soe Sec. 9.1), we can write: PmWm
=
pfwo
(9.45)
Noting equation (9.25), formula (9.44) can be re-written as foll ows: t.p,, = "-ol
The pressure loss due to friction for a flow of variable steam content can be determined from the formula: w~ [_1+XI!J - - ( rr p' l!.pfr = "-ol--fp'
(9.43)
• 0
~0
p' [
w+ w; (1 - ~:)] 0
noting equation (9.29):
I!.Ptr = Aol
4- pf [ 1+X(f.- -1) J (9.47)
I 11 most flow regimes, the structure {)[ a two-phase flow differs noticeably from a homogeneous structure (see F ig. 9.4), for which reason correction factor 'iJ is introduced into the last ~qu ation to account for the effect {){ the flow structure. With a constant steam content, we then have: t.p,, = A0 l
4-;P' [1+ x'IJ (f.- -1 )J (9.48)
J
where x is the average steam content in the channel and \~jXJ-IJ>t.:Z:j
"' = --'-....;___ Xf -
Xj
_
where 'IJ 1 and 'i'J are correction factors to account for the effect of the initial and final steam content, x 1 and x 1 , on tho flow structure. Pressure losses due to local resistances are explained by the energy consumption for detachment of the boundary layer from the tube wall and the formation of whirls in the flow. Local r esistances appear in places where the shape or direction of a channel changes; conditionally, they are considered to be localized in a particular section and do not include fr iction resistance. The pressure loss in local resistances to a single-phase flow is determined by a formula similar to (9.43) in which the resolved friction coefficient A.0 = Aid is replaced by the coefficient of local resistance ~~ (it may be found in reference books):
(9.46) {)f,
1)
(9.49)
-
(9.50) For a two-phase flow: [t.p 1 = 1:£{
L4p' [1+x ( :~ -1) J (9.51)
where !;! is a conditional coefficient of local resistance for a steam-water mixture, usually !;; > £1• For a s ingle-phase flow across a tube bundle, the hydraulic resistance is t.p,b =stb
w2
2
1.07
9.5. Thermoph ytlcal Properties of Working Fluid
p
(9.52)
The coefficient !; 1 for a flow across a tube bundle depends on the design of the bundle.
For a two-phase flow:
ilPtb =
s;b ~~ p'[ 1+ x( f.--1)](9.53)
The pressure loss due to acceleration is caused by a change in the volume, and therefore, in the velocity of a flow. It can appear as the steam -content of a fl ow increases due to heating, as the fluid passes through a reduced cross section, or both. The pressure loss due to fl9w accel eration can be found by the· formula: D.Pac
=tot wp dw
(9.54)
wl
For a steady-state flow:
wp = constant Therefore, at p >Per llPac = wp (w, - w 1) = (wp) 2 (v1 - v 1) (9.55) For a two-phase flow, p < p cr· Expressing v1 and v 1 through the mass steam contents: v1 = v' (1 - x1) u·x, u1 = u' (1 -xi) v •x 1 and substituting them into formula (9 .55), we finally have: llPoc = (wp) 2 (u • - u') X \xl - Xt) (9.56) The hydrostatic component of pressure loss for single- and two-phase v ertical· flows is: WtPt
= w 1 p, =
9.5. Tbermophysical Properties of Working Fluid in the Path of a Monobloc Unit Va1·iations of the parameters and physical properties of the working fluid in various sections of the watersteam path of a supercritical-pressure monobloc unit are shown in Fig. 9.6. T he highest pressure of the fluid is at the inlet to the high-pressure water heater, downstream of the feed water pump, Pw 1, and tho lowest pressure is in the turbine condenser, p c· For supercritical-pressure pl ants, this pressure range is from 32 MPa to 0.003 MPa and for high-pressure power plants, from 17 MPa to 0.003 MPa. In the condensate path, which includes a condensate pump, and in the feed water path with a feed water pump, the
t (A I I
+ +
h
t.p,. = g ) p dh =
pgh
---l'- I
''I .
(9.57)
0
For a single-phase flow, p is taken as the average density of the fluid in section h, and for two-phase flows is determined by formula (9.40). When determining the total pressure gradient, l!.p h is assumed to be positive for ascending flows since it increases the total resistance of a tube, and negative for descending flows where it ceases to be a resistance and, {)n the contrary, acts in the direction {)f the flow.
Mtrln
1/iglr· :;;
S11por- , prt.·~-sll ti
!JMior :ylintfe
I
II
"ill
IY
l ow·
Pl'l!~·svriJ
~ -ylri ufpr
..
Y
1!1.
~ ~
"l:l
.§
Y11
Fig. 9.6. Variations of parameters and thermophysical properties of the working flu id in the water-steam path of a supercriticalpressurc monobloc unit
i08
Ch. 9. Parameters and Motion Equations of Working Flulct
pressure of the turbine condensate is raised to a value equal to tho pressure at the inlet. to the high-pressure water heater, which ensures the motion of the working fluid through the entire water-steam path of the boiler. In tho turbine, steam moves due to a pressure gradient between tho inlet, where the pressure is equal to that downstream of tho boiler, and the outlet, where it is equal to the pressure in the condenser. The highest temperature of the working fluid is the temperature of superheated steam and the lowest is that in the condenser. In high-pressure and supercritical-pressure plants, this temperature interval is from 545° to 30°C. Turbine condensate is preheated in the low-pressure water heaters and the deaorator of the condensate path from 30° to 105-165°C aud further in the higl1-pressure water heaters of the feed water path to the feed water temperature t1w (usually 145-270°C). Water pressure in this path varies from p = 0.3-1.0 MPa to 15-17 MPa in high-pressure plants or to 30-32 MPa in supercritical-pressure pl ants. The total pressure gradient in the path, flp = flP ec flPdca flp31, constitutes 20-30% of the pressure of superheated steam. On the other hand, the temperature of the working fluid is raised substantially, from t1w to superheated-steam tomperature t ••. Superheated steam is fed into the turbine with the parameters t,. and p ••· As steam expands adiabatically in tho turbine, its pressure and temperature decrease. In power plants of high and supercritical parameters, the total efficiency is increased by taking off steam from an intermediate stage of t.he turbine (at a pressure of 3-4 MPa and temperature of 290-320°C) and recirculating it back into the boiler where it is reheated, usually to the initial steam temperature, 54SC, in an intermed iate steam superbeater (rehoater). Since t,he working fluid changes its pressure and temperatm·e in the wa-
+
+
ter-steam path or a supercritical monobloc power unit, this involves certain changes in its thermophysical properties. As shown in Fig. 9.6, the water-steam path can be divided in to seven zones in which typical changes in the th ermophysical properties of the working fluid take place. The first zone includes the condensate and feed water path of the power unit with convective and radiationheated economizers. In this zone, feed water pumps create tho highest pressure in the water-steam path needed to produce steam of the required pressure. The working fluid in this zone remains liquid and therefore, its thermophysical characteristics are changed relatively weakly, notwithstanding the high rise in pressure; its dielectric permittivity e, however, decreases to a smoll rraction of its initial value. The most t.yp ical is the second (near critical) zone which is usually located in the boiler furnace. In this zone, the change from water to steam takes place, so that even a small rise in the temperature of the flow causes sharp changes in the thermophysical characteristics: near tho temperature of the highest heat capacity, the enthalpy of tho flow increases sharpl y, while the viscosity ll• heat conductivity A., and, what is especially important, the density p and dielectric permittivity e decrease substantially, though smoothly, not jumpwise. In the third zone, which iocl udes the main superheater, the temperature and enthalpy of the superheated steam increase further, but all other parameters, including density and dielectric permittivity, change less than in the previous zones. In the fourth zone (high-pressure cylinder of turbine), the thermal energy of the superheated steam is converted into mechanical work and its pressure and temperature decrease. Accordingly, the enthalpy and density of the steam decrease, the dielectric permittivity increases somewhat (due to temperature reduction), and tho
109
9.5. Thermophyslcal Properties of W orking Fluid
other properties (heat conductivity, heat capacity' and dynamic. viscosity) continue to decrease smoothly. [n tho fifth zone (reheater), steam temperature is raised again at an almost constant pressure roughly 3.5 MPa, resulting in an appreciable in crease in its enthalpy and slight increase in viscosity and beat conductivity. The dielectric permittivity of steam decreases by 67-80%, whereas the density and isobaric heat ca'pacity diminish only slightly. In the sixth zone (low-pressure cylinder of turbine), the physical parameters of steam are changed in a manner similar to the fourth zone, the only difference being that the pressure changes much more substantially t han in the fourth zone. For that reason, the density of steam decreases roughly to 1/300 or 1/400 o[ its init ial value. Its enthalpy also decreases Sllbstantially, wh ile changes in the other properties are rather s mooth. The seventh zone includes the turbine condenser. The condensing steam hero has constant parameters: pressure 0.003 MPa and a temperature of around 30°C. Only the enthalpy and steam content of the flow are diminished. As steam is condensed fully , the density, heat conductivity, heat capacity, viscosity and dielectric permittivity increase sharply. The specifics of subcritical pressure units are most pronounced in the second zone of the water-steam path, which is within the boiler furnace (Fig. 9.7). This zone is characterized by the conversion of water to steam (boiling); steam generation takes place at a constant temperature t' with two phases: water and steam, existing simultaneousl y (curve 1). For comparison, the figure shows temperature variations in the working flu id at supercritical pressure (curve 2). As may be seen from Figs. 9.6 and 9 .7, the thermo physical characteristics of the working fluid in the zone of high heat capacities at suporcritical pressures vary smoothly (though rapidly), whereas at subcritical pres-
p
Pu
I~ 2'::::,.·..... / / ~ /
/--x-:o
/://
:r:~t
t'
.
~
.....
\
~
'
~ r\Pm \
\
~ r-....
~ ._ '\em
\
....
.I!
-~
"" c::S"l::"
"'til~
:
' :>..,
I
~
._..,. -
f11rnaco ·~ ~ wafer walls ~\,.
•
•"' ~~~ c.a";-
Fig. 9.7. Variations of density p and dielectric permittivity e in evaporating zone
1- lcmperaturc or the working !luid at subcr!tical pressure; B- d!tto, at sul?ercri tical pressure (for compartson)
sures the change from the proper ties of water to those of steam suddenly takes place at the saturation temperature. As seen in Fig . 9.7, as the water to steam transition takes place, tho density of the water, Pw• abruptly changes to that of steam, p., which results in an increase in the enthalpy of the working fluid. Similarly, the dielectric permittivity of water changes abruptly to that of steam. In the zone of constant temperature at the saturation line and constant pressure, bot;h phases (water and steam) co-exist; in the whole range of steam contents of the two-phase flow, 0 < < x < 1. The dot-and-dash lines in tho figure show variations in the density· of the steam-water mixture, Pm, and in its dielectric permittiv ity em along the flow. The thermophysical properties of water and steam are determined by
i10
Ch. 10. Temperature Conditions on Heating Surfaces
\
,1/r
J11alt?r r t?!IID/1
e~
, Pcr,tcr
Fig. 9.8. Effect of pressure on the density of
wn ter aod steam, p, and dielectric pcrmi Uivity e at the saturation li ne
pressure. Figure 9.8 shows v ariations in the density and dielectric permitti-
vity of water and steam; as may be seen, these characteristics are substantially different in a wide range of subcritical pressures, but come closer and closer together in the critical point. The above relationships between the parame~ers and properties of the working £lu id determine the hydrodynamic and heat- transFer processes on heating surfaces and the carry-off by steam of impurities present in water; they also pl ay a v ital part in the formation of deposits on boiler and turbine elemen ls.
TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS ON HEATING SURFACES 10.1. Classification of Heating and Cooling Modes
U A knowledge of temperature distribution in the metal of heating surfaces, which operate under complicated and heavy conditions, is essential for estimating the reliability of a steam boiler. In boilers operat ing on organic fu el , there are three differen t regions of heat transfer. The first region includes the heating surfaces (water walls) arranged in the furnace; they receive heat mainly by radiation. The most important factor of heat transfer in this region is the pattern of distribution of the heat flow along tho height of the furnace (see Fig. 20.2) and over the cross-sectional periphery of waterwall tubes (see Sec. 10.4). The second heat-transfer region comprises the semiradiant heaLing surfaces which are arranged in the boiler zone where radiation from gaseous vo-
lumes is still subst,anLial and the gas temperature is quite high (1 2008000C). This group of heating surfaces includes primarily platens and water walls in the horizontal duct of the furnace. The heating surfaces in the third reg ion receive heat mostly by convection. T his r egion has a r elatively low temperature of combustion products (800-900°C at tho inlet, to the convective shalt and up to 100-150°C at i Ls • outlet) and accommodates convective heating surfaces: an economizer, air heat er, and some superheater banks . These heating surfaces have a small Lube pitch, i .e. small spaces between tubes for Lhe passage of hot gases. Under such cond itions, the fraction of radiant heat transfer from combustion products onto t ubes is not high . In the steam generators of nuclear power st ations , Lwo r egions of heat transfer are usually distinguished. The first r egion includes the heating sur-
1U
10.1. Claulflcatlon of Heating and Cooling .Modes
faces arranged in the reactor core. The heat in the reactor is liberated due to nuclear fission in ·a very restricted volume around the pl ace where nuclear fission occurs. This makes it. possible to ass ume that practically all the heat released by tho core is concentrated in tho volume of fuel elements. The maximum amount of heat released, qmax• through the s1.1rface of fuel elements is in mid-height and the zero value (in the absence of reflectors), a t the end faces. Reflect ors can substantially equalize the intensity of heat released. In the second region, heat transfer takes place by convection at a moderate temperature of the heat-transfer agent (water, liquid metal or gas) . For instance, in a water-healed primary circuit, water Lem perature does not exceed 330-350°C (at a pressure of 13-15 MPa); in ci rcuits heated by liquid metal or gas, this temperature may be higher, up to 700-800°C. Under such conditions, ther e is no immediate danger of tube burn-out should the heat-Lransfer conditions worsen, but the durability of the heating surfaces' metal can be impaired and cause emergency situations. Present-day engineering has made possible the release of enormous quantities of heat in the boiler furnace or the core of a nuclear power reactor. Irrespective of t,he type of power plant, the beat released must be actively r emoved through heating surfaces. This is ensured by the motion of the working fluid at a definite velocity. The motion of the steam-water mixture, and therefore, cooling of the evaporating tubes of steam boilers and steam generators can be organized in a different manner (Fig. 10.1). In free-·c irculation plants , the steamwater mixture moves under the freecirculation head that appears when the tubes heat up. With an increase in load, tho mass fl ow rate at the inlet, to the evaporating tu bes first
c
c'
D/Dr
Fig. 10.i. Effect or boiler load on mass. velocity J - gravlly clrculntlon; t-mulliple forced c irculati on: J-c lrculotlon In once-through boiler; 4-comblned circulation
increases sharply to a maximum value and is then almost stabilized or oven decreases somewhat , since the increasing steam generation at. a high unit volume of steam results in an increased resistance of the Lubes (curve 1 in Fig. 10.1). In mul t iple forced circulat-ion plants, the circulation of the water and steam-water mixture in evaporating tubes is effected b y a circulation pump , so that the mass flow rate of the working fluid is almost constant irrespective of boil er load (curve 2). In once-through boiler plants, tl1e mass flow rate is proporLional to t he boiler load (curve 3). At a low load, the mass fl ow rate may turn out t<> be inadmissibly low and cause burnout of tubes. For this reason , load shedding is restricted to no less than 30% of the rated load. Curve 4 in Fig. 10.1 depicts the characteristic of a boiler plant in which tho motion of the working fluid is based on the principle of mulLiple forced circulation at low loads and on the once-through principle at high loads. When operating on the principle of mult-iple forced circulation, the mass flow rate is expressed by the sum of the ordinates ab- the mass flow rate corresponding to recircul ation through the steam-generating surfaces, and be- the mass flow rate in the economizer and superheater in once-through operation. With a chan-
Ch. 10. T empera ture Conditfons on Heating Surfaces
112
ge to the once-through operation, the cross section of a tube (noting the mass flow rate is the same in all that heat supply or heat r emov al may the heaLing surfaces of the water-steam b e uneven around the periphery of a path, the ordinate a' c'. Thus, the tube}. comb ined circulation system ensures adequate cooling of all the heaLing 10.2. Heat-transfer Crisis surfaces irrespective of the load. Acin Evaporating T ubes cordingly, fo rced-circul ation singleFor a g iven heat release intens ity, pass motion of water and steam takes place in the economizers and super- the temperature conditions on an evaporating tube are m ainly determiheaters. The thermal conditions in the Lubes ned by the steam content, mass flow of tho steam-water path of a steam rate and pressure of the flow . Various inadequate temperature conboiler or steam generator are established depending on the ratio between ditions which may appear in evapothe quantity of heat s upplied by the rating tubes can resu lt in a substanheat-trans[er agent \.o the outside tial rise in tho temperature of the surface and tho quantity of heat metallic tube wall which carl someremoved by tho working fluid from times cause tube burn-out. One should the inside surface. T he si multaneous differentiate between tho inad equate processes of heat rel ease and heat temperature condition s in bubble El ow removal ensure that any point of a and in disperse-annular flow . With bubble flow of a s team-water heating surface is in the necessa ry t herma l s tate and has a specific mixture having a moderate steam t emperature. The temperatures in va- content, a thick layer of liquid coveL"S rious points of a heating surface form the tube wall (Fig. 10.2a) and the what is called the temperature field . temp erature of the tube is maintained One can distinguish between a tem- at a substantially low level (section perature field along the motion of 1-2). Even with intensive heating, it t he working fluid, i.e. along the length exceeds the saturat ion temperature of tu bes (assuming that t hey are hea- only by a few tens of degrees. As th e working fluid moves and is ted uniformly around their periphery) and a temperatu re field across heated in t he tube, more and more J I
-,
f
f'
2
t - - - -- -
t'- - -
q,
gUll.LLLI.Lj.J.lll.UJJ
. .......... . ... .. . .' . . : . .. ' . .' .. . . .
•
.
,.
(a)
•
.
• t
q2rrrrrn""T"T"i-rrhrTTTTTT1rTTTTT"M u~~~~~~~~
• •
I
(h)
Fig. 10.2_ General pattern of temperatures in a steam-generating lube at (a) bubble Oow and (b) dispersed nnnular Oow of steam-water mixture
10.2. Heat-tran•fer Crl1ll In" Euapor4tlng Tabu
vapour bubbles appear on tho tube walls; they coal esce with .o ne another and may eventually form a continuous vapour film· which will separate the flowing liquid from the heated tube wall and thus sharply impair the conditions of heat transfer. T he effect of a sharp worsening of heat transfer on a change fro m bubble boiling to film boiling is called tho boiling crisis (burn-out conditton.~) and t he corresponding heating · ·t oad is called the critical load qcr· On occurrence of the boiling crisis (point 2), the layer of superheated steam at the heated wall becomes thicker, the heat-transfer coefficient drops down sh arply, resulting in a sharp rise in the wall temperature and often in burn-out of the t ube wall (point 3). These temperature conditions can occur in bubble flow if the heating rate of one of the evaporating tubes is t oo high and a thick layer of steam accumulates oo the superheated tube wall. In disperse-annular (wet-wall) flow, saturated steam with susp!:nded liquid droplets moves in the core of a tube and a water film flows along the tube walls (Fig. 10.2b). Without heating, the thickness of th e liquid film depends on the ratio between the flow rates of water and steam, the quantity of moisture t hat is separated from the flow core and wets the wall, and . the. quantity of moisture r emoved from the wall due to break-off and mechanical carry-off by the steam flow. In heated tubes, the intensity of heating has a strong ,additional effect on the thickness of•'"the water film. A continuous water fil m can still ensure proper heat removal from the heated surface and the wall tempeL·ature can be maintained at an allowable lovel (line 1 ' -2' ). In further heating, the water film becomes thinner owing to ev aporation and break-off, so that only a very thin fil m (micro-film) re mai_ns on the wall. Under a particular heating load, t he microfilm is destroyed and separated into individual islets and streaks whose Iiumbor 8 -01524
113
and size diminish in the course of further vaporization. T hus, a continuous steam layer forms at the wall, while the core of the flow contains ii slightly superheated steam with wator droplets whose concentration decreases gradually in the direction of the flow. Under such condit ions , water dro plets do not roach the tube walls. Besides, on entering a hotter zone of the tube they evaporate. Since vaporization is more intensive at the walls, the water droplots are repulsed from tube walls back into the steam flow. T:Jnder such conditions, heat transfer occurs through a continuous steam layer, i.e. the heat-transfer · c.oefficient decreases sharply and the wall temperature increases (poin t 2' in F ig. 10.2b}, resulti ng in a boiling crisis . In contrasl. to , the previously mentioned case of a boiling crisis at a mode1·ate steam content during a cbange· from bubble to "film boiling, this type of boiling crisis is caused by a · change fro m disperse-annular to disperse flow with a complet e drying out of the liquid film at a high steam content of the £low. This type of boiling crisis can even · take place at a · low h eating load and rel atively high .heattransfer coefficien t as th e liquid phase evaporates almost completely. Since the unit volume of steam is much higher than that of water, the linear velocity of the flow increases substantially. In a boiling crisis when the liquid fil m dries out, the temperature of the tube wall rises less significantly (line 2' -3'), as in tho former case. Boiling cris is in the one-sided heating of evaporating tUbes. We have discussed the mechanism of boiling crisis in an ascending flow of working fluid in vertical tubes heated u niform ly all over their periphery. l n modern powerful steam boilers, th~ main steam-generating surfaces nrc formed by furnace water walls which are unevenly h eated over their periphery. The distribution pattern of the heating load over the periphery of a water-wall tube is shown in
114
Ch. 10. Temperature CondLttons on Heating Surfaces
Fig. 10.3. Heat distribution in a smooth tube heated from one side
10.9: Temperature Conditions Along the Channel
ce-through boilers are shown in Fig. 10.4. In boilers of any type, the temperature of feed water in the economizer, t 1w, is raised to the saturation point (in the limit), so that the heat absorbed by evaporating tubes is almost fully spent on vaporizatioi;I, and the temperature of the steam-water mixture t' remains almost constant. In the superheater. the temperature of steam is further r aised to the rated value t ••. In the economizer section I, the temperature of the flow t1 and that of the tube wall, tt. are below the saturation temperature: t 1 < t' and· t 1 < t'. The thermo physical properties of water in the layer near the walL vary only slightly with temperature. Under such conditions, heat transfer is mainly governed by the laws of convection:
Fig. 10.3. The front side of the tube, which faces the furnace, is heated most intensively and the rear side, (10.1) least intensively. Uneven heating causes transverse circulation of the work- Where ing fluid from the less heated to the o:d Re - wp1d Pr - cptf.Lr u N 1,_'J..!' ! ~lf. ,,, more heated portions of the tube periphery; some heat is also transThe subscript 'f' implies that the· ferred by conduction in the metal wall. These two circumstances en- flow temperature is taken as the decihance the cooling effect of the working sive parameter. For straight channels,. fluid, thus retarding the appearance c = 0.023 . Heat exchange occurs at a temperaof a boiling crisis. For this reason, burn-out conditions in tubes that ture gradient M = t 1 - t1 = qlrzzare unevenly heated across their pe. riphery can appear at substantially /! 3 / J :... higher values of qcr than in those 1>:1 8,8'-.../ / ,-J -c >Sl < which are heated uniformly from all i \ sides. This means that one-sided heat1:>. . ing surfaces can be designed for more ~ . forced heating, q~~ > q~;· (see Fig. l>:t -c >I f-.rcr ' z 10.3). The allowable heating load 2~ J 'B.o' ·C AI to avoid a boiling crisis can also be • increased by artificial turbulization "== "== ,_ of the flow with helical inserts, screw ...., ..... f 1 threading of the internal surface of tss trw t' tubes, etc. (b) (a)
~~~
-
//
i
10.3. Temperature Conditions Along the Length of a Channel
Fig. i0.4. Temperature variations in the water-steam path of (a) drum-type and (b)· once-through subcritical-pressure boilers
Straight channels. Curves of temperatures in the water-steam path of subcritical-pressure drum-type and on-
1- economizer: 2-evaporating tubes ; J-superbeater· A-temperature or the working !luld ~ B-wall temperature or a drum-type boil er; B'wall t empe rature or a once-through boile r; C-ailowa ble metal tempera ture
In the economizer section, heat exchange between the wall and the water takes place at a low heating intensity (q ~ 5-10 kW/m2 ) and high values o[ the heat-transfer coefficient [a. = = 2-5 kW/(m 2 K)}, so that the wall temperature is only a few degrees higher than that of the water. In section II, the temperature of the flow t 1 is lower than t', while the wall temperature is higner than t'. This means that vaporizatfon (surface boiling) has already started on the wall. As steam bubbles are formed, they pass into the water flow and are condensed. In this section, the water flow is heated in the temperature range up to t'. This section too, belongs to the economizer, but the heat transfer in it is more intensive than in section I. As heat is further supplied, stable bubble boiling begins in the tube: t1 = t' and t 1 > t'. In this boiling zone (section I II), heat transfer takes place irrespective o[ the flow velocity (at velocities typical for steam boilers), but is determined by the heating intensity q and the thermophysical properties of the liquid and steam at the saturation line, which depend uniquely on pressure p. In the pressure range 0.4-16 .MPa, the heat-transfer coefficient in the zone of intensive boiling can be approximated by the empirical formula ~ . - 0 · 31•po.4sqo.7 (10.2) . '-"bo II • Heat transfer in this section takes place at a substantially high heattransfer coefficient [rz 2 = 50-100 2 kW/(m K)J, and therefore, the temperature of the tube wall only slightly exceeds the temperature of the flow even with very intensive heating, as is possible in high-forced furnaces of steam boilers without running the risk of scale deposition (see Sec. 10.4). Such conditions exist along the whole length o[ evaporating tubes in drumtype boilers (section III) where the mass steam content x at the outlet 1s rather low (less than 20%) due to the high circulation ratio. In once-
H5
through boil ers, the steam content varies along the length of the evaporating tubes in the range 0 < x < 1. In tube portions where x is relatively low due to extensive boiling, a 2 is rather high and can be calculated by formula (10.2). Under such conditions, t 1 is close to t'. ·· Beginning hom a certain steam content Xcr. which depends on pressure and heating intensity 1 th_e temperature of the wall rises st~;bstantial ly (boiling crisis associated with ' water film drying, see Sec. 10.2),, which is indicative of deterioration of the heat exchange conditions (section. IV). For this section, i.e , in the zone x > > X cr. or upon occurr~nce of a. .boiling crisis, it may be assumed with a good approximation that the coefficient of heat transfer from the wall to steamwater mixture (rz1 ) varies . roughly proportionally to the linear velocity of the steam-water mixture to the power of 0.8; a similar relationship may be assumed fr9~ the. coefficient of heat transfer t.o · dry saturated steam a*. Therefore:
'wm
•
•
t ••
(10.3)
'. Assuming that the steam-water mixture in the zone of deterioration of heat transfer moves as a homogeneous medium, the coefficient of heat transfer can be determined as for dry saturated steam whose average velocity is equal to the velocity of the mixture: '
Wm
-. = x Ul
'
'
p• +-,.. (1-x) p
(10.4)
The formula for a 1 in the . zones of deterioration of beat transfer has been proposed by Z. L. Miropolsky [61]. I t includes a correction factor y to account for inhomogeneity of the fluid in the zone at a steam content that is slightly less than unity: Nu1 = c (Re")o. spro · 8 t' '
• ]0 8 +f,(1-x) ·. y [
X _x
(10.5)
·H6
Ch. 10. Temp erature Conditions on Heating Surfaces
~vh ere
Nu1 =
i/
y :: 1 -0.1 (
I •
I
I
where Nu 0 is the Nussel t nu mber under isothermal conditions:
kW/(m21()
and Re" = (w:~ d
'The correction factor y, w hich de-pe•~ds on the steam content and p' /p • rat1o, can be found ily the empirical form ula:
~: - 1
r·"
oc 15 +-~ - ---
10
·u nder impairment 'of heat transfer conditions, the coefficient a. 2 is substantially lower than in intensive boiling, but is still sufficiently high to ensure reliable operation of the m etal of the heating surfaces at a properly selected mass lvelocity of the ilow (see Sec. 10.2). vVilh an increase in pressure, surface tension decreases , so that impairment of heat transfer occurs at a lower value of Xcr· T he same effect on Xcr has an increase in tho heating load (due to quicker ovaporaLion of moisture in the tubes). The boundary of the transition to .deteriorated heat-transfer conditions ·can move along the length of an eva-
~
5
(1 - x("
On atlaining a maximum, the te m·perat ure of the heated tubes decreases. 'T his is due to the fact that heat "transfer is mor~ in tensive with an :increase in l.he linear velocity of :steam in the zone where the liquid pl1ase is evaporated completely (section V). A t the boundary between sections IIf. and IV for drum-typo boilers or lf and VI for onco-tllrough. boilers, tile• mass steam con tent be-comes equal to unity (x = 1) and the •enthal py is i •, so that any further :supply of hoat results i11 steam super~ .heatiug. '· In all types of boilers, in tho super:hoater region (section VI), heat translfer to s uperheated s team again wor:sens and the temperature of the tube metal increases. In this region, the laws of convective heat exchange for a s ingle-pllase medium become valid .again - but for superheated steam we .have: (10.6) N u ,, = cR e.0 · 6p rl0·8
.
20
-......
' 0
t
Fig. 10.5. Wall and flow temperatures in the water-steam path of a supercriti calp ressure boiler 1- tl ow temperature; 2- wnll temperature al low q;
HT
10.3. ·r emperatarc Conditions Along .the Channel
3-Wnll temperature at high q
porating tube d epending on certa in operating factors. T he metal at that boundat·y is subjected to temperature ch anges which may cause thermal fatigue. The amplitude of tempet·ature variations can be decreased by I imiting the temperature g•:adient between the in ternal wall Of a t ubo and the flow in the transition region (6.t :s;;;; ,s;;;; 80°C}. This is attai ned by maintaining a sufficientl y high flow velocity. Curves of the temperature variatio ns of the flow and tube wall in a vertical once-through circuit o[ supercritical pressure at various heating intensities are shown in Fig. 10.5. The entire region of steam generation cart be divided into three h eat-transfer regions: I or I' -water preheating; II or [['-pseudo-boiling; and IIIsteam Superheating. [n l'egiOil f , tho temperature oE the fl ow and woll at a given pressure is below the temperature of conditional phase transition, tph· The thermophysical prope.·ties of the working fluid in t he boundary layer on the wall vary only slightly. UndeL· such cond itions, h eal, Lransfer is governed by convection and can be calculated by formula (10.1). The wall temperature in r egion I increases slowly, following v adations in l,he flow temperature.
.....-::
/,.... ......
!;
v
""""~ t'<
J
\ 4
8
Rc,Prt N u 0 = ------=~-=----
I
2
1.07 -l- 12.7
!'...
5 2000
Other quan liLies needed fo1· the cal cul ation: Gr is the :G t·ashof number:
JrJ/Irg
I
Fig. 10.6. Effect of the working fluid enthalpy and of heat flux on the }teat-transfer coefficient at supercritical pressure P - 24 MPa, wp = 700 kg(m' s); q, k\V/m': 350; 2-520; 3-64 0; 4-7 50; S- 870
J-
ln region II, the temperature of the flow remains lower than tp 1., but the temperature of the wall is higher th an tp 1, . For this reason, the tbermophysical properties in the boundary layer and in the main fl ow may differ substantially (see Sec. 9.5) resulting in the features s pecific to the heat transfer in that region : heat transfer is intensified at low values of q (line 2 in Fig. 10.5) and, on the con trary, is impaired at high values of q (line 3). Figure 10.6 shows the effect of q on a. 2 in the phase transition region. As may be seen , a. 2 has a maximum at a low q and decreases to a minimum at higher values of q. With a decrease in the flow velocity or an increase in the heating load, the region of unit enthalpies typical of the im paired beat tr ansfer becomes larger. Ats'upercritical pressures, heat transfer in this region is caused by two m ain factors: tho effect of varying properties of the fl ow on the processes of turbulent mass exchange and the appearance of noticeable thcrmogrnv itational forces (free convection). Th errnogravilutional forces can be characterized by the ratio Gr/Re 2 . At Gr/Re2 < 10 - 2 , the effect of free convection ca n be neglected and boat transfer in a vertical ascending flow can be calcul ated by the formula proposed by V.S. Protopopov:
Nu, =- Nu 0
(.2_)n (_E_I_ )"' c ,t PJ . 1
(Pr2f'-1)
(10.8) l
IJOO
V{
(10.7)
Cr -
g
(Pt -r.~!l'!:. . VJPt
~ is the coefficien t of hydraulic resi-
s
stance, = (1.82 log Re - 1.64) - 2 ; cp is the mean specific henl.: -c
It - it - _..:.......__,_ p -
It -
It
is the specific heat of the flow~. and Pt and p 1 arc the How density at. the flow temperature and wall temperature, respectively. The exponents' n and m can be foun d by empiricaL formulae. At Gr/Re 2 = 1 0 -~-0.4, the contribution of gravitational forces is large· and heat transfer deteriora tcs owing: to a partial degeneration of the turbu-lence in an ascending flo w. For such• condi tions , the calculation should be· corrected for the effect of free convection, i.e. for Lhe ratio Gr/ Re 2 • The conditions described by curve 3. (see Fig. 10.5) can ap pear at q > · qt,. at a given value wp or at qlwp >> lq (wp)Jb 122). In region III, the temperature of' the flow exceeds t 1, 11 and heat transfer is governed b y the laws for superheated steam [formula (10.6)]. Bent channels. T he tubing of a boiler· or steam generator has straight tubular portions and numerous tube bends , such as bent tu bcs in cylindrical cyclone primary furna ces , coi led tubebanks in nucleat· steam generators, bends in multi-p ass sections of water wall, bent tubes around burner ports m a nholes, etc. ' Tlto motiou of flui ds in bent channels can be characterized by the appenl'ance of centrifugrll forces directed towards the outsid e of a beud. The· cp 1
i20
Ch. 10. Tempuatu.rc ·Conditions on Heating Surface.s
at that point should t)le heating . be uniform with a heat flow qmnx· . Non-uniformity of the temperature field is most essential for horizontal tubes of subcritical-pressure plants and also for tubes of any orientation of supercritical plants in zones where the working fluid has a high heat capacity. At supercritical pressures, the thermophysical properties of the \\rorking fluid may substantially change in a rather narrow temperature range (Fig. 9.6). In vertical heated tubes, this may result in a density gradient along the radius and the formation of a zone of lower density and lower conductivity near the heating surface whose temperature is naturally higher. This can lower the intensity .of heat transfer and worsen the temperature conditions on the heating surface. In horizontal tubes of a diameter more than '15-20 rom,. even if h eated uniformly over the periphery, in Lernal heat transfer in the upper portion is much worse than in the lower, which is due to asymmetry of the mixture flow under the effect of gravitational forces. F or this reason, the range of deteriorated heat transfer is larger in horizontal tubes than in vertical. In inclined tubes, even when heated uniformly over the periphery, unsymmetrical two-phase flow can also appear under certain conditions, resulting. in poor beat transfer in the top portion of a tube. Thus, the region of deteriorated heat transfer is l arger in inclined tubes than in vertical, but smaller than in horizontal tubes. At subcritical pressures and separated flow of the working fluid, heat transfer is unsymmetrical and the temperatures on the upper and lower surfaces of tubes are different (Fig. 10.9). Heat transfer at the upper tube surface, where the wall temperature is close to the saturation point, is worse than at the lower surface. This is associated with particular conditions of two-phase flow in horizontal tubes where the flow can be separated
10.4. Temperature Conditions around Periphery of Channel
For a ,platen wall, the. t.emperatur& of a fin root 'is found froui the formula
180" 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6
I
2
......... qfurl' =0.2!! /7 ~~ 0.42 ./ /I ,\ VI
~
0.5,2{10
(1! ~) J
\ "--._0.53./ I "0.84 / 1600
v
'(10.16)
2fl01l t.lrJ/Ir!!
3 o 9o tou 27fl Jofl" An!lle from lower· line of tube
Fig. 10.9. Overheating of the upper surface of a horizontal tube with a separated flow inside, relative to its lower surface J-p
= 11 MPa;
Z-p =
1 B MPa; 3-p = 22.4 MPa'
by gravitational forces (see Sec. 9.3). Waves which form on flow separation can periodically splash onto the over., heated wall. Repeated water splashes cause a sharp cooling of the tube wall. Temperature variations in Ute metal can cause fat igue phenomena. For this reason, in free-circulat ion boilers, which are characterized by low velocities of flow in evaporating tubes, horizontal tubes are not heated. In once-through boilers, flow velocities are substantially higher, and therefo-. re, flow separation does not occur within a v,rider range of heating loads. The superheating /:;.t of the upper portion of a tube relative to i ts lower portion (upon flow separation) can be somewhat diminished by increasing, the thickness of the tube wall and • the heat conductivity of the tube metal, which causes heat to spread thr~>Ugh the tube metal. At supercritical pressures, the wor-. king fluid can separate in horizontal tubes by density in the vertical direction. For th is reason, under identical conditions, Lhe temperature of the upper portion of a horizontal tube turns out to be higher than the wall temperature of a vertical tube. The ratio a.h";,~/a ocr depends on the enthalpy of the flow and the parameter q/wp (Fig. 10.10). F inned tubes. As has been given earlier, under id en tical conditions the
Fig. 10.10. Ratio a~~Javer at supercritical pressUJ'e (p = constant)
heating load near the front wall on a smooth and a finned tube is roughly the same. This makes it possible to calculate the wall temperature on the front surface of finned tubes of water walls (equal one-sided heating of parallel tubes) as for smooth tubes [see formula (10 ..12)1. To estimate the reliability of the tube metal, it is essential to know the temperature of metal at the tip of fins . According to (14], with a symmetrical temperature . field (the same diameter of welded tubes and the same temperatures of working fluid and h eat -transfer coefficients a 2 in the tubes), the temperature at the tips of the fins can he found from the formula: (10.13) The coefficient lew considers the effect of welded seams; this can be taken from reference data. The temperature gradient between the root and tip of a fin can he found as: (10.14)
where A is the coefficient of the fin shape depending on the geometrical characteristics hlbr and b11br of fins (to be taken from reference data) . The t emperature in the root of the fin s of a furnace water wall can be expressed by the formula: 1.
tr = t}l + ~J.Lrqmax [ a 2
+ Am (1~~) fit
121
J
(10.15)
When it is essential to obtain the· mass velocity of the flow, use is often made of multi-pass hydraulic systems in t.he form of individual banks or sections connected in series so that, as the working fluid [lows through them, its temperature· and . enthalpy gradually increase. 011 the qther hand,. these sections are arranged in parallel relative to the heat-transfer· agent (combustion products), so that each of them absorbs roughly the sam& quantity of heat. Under such conditions, an unsymmetrical tern perature field can appear in the extreme tubes of adjacent sections. If these tubes are welded together, as is done in gas-tight water walls, the temperature difference between connected fins can give rise to appreciable temperature stresses, sometimes causing fracturing in the welded sections. Temperature asymmetry in gas-tight (membrane) walls creates the problem of proper temperature distribution in such walls. The problem is solved by applying the superposition principle: with a number of external actions. it is assumed that their effects can be added together. The quantity of heat absorbed by a finned tube c,:onsists of two components: the heat absorbed in the cylindrical portion (from the front point to the fin root) and the heat absorbed in the fin proper. Each of these portions has a particular tempera Lure field which can be added together to obtain the total temperature field of a finned tube. P roblems with temperature symmetry (Fig. 10.11a) are solved by assuming that the heat absorbed by the· connecting piece between two tubes is distributed evenly between the tubes, and that the maximum of temperature is in the middle of the piece.
1.22
Ch. 10. Temperature Condition s on Heating Surfaces
0
Tubef
i!t =t,.,-Lr
• Tube2 t'
10.5. Heat Exchange In Steam Generators
0
H (a)
(a)
'L( l
s(IJ/tf
1
\ j· }r..
mH ( -m H II l~ig.
' {h)
10.11. Temperature distribution in n
connecting piece
t< 1l - t< 2l; (b) nsymmclricnl cond itions. t< 1 l > t< 1 >
h -......:...,
I
Y \
s(2)/lf
.
//Jjd
-<~ "
.
0
"'1 '/(
{<>) lbcrmnl symmetry ,
With Lam perature asymmetry (Fig. 10.11b), Lhe temperature maximum is shifted towards the tube with a lower temperature level, so that the distribution of heat between the tubes will be uneven: it will be divided in proportion to tho length of the piece from the point of the highest temperature to a particular tube, i.e. mH for the tube at a higher temper ature and (1 - m) H for that at a lower temperature, where m is the coefficient of displacement of the temperature maximum; its calculations can be found in reference book~ [141. Temperature conditions in a finned tube arc determined by its thermal and geometrical parameters . In Fig. 10.12, typical temperature fields are shown in terms of excessive temperatures, i.e. tempet·ature differences between t he metal and the working fluid, for a developed half-tube. For all tho curves shown, it is typical that tho highest temperature is in the front zone <>f a tu ho a nd at the tip of fins. Betw een these points, the tomperat1.1re decreases monotonically from the front point to tho fin root, then rises sub-
Fig. 10.12. Temperature distribution over the outer surface of a finned tube of water wall (a) at different values of internal hentt~ansfer coefficient a 2 (cd < ai < al); (b) at different relative pitch s/d (s 1 > s~ > s3) stantially c1t the fin tip and again decreases from the fin tip to the rear side of the tube. The effect of deposits on temperature conditions on heating surfaces. We h ave discllSSed temperature conditions on clean (deposit free) heating surfaces. S1.1ch conditions can be en- • sured by proper organization of the processes of steam generation. On the other hand, in boiler operation there is almost always a potential danger that deposits will form from impurities whi ch are presen L, in a d isso I ved or susp ended state, in water (see Chs. 14 and 15). When deposits are present on the inner surface of tubes, th e wall temperature is found from the formula: 1 1 t~n=tfz +qin(...!...+ ~' " ') as r!cp
(10.17)
With a larger thickness Odcp of the deposited layer and with a lower hea t conductivity 'J..dcP• the thermal re-
123
which always takes place over the cross section of the core (especially with intensive heating which is typical o£ nuclear reactors), the differences in the flow rates of the working fl1.1id in the cells and over the periphery of rods may result in different unit heaL absorp tion dq/d (wp) (per unit flow rate of the coolant) and the appearance of temperature gradients between the rods. Since there is no active turbulent mass exchange of the fluid through the narrow spaces between the rods in t he cells, the velocity field of the working fluid may be distorted oven more by deformation (bonding) of the rods undel' the action o[ temperature gradients. The critical heat flow at which detodorated conditions of heat transfer can appear on heating surfaces deponds on the following principal factors : steam content x , mass velocity wp, and pressure p. For a system of parall el channels in a boiling reactor, these parameters are average if each of the channels receives the same quantity of the working fluid, so that Lhe 10.5. Heat Exchange in Steam heat transfer crisis in rod bundles Generators of Nuclear Power Stations is qualitatively the same as in evapoThe unit heating load on the surface rating tubes, but the quantitative <>f fuel elements is quite high (1 000 relationships turn out to be substankW/m 2 or even more). This circum- tially different. Considering all the st ance makes the appearance of poor geometry specifics of rod assemblies cooling conditions in fuel elements and Lhe condi tions of their operation, differences in unit heat release or heat very probable. The steam-genet·ating channels of absorption can result in differences in nuclear reactors have an intricate sha- the flow rate wp and steam content x. pe. In reactor construction, wide uso Since qcr is a decreasing function of is made of heating surfaces in the form x, a boiling crisis is more likely to of bundles of heat-releasing rods bet- occur in the space between tubes at ween which the heat-transfer agent a lower limiting steam content than in tubes. flows in a longitudinal direction. Various types of flow whirlers are The geometry of chan nels formed b etween the rods may have a signi- mounted in tho outlet section of a reacficant effect on the hydrodynamics of tor channel to increase its power ; t he working flu id: the flow rates thro- they are often made integral with ugh the cells of a rod bundle may turn spacers. Under the effect of whirlers, out to be different or the velocity of water droplots are thrown from the the working fluid may vary over tho flo\v core onto the walls and replecross section of a cell; this may result nish the moving liquid film on the in the formation of diffori ng cooling walls . Thus, a boiling crisis caused by conditions over the periphery of Lhe Liquid film drying is delayed and at rods. With uneven heat absorption, the outlet the steam-generating reac-
sistance across the wall to the working fluid is higher, and thus, .the wall will have a higher temperature. The conduct ivity of deposits depends on the composition of impurities in the water and may vary within very wide limits-from 0.1 to 0.5 W /(m K) for mineral deposits and u p to 3-5 WI /(m K) for ferric oxides. Since the conductivity of deposits is substantially lower than that of the metal, even slight deposits, in a · layer of <>nly a few fractions of a millimetre, in the tubes of water walls, which are heated quite intensively, can raise the wall temperature to a value that is inadmissible for reliable operation <>f the t ube metal. Since d eposi t.s grow gr adually during boiler operation, t h is circumst ance limits the continuous operation of a plant. For this reason, one of t he most essential problems in boiler operation is to prevent or restrict the formation of deposits on the steam-water side of heating surfaces (for more detail see Ch. 15).
I
124
tor can operate at a Jaigh er s team content. I n steam generators operating in combination with pressurized water-cooled reactors or sodium-cooled fast-neutron reactors, during evapora tion the working fl uid passes through the same stages as in organic-fuel steam boilers . The only point of significance is that deteriorated heat tra nsfer in the steam generators of nuclear reactors does not involve failure of th e apparatus, since the temperature of its elem ents cannot exceed that of th e heat- tr~n s[er agent. However, . an increase m the length of the boiling cris is zone, where th e i nlcnsity of heat transfer is low (sec Sec. 10.2), r esults either in an increase in the steam generator size or in a loss o[ its capacity .
Moreover, the wall in the zone of liquid film drying is a lternately washed with liquid and steam, causingtemperatu re pulsations in the wall (which can be quite substantia l in. liqu id-metal heating) a nd varying stresses in the m etal, which can resu lt ifr tube cracking. All these phenomena arc probablein steam generators where the workingfluid mo ves in the narrow cells of a channel or in chann els of a substAntial length. - On the other hand, boiling crisis in the reactor core is extremely dangerous. To prevent i ls occunencc iu wat er-moderated water-cooled power reactors, th e heal-transfer agent of th o- . primary circuit. has a tom pornl.u re a few tens of degrees below th o hoi ling point (subcooling margin) .
125
11:1. Classification of Open Hydraulic Sydem1
Ch. 11. Hydrodynamics of Op en Hydrazlllc _S ystems
•
•
Heating surfaces '
. ..
..•
.
plalen-lgpe
ra diant
convective
.
.. I • I I
v . v· I/ \_i ._~ ~
.
B .
\
'
\
\
.
~
'(b)
"
•
I
l
F F
' 'I •
--
(ti}
(C)
'
' n
(h)
(g )
~~
I
l
~
••
(a) I
-
'-
\_ j
6
'
I
(i)
F
I
. (l)
F
t
'
.
•
(m}
{j)
{k)
(f)
feJ
Fig. 11.1. Principal types of hydrau lic circuits with forced motion o[ the working fluid ( a) horizon tally wound water wall tubes; (b) vertica l nrrnnl!Cment of water wa ll tubes; (c) U-sbaped water wa ll : (d) N-shaped water wall;(<) multl-pa'l.• water wnll witll vcrli cul tubes; (f) mulli-pa_ss wa ter wall with hor izontal tubes; (g) L-shaped platen: (h) double L-sllaped platen: (i) horizontal platen: (J) U-sbaped platen; ( k ) multi-pass vertica l platen; (I) vertica l convection bank; (m) horizontal con'l'eclion bank
HYDRODYNAMICS OF OPEN HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS 11.1. Classification of Open Hydraulic Systems The principal cliagrams of open hydraulic circu its in heating surfaces are sh own in Fig. 11.1. In any circuit the r eliabl e oporaliou of the steam~ generating channels depends substantially on stability of mot ion, i. e. a s table flow rate of the \vorld ug flu id through parall el tubes anct channels . Under parti cula r condi lions (pressure, mass velocity, cuthalpy of the wo rking flu id a t th e inl et heating intensity) a nd depending o~ the design of th o s tcam-generati ug channels. uns table motio n of the work ing fluid (i.e. with a variable flow rate) can appear in them. One must distinguish, b etween static a nd dynamic instabi-
liLy. S ince instability, per so, is a dynamic process, tho term 'static inst ability' is rather cond i tiona!. Under statica lly unstable conditions, the fl ow . rates through various tubes (channels) are different and may vary in limo with an apprecialJle hequ ancy. Th o flow rate in individual tubes may turn out to beinsufficient to ensure proper healtransfer conditions. Varying conditions of cooling of t he t.uLes aud variations of the wall temperature may cause ther mal fatigue of the metal. Jn som e cases, especially in operntion at, variable or off-design loads, dynamic (or oscillating) insta bility of motion appears in lh e for m of excessive flow pulsations which lead to variable flow r ate of the worki ng fluid .
.
.
.
d ecreased cri tical heating load, cyc- 11..1a), the length L of a single tube may be as high as a few hundred melic temperatu..re variatio ns in the heatres and tho tube has a large number t ed walls a nd, as a fi nal result, to of bends and therefore, a high hydrauemergency situations. lic resistance D.p hr· The hyd rostatic Out of all the causes or hydraulic component D.p,. of the total pressure i nstability, and therefore, of maldigradient in such a circuit is not large s trib ution of heat , special attention in view of the small heigh t of the s hould be g iven to the effect o[ a n circuit compared with the length u nsteady hydrodynamic cltaractorisof the developed tube, i.e. H « L. t ic, flow pulsat ions and hoadet'S on T ho resistance due to flow accelera; he distribution oE the flow between tion 11Pac is also not large, especially [) arallel tubes. The pressure grad ient at a high pressure. Therefore, t.he n _heated tubes can be represented as total pressure gradient in a circuit the sum D.p = 11Ptr D.p, 'D.P ac± ± D.ph (see Sec. 9.4). Combining t ho with horizontal or slightly inclined tubes is mainly determined by the h yd raulic resistances in a si nglo torrn, hydraulic resistance: 11p1, 'D.p 1 = flp 1.,, we obtain: D.p = 11Phr -1- 11Pac ± flp,, (1.1.2) . (11.1) B oiler circuits w ith ver tical ascenIn o nce-through boilers with hori- ding or ascending-descending motion zontal or slightl y inclined lubes (Fig. of tho working fluid (Fig . 11 .tb to e)
+
+
+'
•
126
Ch . 11. H ydrodynamics of Open Hydraulic Systems
.dp
t!p 0
2' I' 2
11
Fig. H .2. Hydraulic characteristics: stable, (2) unstable
(1)
are charac terized by a s mall number of passes, and therefore, by a relatively short tubes and low number of bends. Tho hydraulic resistance of such circuits is low. The hydros ta tic head in v ertical tubes, however, makes up a substantial portion of the total pressure gradient, especially at low loads when the contributio n of th e hydraulic res is tance is subs tantially lower. Thus, !::,.p = !::,.p hr
±
!::,.ph
{11.3)
The ratio between !::,.p ilr and !::,.ph in the total pressure gradient may have a vital effect on the hydraulic stability of the flow in straight-flow elements. The hydraulic s tability of flow is described by the hydraulic characteristic which gives -the total pressure gradient !::,.p as a function of the flow rate G of the working fluid: !::,.p = f (G). If all tubes in an element are of the same diameter , the hydraulic characteristic is a fu nc tion of the mass velocity: !::,.p = f (wp). The hydraulic characteris tic is u nambiguous if a particular to tal pressure gradient in the tube system has only one corresponding flow rate of the working flu id {curve 1 in Fig. 11 .2), and ambigt1ous if the same total pressure gradient can appear at two or more differen t flow rates {curve 2.) The hydraulic characteristic may b ecome ambiguous on a change i n the thermophysical properties of the working fluid, s ay, the unit volum e, which may be caus ed by a change from one flow ra te to anothe r (see S ec . 11.2) or u nder the effect of hydrostatic
11.2. Hydrod ynamic Stability of Flow In Horizontal Tubes
head {see Sec. 11. 3). The s ituation is complicated oven more by the fact t hat the effect of hydrostatic h ead in ascending and descending motion of the working fl uid is different. All this results in i ntri cate analytical relationships which are represented gra phically fo r each particular object: hyd raulic circuit , geom e Lrical pa rame ters of th e tube system , pressure, entha lpy of the working fluid at the inle t , etc. The hydra ulic operation of a ny circuit is de~cribed by its hydraulic ch aracteristic. H owever, becaus e of Lhe above-m entioned s pecifics of hydraulic s ystems with horizontal unc.l ver tical t ubes, t heir hydra ulic characteris tics will b e anal yser! separately. 1 1.2. llydrodynamic Stabilit y of Flow in Horizon tal Evaporating Tubes The decisive factor that determines the hydraulic characteristic of evaporating tubes is the temperature of the fluid at the tube inlet. It may be equal or close to the saturation temper a ture at the pressure at the tube inlet, t 1n ~ t', or be substantially lower than that temperature, t 1, < t'. If a tube is s upplied with subcooled water, st eam generation begins not immediately at fts inlet, but a certain dis tance downstream. The whole' length of the tube can then be divided into two portions: tho economizer portion and the evaporating portion {Fig. 11.3), their lengths being determined by the ratio between the heat rel"ase and flow rate of water.
c
UQ;i 0
t in
v';i';:r=O
x= :"
v;c;ix;:r"
t t t t t t h ley
lee
l
Fig. 11 .3. Vari ati ons of the working .fluid param eters in a heated tube a t tin < t'
For the same heat release rate, an increase in the water flow rate in·creas es the length of the economizer p ortion . while shortening that of the evaporating portion, which is associated with a lower quantity of s team produced by the heated tube. If a tube has an economizer portion {Fig. 11.3), we have:
{11.4) Tho unit volume of the working fluid in the economizer and evaporating portions is different. The lengths of these portions are different too. The unit volume of water varies only slightly along the economizer portion, and therefore, we have:
-
v0 + v'
2
{11.5)
-
In the evaporating portion, the unit volume of water changes sharply, and it is reasonable to take its mean value in calculations. For tubes that are heated uniformly along their le ngth, quite accurate results are obtained by assuming a linear law of variation of the steam content in the flow, and therefore:
-Veo = V '+
z(v· - rl) 2
{11.6)
With uniform heating, the heating load per m e tre of tube length, q 1 = = Qll, is constant. The length of the economizer portion will then be found as lee =
(i' - io)
QG l =
lH,ub (wp) f
(11. 7)
ql
and the length of the evapora ting portion: (11.8) Subs tituting Vee • z•• , Veo • and z•• into equation {11.4) and arranging the terms according to the powers of (wp), we obtain the cubic equation:
D. p = A (wp) 3
-
B {wp)2
+ C {wp) {11.9)
127
where
A=
~ (v" - v')
t.t!ubf
4dqt r
B = ifr[t.i~ub (v• - v')-v']
(11.10} (11.11)
and
C=
~ (v• -v') l2ql
4jdr
(11.12)
If there is no water subcooling at the inle t of an evaporating tube, !::,.i,ub = i' - i 0 = 0 and the coefficient A turns to zero and B changes. s ign. Equation (11.9) then takes the f o m: !::,.p = B {wp) 2 C {wp) {11.13)
+
i.e. it is a quadratic equation which expresses unambiguously tho hydraulic characteristic. Equa tion (11.9) is the equation of the hydraulic cha racteris tic of a n evaporating tube at !::,.i•ub > 0, i.e. in the presence of economizer portion. In this case, the h yd ra ulic charac teristic is described by a cubic equation whose solution can have either one· real and two imagin ary roots , or all three real roots. I n the former case, th e characteristic !::,.p = f (wp) has neither extrema nor common points with a h or izontal tangent {curve 1 in F ig. 11 .2) and is unambiguous, since any value of pressure gradient !::,.p has only one corresponding flow rate of the working fluid, wp. In the latter case, the characteris tic has an inflec-· tion point a nd two extrema; it is ambiguous, since any value of pressure gradient !::,.p has three corresponding different flow rates {curve 2). Ambiguity of the hydraulic characteristic will become clear from the following r easoning. For the same h eatrelease rate, as the flow rate of water s ubcooled ur1der the saturation point increas es, the volume v elocity of the mixture is not increased, but decreased . An increased flow rate of subcooled water leads to an increase in the le ngth of the economizer portion and in the quantity of heat spent for b eating the water to boiling . Accor-
128
11.2. H11d rodynamlc Stability of Flow in 1/orlzontal 1'ubcs
Ch. 11. Hydrodynamics of Open Hydraulic Systems
JJp
129
4p
IU')'
4
Fig. H .5. Region of the hydraulic characteristics of a tube producing steam-water mixture
lt!Cf
l
Fig. 11.4 . Effect of the flow rate of subGOo led water in a steam-generating tube on flow velocity at tube outlet 1-11- wnter now rates
I
0~------------~~
0
dingly, the re remains less h eat available for evaporation, and therefore, tho velocity at tho outlet decreases s ubs tantia lly {Fig. 11.4). This continues until the evaporating portion disappears in the tube. As soon as steam generation is interrupted, a further increase in the flow rate of water causes a proportional rise of the velocity along the whole length of the tube, and therefore, a change in the hydra ulic resis tance of the path. As the w a ter flow ra te increases, t he hydraulic resis tance of the economizer portion, !:.Pee• increases while that of the evaporating portion , t:.p •• , decreas es . Depending on t he ratio between !:.Pee and t:.p •• , t ho to tal hydraulic resistance of the path may either increase or d ecreas e with an inc rease of the load in a pa r t icular ra nge of flow rates , resulting in t he hydraulic characteris tic being either unambiguous (steady-s tate) or ambig uous (uns teady-state). L et us consider the hydraulic c haracteristic of a once- through element, which bas three real roots by equation (11.9), see Fig. 11.5. At v ery low flow rates of water, (wp) < (wp), and s uperheated s team will form at a g iven heat release rate , since the path
has neither an economizer nor evaporating portion, bu t is essentially a superheater along its whole length. At very high flow rates of water, (ri.lp) > (wp)w, the available heat is insufficient to heat the water to the s aturation point , there is no s team generation , and t he whole pa th is essentially an economize r which d elivers w a ter. For those extre me cases, the hydra ulic ch arac te ristic is described by the p arabolic equation:
b.p =
S (wp)2 2
l)
(11 14)
As follows fr om this equa tion, with the same mass v elocity o'f the flow , the resistance to the motion of ·steam is greater thari tha t to tho motion of water, Since V 1 is greater than V w • If a s team-water mixture forms in the path [the range of flow rates (wp). < (wp) < (wp)wl. the characteristic may become uns table and the flow rates ma y v ar y, so that a steam~ water mixture with widely different s team contents will be delivered periodicall y . S ome of t hese steam contents m ay turn out to be excessive for the give n heat release rate, meaning that the cooling of the tubes will become unreliab le. An unstable h ydr aulic charac teristic can result in differe nt flow rates through individual parallel tubes that are connected to a com mo n heade r. A m ore dangerous s i tua t i on , however, r~sults when the flow r a te through a tube c ha nges. For th e same heat re-
Fig. 11 .(). Effect o[ pressure on tll'e sta bility of hydra ulic charac teristic {P1 < P 2 < P 3 )
lease r a te, t his can cause t emperature varia tions in the tube wall and the a ppearance of critical fa tig ue s t resses and , eventuall y, d amage of the evapora ti ng tubes . Sin ce t he ambiguous hydraulic characte ris tic is mainly due to a l a rge d ifroronce between the u nit volumes of wntor a nd steam, a n incr·ease in pressuro can ma ke th e ch a rac teris ti c more s ta ble and tho motion of the wo rking fl uid more stead y-s late {F ig. 11. 6). As noted earlier, i nstability of t he hydL·a ulic characteris ti c is associated with the presence of an economizer po r·l ion in a tube. F or this reason , wi th a hig her degree of water s ubcooling a t t ile tube inle t , the ch aracteris tic is less s ta ble (Fig. 11.7). On th e o the r ha nd, if s t:ilicooling is decreased by rais ing the in le t te mpe rature c lose to . t', another proble m ma v result: as tho s team-water mix t.m·e enters the inle t header of a bank of evapora ting t ubes, i t will be separated into steam .tlp
~ig.
11 .7 . Elfcct of water 6ubcooling a t the •!llct of a steam-generating tu be on the slabilt ly or hydrauli c characteristic (p ~ consla nt) 9- 0 1524
Fig. 11.8. Tra nsfo rma t ion of an unsta ble hydraulic charac terist ic into stabl e by throttling subcoolcd water fl ow
a nd wa ter in t he header , so that some tubes will rece iv e more wa ter and less steam than othe rs, i.e. the flow r ates of water and s team in them will be sharply different and uncontrolla ble; this can lead to overheating, and even bur:n-throng h of tho ev apera ting tubes whic h a rc hea ted q uite intensively i n t he boiler furnaces. For the a bove reasons, once-through boilers are made with a non- boiling economizer section. N o-boiling conditio ns m ust be ensured no t onl y a t the r a ted load, but also in ope ration under nny load and with any kind of fu el for which the boiler has been designed. An unstable hyd raulic characteristic can be stabilized by introducing a n addition al res is ta nce in tho economizer portio n of the hydraulic s ystem, which will va ry by a parabolic law depend ing on the flow r ate of t he wo rking fl uid . As s hown in F ig. 11.8 , tho initial a nd the addi.tion al charact.e ri s ~i c a1·e added graphically so that t he resul Ling characteristic is stable. T he hydra\Jlic resistance of t he econom izer portio n is us ually increased by two me thods: by increas ing its resistance locally (moun t ing a n orifice plate) or at a n app reciable l en ~th (providing a s tepped tube) . "' Orifice pla tes. Orifi ce plates produce a pressure g radien t proport ional to the sq uaro of the flow r ate of t he s ingle-phase fl uid tha t passes t hroug h
Cll . 11. llydrodyllllmtcs of Open Hydraulic Systems
132 '-int
dp
1
u
'f.dphr
-tJ i
4i
\.
2
' In
obtain the hydrostatic head 'Ztlp 1, in a IT-sh aped section. The total hydraulic characteristic of a n-shaped section 'Ztlp = 'l:, tlphr + Li:!.ph {1'1.19}
ItJp "' rtJPnr ' '£Lip11
2 ioul
0 (a)
LJpf"
- 4p
u (6)
---- - ,v;o
l in
Fig. 11.1 3. Hydraulic cliamctcri s ti c of a ll-sbaped heated tube ~ i - J u• n t
:.hsorrltio n hy the tul>P
elemcn~
'I
I
in which enth alpy i 1n 1 var ies according to tho flow rate at a given heat release. With a smaller ~low. rate of the '~orking fluid, itnt 1s h•gher (curve I m F ig. 11.13b), so that the enthalpy of the working fluid sharply increases in th e descending element of the tube (curve II), especially in the outlet portion. With a decrease in the flow rate, this results in an essential decrease in the flow density and, accordingly, in the hydrostatic component tlp~"' . ·, ·; Adding together the h ydrostatic components fo r the ascending an d deseending element, tlp/!" and 6.1."' , we •
4p
t
llmhi!J.UOUS
lin lout
reg1011
o~~~=====~wp ~ r.tJp, - 4p
------~Lipf"
l:i g . 11.11t . H ydrau lic chamclerislic U-shaped heated tube
of
11
may be ambiguous in a wide range of flow ruLes of the working flu id {Fig. 11.13a). F ig ure 11.14. shows the total hydr aulic characteristic and its components for a U-shaped section, which has been constructed according to the method discussed above. Tho hydraulic resistances in tho ascending and descending branches arc positive aHd are thus added together ('l:,tlph,)· T he hydrostatic component in the descending branch, 6p1.''", is negative and tho enthalpy of flu id at the inlet to this hranch, i in, is assumed to be constant and independent of the flow rate . The beginning of th e ascendincr motion coincides with tho end of th~ descending motion. The hvdrostatic componen t of tho asccndin.g moti on is positive, but the en thalpy at the inlet to the ascending portion (in the point of transition from descending to ascending flow), i 1n, is dependent on the flow rate. A t low flow rates ' i ;n t is high and the density of th o fluid is low, which l1 as a retarding effect on the rise of the hydrostatic head with the increasing flow rate, in t h at zone. Only in the zone of large flow rates at which tho quantit y of heat por unit flow rate of the wot·king fluid is not as substantial, i. 1111 becomes lower and the hydrosta ti c head tlp;:• becomes much larger. Tho resulting curve of hydrost atic heads is denoted as L.tlph in the fi gure. As may be seen , the total hydraulic characteristic of a U-sh aped section is ambig uous in a w ide t·auge of flow r ates of the working fluid. Hydrau li c characteris tics of N-sh aped aod more complicated multi-pass systems can be obtained in a similar manner. As follows from tho above analys is, the hydrostatic pressure gradi ent improves the hydraulic characteristic of nn ascending flow and ad-
133
11.3. Hydrodynam ic Stability of Flow in Ve rtical Tubes .t.lp
tlp
3
6
J
- ..' ~ . '
4 I
0
1
wp (a}
4
0
{D)
Fig. 11.15. Ambiguous hydraul ic cha rac tcri~ti cs (a) o f·(l sing le lube: (b)
vorsoly affects that of a descending fl o.w . _In this respect, a U -sltapoc.l circu •L IS better than a fl-sbapcd, since t~o working . fluid in its outlet port•on, where •t has a high steam cont ent, and therefore, lower density moves upwards and the effect of th~ hy drostatic bond is positive. The hyd raulic characteristic is improved evcu more iu a u N -shaped system wi Lh an inlet header arr anged at the top and an outlot header at the bottom . In additi ou , this system has two ascending portions per one descending . I n general , tube sections w it h a low number or passes have either an ambiguous or insuHicien tl y stable hydraulic characteristic . With an increasing number of p asses in a h yd rau I ic system , tho effect of hydrostatic component on the total pressur e gradient d iminishes, but the role of hydraul ic resistance becomes more s_ignificant. When tho number of passes is greater than 8-10, the h ydraulic characteristic o[ a multipass s ystem approaches that of the horizon tal evaporating tubes. An unstable h ydraulic characteristic of a single tube (channel) with ascending or descending motion of the working fluid under the action of l1 ydrostatic head is realized in tho w hole region of ambiguity (curve 2-3-4-5 in Fig. 11.15a), s ince the flow rate is determined by external conditions, i.e. by pump capacity. R eal heating surfaces consist o[ a large number of pnm ll ol tubes. I n multi/.t.J,be systems, the total flow rate of the fluid is also determ ined by pump
or~
lube S)"Slem
capacity, but t he flow rates through individual tubes may tum out to be different. As has bo~n established by e~pcriment and confirmed by cxpen encc, hydraulic characteristics in such systems are r ealized only in ascend iug port ious (the leftmost curve 1-2-3 and tho righ trnost Clln·o tJ.-5-f} in Fig . 11.15b) . A decrease in t.he flow rate iu a tube uear a m iuimum of the h~draulic chnractoristic (at point 4) will cause a sudd en drop in the flow rate and a chango in the co nditions described by point 2 . A rise in !,he fl ow nlLe at a max imum o[ the eharacteristic (near po int 3) can load to a sudden increase in the fl ow rate in som o tubes of tho circuit and a ch ango in the conditions of point 5 . The descending brunch of the characteristic (portion 3-4) is no t realized, except for cases where the system docs not have many tubes (throe or four). rn th is region of flow rates. unambiguous motion cannot be ensured with the r esult that t he flow rotc either jumps into the region of lower values (left-hand branch) or inlo t hat of !1igher values (rigbt-hand branclt), while the to tal flow r ate of tbe working fluid remains unchanged. Operation on the left-hand branch of .the characted stic usual! y cannot malllLain tho required tompemturo cond it ions of inten sively heated eYaporating tubes. Tho sole real region of' operation of a once-throucrh circuit is tho right-hand branch of the clwracLeristic which inc] udes ambiguous and unombiguous por·tions. In the •u•ambiguous portion 5-{j of Lhal branch ..
134
Ch. 11. /Jydrodynamics of Open Hydraulic Systems
Ap
11.3. II ydrodynamic Stability of Flow in V ertical Tu bes
tlp 2
.
'
r
2'
0
(IU'J'Jwz
(a)
Fig. 11.16. EHccl of maldistribution on the workin~ fluid flow rate in pa rallel tubes with slnblc hydraulic characteristi cs 1- hydrnulic chnnH;I,I•ristic or un C h;Jlll'll t~ 2 -
hyrlra ullr. t' llru·aclf'rl~l ir of a m tlltuncLionlu g: lube
the v elocity of the working fluid is so high that iL often turns out to bo unfeas ible. Thus, one must opera te on the ambiguous portion 4-5 for which lhe bound:-.ries of reliability should be determined. In circuits co mposed of parallel tubes of the snme design and heated identicall y, st abil ity in the -region of an ambiguous hydraulic characterist ic can be ensw·ed for t he -entire external (ascending) branch of t he characteristic (portion 4-5 in Fig. ·1 1.15b). In a system of parallel tubes, heat -absorption is always different in view -of j the structural and hydraulic noni·dentity of the tubes (see Soc. 11.4). Therefore, somo tubes whose operating condi tions deviate from the average values for the syst em (malfunctioning tnbes) have a different hydraulic characteristic than is average for the system. As seen from F ig. 11.16, oven with an unambiguous ch aracteristic of' the system, differ on t (but s table) flow rates of the working fluid may appear in a reference tube and n malhmctioning tube. Vlith parallel operation of a system of tubes with different ambiguous characteristics, three cases arc possible: lhe pressure grad ient between the heAder of the system at the minimum of the hydraulic characteristic for a malfunctioning Lube can be e ithe r (a) sma ller than the pressure g radient in t.hc c.ircuil (Fig. 11 : 17a),
fw;p)wr
( 1/.J'f'Jmr
.dp
0
2 -~
~ ~
"" ""
on tho characteristic of the malfunctiGn ing tube). Points and 2" on the descending branches of the character istics cannot be realized (see Fig . 11.15b). Points 1' and 2' on the lefthand ascend irlg branch of the characteris tic are also not realizable as long as the condition t:..pw > llPmtn is satisfied. This means that unfavourabl e conditions in an element with a low flow rate of the worl~j.ng fluid can be prevented by providing a flow rate at wh ich the pressure gradient in the characteristic of the main number of tubes will be h igher than the pressure gr adient at the minimum of the hydraulic characteristic of a malfunctioning tube, (wp)101 > (wp)mf · With tlpw < LlPmtu• the1·e are no working points on the descending and right-band ascending branches of the characteristic of a malfunctioning tube. Under such conditions , tho only remaiuing points which correspond to the two different flow rates of the working fluid are 2' and r. At one of them (point 1"'), a high flow rate is establish ed, which ensures stable operation of the m ajority of the tubes in the circuit. At point 2', the flow rato is too low for proper cooling of the worst malfunctioning tube, with the result that the tube system will be unreliable. With tlp,0 = tlpm 111 , t he flow rate at the minimum of the characteristic of a malfunctioning tube is unstable. In this case , a pressure gradient in the tube system has two different corresponding flow rates. One of them, in the malfunctioning tube, has a low value , 2', which cannot ensure proper cooling conditions. The other flow r ate, 1"' on the characteristic of t he majority of the tubes, ensures proper cooling of these tubes. The flow rates in points 1' and 1" for an average element are unr eal for t he reasons given earlier. The condition tlpw = tlPmrn determines the boundary of stability of a malfunctioning tube, i.e. the extreme st ate up to which the operation of l,he wh ole circuit can be stable.
IUJ'
u (6)
(tu,DJ,,
Llp
(C)
Fig. 11.17. Hydraulic characteristi cs o f ITshaped circuits 1- element ; t-maltunclloning tube
(b) greater than that pressure gradient, (Fig. 11.17b), or (c) equal to tho pressure gradient in th e circuit. T hese cases are analysed with a gradually decreasing total fl.ow r ate of the working fluid, and therefore, a decreasing pressure gradient between the headers of tho hydraulic system. In th e first case, when the pressure gradient in the system exceeds the pressure gradient at the minimum of the characteristic of the worst malfunctioning tube, !J.p.., > llPmtn, i.e. of the malfunc tioning tube whose minimum of the characteristic is higher than the minimum of the characteristic of the main number of tubes , three operating poin ts are p ossible on each of tho curves (1', 1" and 1'" on the genera l charnct.cristic of the ma iu number of Lubes and 2', 2" and 2··
135
As regards the stability conditions, the lowest mass velocity allowed in a system is expressed by the inequality (wp)w ~ m (wp)m/ (11. 20) where (wp)m/ i.s the mass velocity in a system of tubes (channels) on an external branch of its hydraulic characteristic in the point corresponding to the minimum of the hydraulic characteristic of a malfunctioning Lube, (wp)w is the m ass velocity in the system, and m is Lhe reserve factor, whicl1 is assumed to be equal to 1.5. Stable opemtion in the region of ambiguous hydraulic characteristics can be ensured by throttling the flow bv means of orifice plates or stepped t ubes . Another method is to carefully select the mass velocity wp of the working fluid at the rated heating load of a particular water-wall section so as to ensure reliable cooling of the tubes at a given mini mal heating load in vi ew of their thet·mal and str uctural non-identity, Lhal is, to run the circuit on an external ascending branch of its hydraulic characteristic, d (t:..p)/d (wp) > 0. Tho latter method is preferabl e, since it does not require tube throttling. In most cases, orifice plates are employed when it is necessary to equalize the flo w rates of the fluid through parallel hydraulic elements, such as sections of furn ace water walls. In some cases, flow stability can be achieved more efficiently by changing over to another scheme of tube connection which bas no downtake tubes. The stabi liLy of the hydraulic characteristic call be affected not only by h eated (evaporating) tube sections, but also by unheated steam-circulating tubes. For instance, Fig. 11.18 shows an \lnlucky arrangement with external unheated steam-circulating tubes connected t o a lower header. The hydrostatic head in the tubes is negative and the circuit is essentially a IT-shaped system with an ambiguous hydraulic charact eristic . With hydraulic maldistribution and too low worki ng fluid veloci ties (due to a low
-
136
Ch. 11. Jlydrody11amlcs of Ope11 Hydraulic Systems
I f
I
2
Fig. 11.18. n-shaped circuit wit h un heated downtake Lubes (a) nnd its hydraulic characler isl ics (b)
dp
1-J-J'AI'IIIh•l heated wnlcr wn ll.• nnd lhciJ· n!spcct i vc h)'di'Clulic c h aract~rit-~Hcs: 4 unhcn lcd downtak•.. lubes; S- Uf•llt.'J' mixing
.i
h e aUt~r
31
\![ dp
(a)
gradient /::,.p1 ), ambiguity of tho characteristic may result in section 2 malfunctioning and havi ng a low flow rate on the lcfL-hand branch 2' of the characteristic. Thus, under completely favourable operating conditions in sections 1 and 3 (the corresponding fl ow r ates arc denoted as 1' and 3'), secti on 2 will operate unreliab ly. Reliable opemtion in the circui I, can be achieved by providing a pressu re gradient /::,.p 2 at which the working points will be on the extreme branches of the characteristics of all the sections and will have close velocit y values. It is also possible lo elim inate ambigu i ty of the hydraulic characteristics of the sections by providing a mixing header at the ir top. The operation of complex circu its with a number of once-through elements is analysed by using their r esulting hydraulic characteristics. Those are obtained graphically by adding the characteristics of individual elements together, taking account of the scheme of th eir connection. If some elements are connected in series, the flow r ate of the working fluid is the same in all of them. For this reason, the resulting characteristic is const-
ructed by ad ding together the chaL'acteristics o[ t he elements at the same flow rate of tho working fluid (Fig. 11.19a). Tho hydr aulic resistance of such a system is higher than the resistance of anyone of its clements. In complex once-tluough circuits composed of a number of elements corlnected in para llel, the hydraulic resistances of the elements are constant. The general char acteristic of the system is obtained by addi.ng together the characteristics of the elements taken at the same pressure gradient in the circuit (Fig. 11.19b) . In such oJ case, the hydraulic resis t ance of tho ci rcui t is smaller than that of anyone of its cleme nts. t 1.4. l\laldis tri bution of Heat
For reli able operation of a heating , surface (section), i t is extremel y important that all its parall el tubes oper ate und er roted (average) conditions. Jn practice, however, one has to b ear i n mi nd that the tubes of a section may have differen I. hydraulic characteris tics (d ue to Yllrialions in thei r diameter, length, surface roughness, effect of headers, or effect
dp. 2 I
0
WJ' (a)
1+2
0 (!>)
Fig. 11.19. S ummutiou or hydrauli c chamclcristics for series co nnec tion of once-through clements (a) and £o1· th eir parallel conn ection (b)
13T
11.4. M aldistrlbutioll of lleat
o( instability in opor·alion of evaporating tubes) and differe nt thermal cluwacteris tics (different heat absorp\.ion due to their dirforcnl. arrangement rei aU ve to the flow or combustion produels, uneven slagging. fouling, etc.). Differences in tho hyd r aulic and thermal charactel'istics of tuhes are especially evident in high-capacity plants with developed heating s urfaces where deviation of some ·..Plements from the rated conditions are· more probable. Undor s uch condi t ions, the working fluid m ay be distribu ted unevenly between the tubes, and thorofore its uni t enthalpy at the outlet or s~me tubes mny differ s ubstan tially from the average value. In some malfunction ing tubes , d angcrous \.em perat ure conditions m ay a ppear. T h e reliable operation of a oncethrough element can bo characterized by two groups of factors: (a) paramcl ors of an element tba t operates under average condi tions in the system: t~/' , !::,.i. 1,
0 . 11 q.z. z. 1, H e1
(b) parameters of a maHunctiouing tube (or channel) : t~~' /::,.iml• Gml• qml• Zmf• H m/ where G is the flow rate of the working fluid in an element, q is t~o quantity of beat transferred to 1t , /::,.i is the beat absorbed by an eleme nt , H is the area of a heating s urfa ce, z 1s the coeffi cient. of hydraulic resistance, and t"" is the temperature of the working fluid al. the outlet from parallel tubes; the s ubscrip ts 'el' and ·mf' s tand respccti vel y for an elemen t under average cond itions and a malfun ctioning tube. Let us i ntroduce some additiona l des ignations: p11 = Gm 11G. 1 (11.21) is the coeffi cient of hydraulic maldistri bution; p 9 = /::,.im / f>iel (11.22)
is the coefficient of maldistribution of h oa 1.; (11. 23)
is the coefficient of non-uniform heat absor ption ; (11 .24) is the coeffi cient of hydraulic nonun i rormity; (11.25)
is the coefficient of structuroJl nonidentity. . Taking the coefficient of maid is tribution of h eat. as a basis, we ca n establish the relations hip between the coc[ficients indicated: =
pq
tli,,J = t!.ier
qm!Hm/: qezffez
Gmf
(11 .26)
Gel
or, on substilu Ling Ll1e corresponding values from (11. 21), ~('11. 23) and (11 . 25): pq =
I] II a 1]< t r
p,
(11.27)
The coefficient of structura l nonident i ty 'll•tr is not associnlcd with tho processes wh ich occur in a I u be system ; it is usually estimated as l')•t r = 0.95-1. . The coefficients oi thermal and hydra ulic m aldistr ibut ion are in lorrelated as foll ows: (11 .28) Pq = 1l ha1Ph Maldistribution of heat m ay be· caused by different thermal characteristics of parallel tubes, while llydrau1ic rnaldistributioo is due to differences in their hydraulic characteristics. As follows from equation (11 . 28) , maldistribution of heat can be caused either by different beat absorption, by hydraulic maldistribution, or by both. Maldislribution of beat depends not only on the extent of thermal nonuniformity and hydraulic maldistribution, but al so on a particular combination of these t.wo fact ors. Tubes wbich are h ealed the most intensively and, on the other hand, with Lhe lowest flow rates tluough them , turn out to be operating under the most dangerous conditions. If the grealest d ifferences of various kinds (in h eat a bsorption, flow rnte, structura l d ifferences, etc.) arc found not in a s iugle·
•138
Ch. 11. Hydrodyn amics of Open Hydrau lic S y&te ms
tube, but in various t ubes, t hey a ll s hould be checked separately .for mal·dis tribul.ion of heat. Those with the worst mal d is tribution of heat should be checked additionally for l ongterm streng th and scaling con di t io ns . H ydraulic maldistribution. In a sys te m of parallel t ubes conn ected t o head ers at the inlet and outl et and with forced motion of the work i ng fluid, m easures s hould be take n to -distribute tho fluid evenly between the tubes. Unde r practical cond iUons, the distri bution of flow rates is alwa ys m ore o r l ess uneven, i.e. h ydraulic m aldist ri bution occurs [s ec formul a (11.21) 1. Hyd ra ulic mald ist ri bution m ay appear due t o h yd t·aulic non-i d enti ty of the parallel tub es, which may be caused by differences in their hydra ulic resis tance, due to th o h eader effect, o r through pressure variation a long the length of tho h eader (see Sec. 11 .5). T his ki nd of mal dis tribution appea rs mainl y i n the heating ·s urfaces of s uper heaLers a nd , to a lesser extent, in economizers. T o d eri ve t ho equation for hydraulic m aldis tribution, l et us write the ·equation for total pressure g t·adient in an element:
nec ted in pa ra llel in the system , it can be wl'itten that 6prn/ = 6 pel· Solving s imultaneous ly equations (11.29) and (11.30), we obtain the expression for hydraulic mald istribution:
_
(wP)mf (WPJel
Ph -
-=--+-2-(---:;·1--=-tt• )- ~
V. -
=
•ctVct
uin
Uf -
· mt'lrnt + 2(V_;m/ -
m/) V;n
•
(11.31)
X (1-
where ot..p,,cad = tlp'hfnd - tlp~1tad is the d ifference of pressure g rad i ents in the heade rs between t ho sections wi t h a m a lfunctioning tube a nd an ol em en t, Mp 11 = t..p;:•t - tlp•J. is the d i Herenee of h ydros ta tic h eads in the malfunc tio ning tube and el em ent, tlp 1" and tlp 0 0 nre ta ken for t ho c leme nt. H ydraulic maldistribution in s uperhealers a nd non-boiling economi ze rs. T he form ul a for the coeffici ent of hydra ulic maldistribu tion ac quires t he simplest for m for non- bo iling economizers in w hich the working fluid in a hori zonta l or ascending motion, has a n ampl e reserve of subcooli ng. In this cas e: 1 ~ ve 1 = cons tant; Vel ~ vm/; t he difference of h ydrostatic hea ds between a malfunctioning tube a nd cl em ent and the resistan ce due to fl ow acceleration a re neglig ible: Otlpll ~ 0, flPac ~ 0. With a uniform wa ter s uppl y to and removal from the head ers, the coeffici ent of hydra ulic mai d istributio n for these co nd itions is d etermined by tho ratio of the coefficients of hydrau l ic res istance:
ve
+ ll Pi/,ad + t..p~1
.I '
(H .29)
:and simil a rly for a malfun ctioning -tube (wp);nl -
A
-U PmJ = Zmj - -
2-
+ (wo) • m 1 (v"'' 2
1
Vm t
v~"') ' t.. prni 1n -r ltt ad
+
A
u
pmf II
(11.30) When thoro is a large n um ber of p a rall el tubes, the effect of a ch a nge in heal. absorption in a malfun ctioning tube on the total pressure g ra·dien t can be neg l ected , and t he re fore, tlpct = cons tan t . S ince the prcss ut·e gmdien t between the inl et sec tio n of the supply header and the outle t sect ion of t he d is charge head er is t he ·same for a ll t ho tubes whic h are co n-
p,, = 1./ v
Zet Zmf
= -_ ~ ( 'L1. 32)
,r,,,,
With t he workin g fluid s u pplied to and re mo ved fro m a head er t hro ugh its end faces, the head er effect is s ubstantial and the formula for h ydra ulic m aid is tri butio n t akes the form: Ph
=
V _1_ ( 1 l'JI,
139
11.4. Maldtstrlb ution of Heat
{jf:o.pr,.ad ) t!.f'ttr
( 11 .:!3)
ln non-boil i ng con vecti ve economize rs with hori zo nta l t ube coils , tho <:.oeffi c ion t of hyd rau I ic maid is tri bulion us ually does not exceed 0.9 . If d o wntake mo tio n t ak es place in a non-boiling econo m izor a nd the hydra ul ic characteristic m ay be ambiguous, t he hyd rostati c co mponent sh ould be t aken in t o acco un t; t his is a lso neccs~ a r y for all b oiling econom izers. Ilydraulic m a ldis tribution-jn superh eaters h eavily de pends on amorc nces in t h e total coeffi c ients of tube resis ta nce, and in the ir heat absorption , a ud o n pressure changes along t he 1tcade rs. Negl ecting I he pressure varial io n c aused by s tea m fl ow accel e ratio n , we got : ,.
,fl /, -=-
lI
-
VcJ 1 ·( l] 11. ''mI ·1
+
66Pil earl Ot!. p,, ) L\ Pil r
( 11.:-l4) The head er e ffect s hould be consid e red when ot..p,.eodi tlp ,, 0.05. The hyd rostatic co mponent of t h e total pressure g r ad ieut is s u bst an tia l o1d y in s ing l e- pass s uperheaters a l ?Jtlp,,! flphr 0.05. llydraulic maldis tribution in the zones o[ sudden c hanges in the uni t vol ume of the work ing fluid. In mode r n -once- thro ug h boi lers. stea m-ge ne rati ng ~l em en ts are usually arranged i n t he l ower rad i a tion section which is heal ed th e most iutcnsiv el y. The -combin a tion of a subs tantial hy draulic mald is tribution and_ inten·s ive hea ting can , uud er cert am cond il ions, resul t i n H s ha rp rise i n tempe rature and unit vol ume of t he working flu id in a malfuncti oning tu~e , reduct ion in the fl ow rate through 1L, and o verheati ug of t he tube m etal u ut i l bum-o ut occurs 1351. Hydra ulic mal d istri butio n in s uch tubes m uy nppear on nn a pprecia ble change iu ~h e uni t vo lume of tho hea ted wod(ln g fluid . It a ppears m a inly in tho h ea l,ing s urfaces of t he high-heat capac il y 1.oncs of su porc ri 1leal- pressure boi I ers , iu 1 he e \'nporat ing surfaces of s ub-cri t ic a l- press ure boil ers, and in boi J ing econo mize rs.
>-
>-
rn
some cases, t h e hydraulic c haracteristic is s t ab ilized by moun t ing orifice plates ut the entry to tubes. In steam genera tion zones , the press ure l osses 6Pa c a nd tlp,,cad are us ually negl ected . For s uch conditions, and no ting t he assumptions made earli er, formul a (11.31.) takes t he for m :
_ \
p,, --
, /
-
~ el
el
ZefVcl + 'oorVor . ( 1 _ Mpt. ) - .J. ~ '"'v"' ! t.p,, Zm jU ru j 1 'bor or
t11. 35) 1 ~ "' ' , v" l 1ere e-' ';:)on ~or or' v"' or cai·e tl1ecoeffi c icnts of resistance of t he o rifice plates a nd un it vol umes of the flu i d flow ing t h rough the orifice plates mounted in a n el ement and malfunct ion ing tube. The difference in hydros tatic heads be tween a mnl fun c tioning tube a nd an clement can be writte n in l,he foil owing for m: v..r
Mph= t..p;~ 1 - D.pf.' = -
:1 - z (l~;;r:o:., I
tl
-
- [ ~ (hp)~ . - Z (hp)fl-.1} g 1
- "' = {[l:" (hp) 01
-
"' "-'
(I~p )
- l ~ (hp)d:,~ - Z (hp)~}.. J} g
(11.36 )
W ater walls of st.carn bo ilers in high-capaci t y monobloc uni t;> are mad_e in t he form of ver tical sections , hon zontally coiled sections, U- and_ Nsh a ped sections , multi-p ass sect 1 o~s with horizonta l tubes , etc . H y dra ullc rnaldistribution in s ome of these types will b e discussed below. Horizontal circuit. In horizonta l tubes t here is no h y drosta tic head, an d therefore, the for mul a of hydraulic mal distribution with throttling t a kes the form:
(11.'37) If there is no t hrottling, t he fo r mula is s i mplified:
Ph -=
II
:dVe/ = =mJUmf
v
-
1 ll h
~cl Vmf
('11. 38)
140
Ch. JJ. ll ydrody na m ics o f Op e n /J ydrcwlic Syst ems
V cr t ical ci rcuil. I n ver tical c ircuits the hyd rostatic head h as a vital effect on hyd r a ulic m a ldist ribut ion. In some P.articu!ar cases, and t a ki ng into co.ns JdcratiOn th o cHect of va ri ous factors [in form u la (11.36)1, the eq uation for hydraulic maldislribulion (11.35) lakes tho form: s ing le-pass ascend ing section:
- ..VI r1 ;C/ _ _ . . :;. :_ lh "mf ., ZefVe / (u:p); l
..
I_..!_
v
lJ/1
2gh (Pel-
(1Ul0)
Umj
Pm f)
( 11.40)
'lh
;-
J If '
500 400
v
i
/
I
I I
I
I
/'It
-\ ! "'
)~
\
0.0
~
I I
r--......
T'0
I
0.8
I
\
T
l2
I
i\ •I
I
f.O
r
\
I
,3 0.5
~
t4
1\J 'It><
1.5
t.8
~~cl
ll.ae/• kJ/ kg : J-4 00; !!- GOO; J - 1
llm.f
'"'·' -
~· -
zo
Fig. 11.:1.0. Ma ldisl.ri bu tiou characteristics of a o ncc-tlu·oug h elemen t a t p = 24 J\1 Pa· . and iin = I 200 kJ / kg
-----~2g-,~.~ , (~-p7l,,,--= p'~'~)--~ (-~"~'/,-~fl p -~.",'.~'>-J
X \
/ 1-
_1_
~
-
0.5
t ,,·o- pass U-s h oped sect ion :
-11
500
lat
0. 7
_-;,r/
=et~e/ (wp); l
Pll
J
700
f.O
s ing le-pass descending sect i on:
Ph -
tu
300
P'' -
2gh (Pel - Pm/)
•c
~.•·•
ZeWe / (wp)~l
(11.41) As fol.l~ws from formu la (11.38), t he coefftcJen t o f hyd r a uli c maldistribu t ion .in h oriz onta l t ubes d e pends on th o r a t1 o be tween the the rm a l a nd t ho hydrau lic ch aracteristics i n a n cl emcnt and. a m a lfu ncti on ing t u be. I n vert1cal t ubes, h yd r aulic mal d isLdbuLion. also d e pends h eavily on the h yd rost.at1c com ponent and i ts con tr ibu I ion to t h e total pressure gradient betwee~ the dischnrgc and su pply headers, I.e. the r atio bot ween t.p and b Pirr· '' O n t.he o ther h and, the rel atio n be tween the increments of enth al pies in a malfunctioning lube and an aver age. e~ement is charactet·ized by the coefftc tent of mnl d is tr ib ution of hea t p , [see f ormuln (1 1.22)1. Assu m ing a nu mber of va lues of Pq = 6i m 1t U"i e /r , one ~a n d et~rm ~ ne the coefficient of hyd r au h c mal distnbution P~t=(wp)m tf(wp)c~
141
l1 .5. Distribution of Worlclng Fluid Be t ween T ubes
oou
and, f m m ?xpression p, = 1) 110 /p , th~ corres pondw g coe ff ici ents· of q nonuniform heat . a bsorp t io n 1l t.u· With the k ~1own values D.irnf and i 111 • we can futd the un it enthalpy of the ~vork ing fl ui d at the exit from a mal Iun ctioning tube, a nd the r efore, i ts tem per ature t~':J. Using these d a t a, we can construct maldistribution characteristics which show varialio ns in the coeffi c ien t of hydraulic mald is tri~ u ~ion a nd lem~ er a ture of the w orking n .Uld at t he e xt t from a m a lfu nctiolllng tube de pend ing on t h e coeffi cient of non- uniform h eat. absorption, i.e. Pt! = I (11110) and 1,:;1 = f (1lh 0 ), see F 1g. 11 .20. The mHI d istrib u ti o n ch a r acteristic:; o f mo re heavily heated Lubes (TJtra > 1) for Ph aro ~ailing a.nd for tex arc ris ing. In a part1cu l:u· porti011, curves of Ph fall off steeply t o a c l'i lical sLate wh en a slig ht i ncr ease o f 1'11," c an lead to a s h arp drop in the fl ow rate and an iucr e asl! in t ex· This is ass ociated with the fac t l h nt in the 1·egion of high
h ea t. capacit ies evcu a slight increase in the unit enthalpy. which can always occur in s ome t ubes, can cause a sh nr p i ncrease in the unit volu me of flui d, v, a nd t. h c1·e foro, in h y dr a ulic resis tnnce. T his i11 tu r n l eads to a l ower flow rate through the tube, i. e. mn l dislribution in the tube is aggrnvatccl furth e r , whil e the un i t h eal absorpti on 6i. inc reases al ong with the volu me of fl u id in il, IJ. The pro-cess c onti nues unti l a flow ···rate is -established which has a correspond i ng stat e of mal dislrihu tion of heal a t. a gi v on h e aling l oad. l n some cases, this m ay l ead t o emergen cy s ituations . T he a ll owabl e heat ing lond is established for the particular opornting cond itions of a heating s urface. For steam s upe rh eat ers in whic h the outlet port i ons o f tubes o per a te u n der almos t -ext re m e temperatu re condiUons, th e a ll owabl e h ealing load sh ould not -exceed '15% of the to t a l hcnl abso r pti on h y the s u perh eat er. F'or bett er rel i ability, tl1 e tube system of steam s u pcrh en ters is sect ion llli 7.od i n l.hc steam path. Eco u omizers arc mounted in r eg ions o[ m od er a t o h e at ing r ates, a nd wa t e r in them h as a r ei ali voly low t emperature. For econ omizers, thormal m aldistri bu t ion of 50% or more is allowabl e. F or this r eason, it is not n ecessary to sect io nalizc t h o econ om izers in tho wa t er path . I n ev!l porating t ubes, temper at ure is rel ativel y low (boiling point). there are no fl ow distu rbances, and th er efore, h eal is r emoved pro perly, the tem per ature of the l.u bc wa l Is usu a ll y exceeds t h at of t he worki ng
rr
flu id by only 20-30°C. An a pprocinb le maldis trihuLion o [ heat m ight be a llowed here, but adverso temperature condi tio ns are l ikel y to occu r in evaporating tubes, es pecially at hig h heating intensities. For this r eason, mu ld istribution of heat in evaporating 1uhes s hould be not more than 20-'tO%. In su percri lical -prcssure boi lers, t.he zo ne of high h eat. ca pacities is m ost sens i tiv e t o va ri a tions in h eat absor ption. In t his zone, tho ther m ophysic al proper ties of the wo rki ng flu id vary roost significantly w i th v ari a tions in enth alpy. T h er e for e, i t is es pecia ll y i rn por t a n l I o cons t r u c t t h e charuclcl'is lic t<;;;, = I (1l tra) for this zone.
11.5. E ffect of H eade rs o n t he Distribut ion ol' Wo rking fluid B elween T ubes There arc three main types of h eaders (Fig. '11.21): (a) sttpply, or distributin g, headers, l , whi ch d istrib utc 1he wo rking fJ u id between pa r allel tubes connected to thoro; (b) disc/wrge headers, 2, which rec eive fl uid from a number o £ paralle l t u bes; a n d (c) intermediate, or m ixing , hea.der.~, 3 , w hich are used t o equ a li ze n on - id entity i n tube oper ation. Mixing headers arc m ost effic ient when th o flow is single- phase (either steam or water). They nre ofte n em ployed to equa lize non- id entic al operation of tube coils in su perbeaters. Suppl y a nd d ischarge h eaders have d i£fercnt effects on the oper ation of h eat i ng s urfaces . 1 n s t eam s u perheaters, the ir effect d e pe nds h eav il y on I
I"'
J
3....._
l sl
section
'\-
Fig. '1 1.21. H eaders and the ir connect ion wit.h th e tube s ystem of h e.a Ling surfaces (u) lin~ar connection ; (b) Clow t mnst cr 1hrough mix in~ head~•..: (c) Cl ow transrcr :.hrou~ h t"rosso\'er t•a\}(·~
Zntl
X
1 I I I
'
.
section
2 (a)
2 (h)
(C)
•
142
11.6. Flow Pulsations
Ch. 11. Hydrodynamics oj Open Hydraulic Systems
~
.tfp[n
Steam inlef
I~-..,
IIJtn
% ...
·-"'~
":;
•
...
~
I ~ ~
0
~
I
11Pcotl Steam
outlet
0
we,
I
I
i!l l l l lll
I
I
i lli'l l ll
I
~· 0
, I
•
0
I
IITu I
0
0
'I (a)
Win
11111111111
111 11111111I
I
I
I
illiilnMrnl
(6}
••
Ill Uit n
~
I
111111111 11
1111111111 1 Ill
••
~
,,,
I
{d)
(C)
llp f,r
Fig. I 1.22. Hydraulic cbaructoristics of a Z-shnped superheater circuit (a) distribution or velocity nnd velocity head: (II) prORSUI'C dls trlbUtiOil
how sl,earn is su ppliod to, or t·emoved from, a header. ln some plants, headers were used in which steam was admiLLed and discharged as a concentrated jet through the end faces. For instance, in a Z-shapod superh eater circuit (Fig. 11. 22), as steam is distributed between the coils, its axial velocity in the supply header, w 1n, decreases, and accordingly, the pressure head wr.p/2 decr eases and changes to static pressure t.p;l' (Fig. 11. 22a). In con I rast to this, the static pressure at the outlet from the discharge header, t.p~~, decreases. As foll ows from Fig . 11.22/J, the leftmost coils of the superheater operate at a pressure grad ient 6P coii t.p!~' t.p~, which is higher than the pressure gradient 6P co il in the rightmost coils. The difference between the pressure heads in the coils is equal to the sum of static heads in the supply and discharge header, i.e. 6p!~1 t.p~~. The difference in pressure gradients appears not on ly between the extreme coils, but also between any two sections along tho l1oader length and is determined as t ho sum of the respective values of 6p $1 '1~ and t.pex for these , , sections. In other circui ts with concentrated supply and removal of steam through
+
+
+
+
~
Fig. H. 23. Pressure di s tribution in a nshapod hydraulic circuit containing a singlephose fluid
the header end faces, more favourable conditions can form, though the operation of parallel tubes in the sysLem may be substantia] ly non-identical. For instance, with concentrnted supply and removal of steam through the header end faces in a IT-shaped circuit (Fig. 11.23), the conditions of steam admission are similar to those of a Z-shaped circuit, so that the pattern of static pressure distribution a long the supply h eader remains essentially the same, i.e. pressure increases along the motion of fluid. ln the discharge header, static pressure decreases towards its outlet. As follows from Fig . 11 .23, the leftmost coils are at a pressure gradient 6p~~ 6P coil and the rightmost ones at 6Pcoil + t.p~~ . Tbe difference in the pressure gradients b etween them is determined by the difference in the static heads in the supply and discharge beadm·, t.p!? - t.p~"f. Since the unit volume of th e fluid in the coils is higher upon heating than before heating, the effect of the discharge headers on fluid distribution between parall el coils in any hydrau lic system is more substantial than the effect o£ supply headers. The header effect can be d ecreased either by increasing 6Pcoll or by decreasing t.p. 1 in the headers . Both measures are ineffi cient, however , sin-
+
Fig. 11.24. Static pressure di stributi on along the leng th of a header depending on the method', of supply and di scharge o£ a single-phase flow
ce the former requires a higher pres- multiple forced circulation boilers, sure in the boilet· and a higher auxi- tho resistance of evaporaLing tube liary flow rate, while the latter re- coils is high, so that the effect of presquires larger headers, and l,herefore, sure variations along the length of headers may be neglected. more metal. The effect of velocity head can be diminished if steam is introduced and 11.6. Flow Pulsations removed nol, through the end faces of Tho steady-state operating condia header (as in Fig . 11.24a and b), but from its middle (Fig. 11.24c). tions of a boiler may be disturbed by In this case the axial veloci ty of steam various factors, l eading to pulsations. decreases by 50% and the velocity in the working fluid flow. The disturhead by 75%. Still better r esults can bing factors are variations in the heabe obtained by distributed steam ad - ting intensity pressure, now rate and mission to a supply header and dis t- temperature of feed water. There aret•ibuted removal from a discharge hea- two main t ypes of flow pulsations: der. With two supply or discharge tu- boiler pulsations and intercoil pulsabes provided in a header (Fig. '11. 24d), tions . Boiler pulsations are oscillations in the a.xial velocity and velocity head can be diminished respectively to 1/4 tho £low rate of the working fluid in and 1/16 of th eir values in a header individual elements, circuits or the with a single tube. In modern boiler whole plant. They may be caused by plants, fresh steam sup01·hoaters are sharp variations in the indicated paraconnected to a number of supply and motet'S. In similar sections of parallel discharge tubes, so that headers have tubes, flow parameters vary synchonly a slight effect on steam d is tribu- ronously. Boiler pulsations are aLLetion. In reheaters, where the t·esi- nuating (Fig. 11.25a); they disappeat· stance o£ tube coils is relatively Jow as soon as the disturbance is elimiand the resistance of h eaders is high nated. Flow rate pulsations can attain a· (because of high steam velocities), the effect of headers can b e substantial. level characteristic for the gi von conIn economizers, where the unit volume ditions, after which they do not. disof water is naturally low and tho axial appear s pontaneously (Fig . 11.25b). velocity in headers inossen tiul, the This means that the flow rate of effect of velocity head presents no water (wp)w through some l.ubes firs!. problem. fn once-through bo il ers and increases to a maximum, then decrcaI
jft4
i
'
I
Ch. 11. llydrod!lnamics of Open Hydraulic Systems
upper surface of the tubes and forming fatigue cr acks. Intercoil pulsations can be characterized by the pulsation period -r and amplitude (see Fig. 11 .25). As has been established, intercoi I pulsations obey the follow ing regu(11) larities: (a) the~' can appear in some tubes (ruj')w.fu;pJs. r1 of an evapontliug section even under lt steady-state l1eating and hydraulic ~ conditions in a boiler; I :-_ I (b) pulsations of the flow rate of the fluid in pat·allel Lubes of a section are shifted in phase so that the total flow ra te and other· parameters of the fluid at the outlet from the heating sect ion remain cons tant; (c) the amplitude of flow rate pul'Fi g . 11.25. Pattern of attenuating oscilla- sations at the inlet of a tube is much tions (n) and sclf-s ustu ined osci llul.ions (b) higher than the amplitude at: its out·in 11 s ingle tube of a once-th rough element let, while tlto pu lsation period is the same; (d) the hig hest flow rate of water ses, passes llu-ough the average value. at the inlet corresponds to the lowest drops to a minimum (sometimes nega- steam fl ow rate at the outlet , i.e. tive), and then increases again. This the phases are d isplaced by 180°; (e) in intercoil pulsation, the presprocess may be repeated more than once. In this case, tho flow rate of sure in evapot·ating tubes oscillates water in other evaporating tubes also with a period equal to the period of pulsates, but the process is shifted in pulsation of the fluid flow rate. phase. Therefore, the flow rate of Since intercoil pulsations are caused wat or through some t.u bes i ncreascs primarily by variations in the phyperiodically while at tho same time s ical properLios of t;he working fluid docreasi ng in other tubes , wi Lh the in t.he zone where eva porat ion begins, total pressure gradient between the the probability of their appearance headers of these tubes remaining the decreases inversely with pressure. At same. This phenomenon, called in- supercrilical pressures, pulsations are tercoil pulsation, can occur ovoo at a less common and have a lower ampli·constant total flow rate through the tude, but the pattern of flow rate parallel tubes of a section. pulsations at su bcritical and supercriThe pulsation period in once-tluough tical pressure is essentially the same. boilers may sometim es be as long as Flow rate pu lsaLious diminish with fra<:l ious of a minute or a few minu- an increase in the muss velocity, owing t.es . With a high amplitude of flow to the resulting i ncroase in hydraulic rate pulsations, this may be harmful resistance in the econom izer porlion to evaporating tubes, since heat trans- of the tubes. The boundary mass velofer is impaired during tl1o periods of ci Ly in horizontal l.ubes at which pullow flow rate, resulting in tempera- sations can occur depends on pressure ture variations in t.he tube walls p, heating load q, length of the heated (curve t,) and fatigu e stresses in the portion l, and inner diameter of lumetal. In horizontal tubes, phase se- bes d: paration of t he flow may take pl ace . (11.42) -<·n·a t iug the risk of ovcd1oaLing the
12.1. Laws of Free Clrculatton
Ascending-Jl1Scending and slightly inclined tube elements in which fl.ph does not exceed 10% are calculated as are horizontal tubes, with (wph increased by 20% . With a higher contribut ion from tho hydrostatic component, the calculation is done as for vertical channels . Tho actual mass velocity should always be greater than tho boundary value: {wp)w > {wp)b. If this condition is not satisfied, the hydraulic resistance of the economizer porlion of tubes can be increased by mounling orifice plates. These are arranged at the inlet of tho tubes. For once-through boilers, throttling conditions to avoid pulsations should be calcul ated for the lowest value of (wp)g . mass velocity wp. The degree of throttC= I = f(l:!.tltlt p) ling required to prevent intercoil pul(wp)b sations also elim inates instability in where 6.iin i.s the degree of subcooling of the working fluid a t. tho inlet and p the hydraulic characteristic of the coils. is pressure.
where (wp} 0 is the boundary mass velocity at a pressure 10 MP.a which can be found on curves plotted for the given conditions of inlet throttling and subcooling, and kp is a correction factot· for the given pressure. In vertical tubes (coils), the hydrostatic componon t of the pressure gradient, 6.p 1., decreases the probabil ity of the appearance o[ pulsations, and therefore, decreases (wp) 1,: (wp)g = c (wp)~ · {11.43) where (wp)~ is the boundary mass velocity for a similar horizontal tube, Isee formula ('l1.'12) I and c is the coe£ficient for vertical tubes which can be found on curves:
HYDRODYNAMICS OF CLOSED HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS 12.1. Laws of F ree Circulation Free-circulation boilers usually have a circulation circuit of evaporating tubes arranged in the boiler furnace. Continuous motion of water and steamwater mixture {circulation) is organized in the circuit, which ensures continuous and ef£i.cient removal of heat from the heating surfaces. Tl1is makes it possible to maintain the temperature of the tube metal at a tolerable l evel and thus ensure the reliable and long operation of the circul ation circuit. Free circulation is produced by the driving circulating head S dr which 10 - 0 1524
appears from heating the vertical uptake lubes !see formula (1.1)1. Let us write Bernoulli's equation fot each section of the circulation circuit. I t is assumed (Fig. 12.1) that a steamwater mixture of density Pa moves in section 3-4, and, at the pressure in the drum, wal.er of density p' moves in the remaining path, i.e. in sections 4-1-2-3. The reference pl ane is taken at the header level (2-3). For section 1-2 (downtake tubes) we have: (H - h) p'g + p,
+ U~j• p' (12.1)
146
Ch. 12. Hydrodynamtcs of Closed Hydraulic Systems
. The ~ ifference b &tween the driving crrculatmg head and the resistance of ascending tubes is called the useful circulating head:
r''"~:
"
-7 f
Su, = Sdr - b.p 0
8
,.---'-----.,
Su 8 = 6-pdtu 2
J
Fig. 12.1 . To derivation of the principal equation of circulation
Similarly, for sections 2-3 (lower hendor), 3-4 (uptak e tubes), and 4-1 (water space of the drum) it can be written:
W:i•
,
Pl + TP =Hpag + p, '
•
A •TPo + uPJ-4
tr
1
IDe
(12.3)
w•
l.:.p g+ P4 +-f Pa = (H - h) pig + p1 (12.4)
Adding together the pressure gradients in the sections of the circulation circui t and noting formula (1.1), we obtain:
H (pi -
p~)
Sus
(12.7}
Comparing formul ae (12.6) and (12. 7), we fi pd the principal equation of circulation:
H
g = 'Lb.Phr = Sd, (12.5)
With steady-state motion, tho pressure difference between the water columns in the downtake t ubes and the columns of the steam-water m ixture in the uptake tubes is counterbalanced by the sum of hydraulic resistances to the motion of the working fluid in the circuit. Having related all resistances to the down take and up take tubes , we get : (12 .6)
147
12.1. Laws of Free Circulation
O L---------~-------~ ~0~
(12.8)
i.e. the useful circulating head is s pent to overcome the resistance of the descending sections . The driving circulating head, and therefore, the useful circulating head depend heavily on tho relative velocity of steam (w,) in the ascending tubes . With the same mass flow rate of the fluid, as the relative velocity of steam increases, the fraction of the tube cross section occupied by steam, ), increases; thus , the densit~ of the steam-water mi x ture in the ascend ing tu bes increases . In turn, the relative velocity of st eam, and therefore,
w;,
Pm = f (wo, w~, p, d) = f (w 0 , w~, p, d)
s...
These relationships aro rather complicated and hove not yet been solved anal ytically. Their graphical solution is also impossible in view of the large number of the parameters involved. For this reason , S,. , is usually represented graphically as a function of w 0 at various values of w~ and constant v~ues of the other parameters (p, d). Figure 12.2 sl'IOWS w 0 -Su. curves obtained at various values of resolved steam velocity w~. For the same calculation velocity w 0 , as the heating rate. is increased I (w~) 2 > (w;)1 l, the denstty o[ the steam-water mixture in ascending tubes decreases and Su, increases . Under identical condi t ions, the useful circul ati ng head depends on th e
Fig. 12.2. Effect of circula tion v
< (roOlt
pressur~
•
m the circuit (Fig. 12.3). At a h1gher pressure, the density of the steam-water mixture in ascending tubes is higher, and therefore, s~~. . is lower. As pressure approach es the critical value, s,.. decreases to a r elatively low value, so that free circul ation becomes ineffective. The ul timate pressure at which reliable free circul ation is still possible in boilers is equal to 18-19 MPa . On the other h and, even at supercritical pressures, but at low fri ction losses in the circuit of once-through boilers , free circulation turns out to be sufficient to fire the boiler at a water How rate that is reduced by 50% and wi th the recirculation pump switched off. The effect of relative steam v elocity depends on pressure in the circuit. At a low pressure, large formations of steam are possible in a tube (slug flow), and the relative s team velocity
f
is rather high. As the pressure and saturation tempernture increase sur~ace te~sion decreases and 'slugs' break mto fm ~r bubbles , thus decreasing th e rela ttve steam velocity. At piPer> > 0.7 (see Fig. 12.3), the effect of relative steam velocity can be neglect ed. Let us recall that the actual dens ity of \.he s team-water mixture p4 depends on \.he actual volume steam con te~t q> [see formula (9.40)1. Using equat ton (12.5), we obtain a convenient formula for th e driving ctrculaLing head: 1
Sdr = H (p = H
-
Pa )g p *) g
(12. 9)
Formula (12.9) h as been derived under the assumption that the ascending tubes of a circulation circuit con lain a steam-water mixture al ong their whole h eight. Actually, developed boiling b egins in the ascending tubes at a certain distance above the inlet and accordingly, the whole length of th~ tubes should be divided into an economizer portion H e c and evaporating portion H . 0 • Tho section in which developed boil.ing begin ~ . is called the boiling sectwn (or bo£lmg point). The height of the evaporating portion in ascending tubes can be found by the formula He o = H - flee (12.1 0) a nd subst!luted into formula (12.9) to determ1ne the driv ing circulating head. With a non-boiling economizer, tho water enthalpy at its outlet, i:C, is less than i and therefore, tho temperature of water in the boiler drum i~ b elow tl.1~ boiliog point. The quanttly of hodlfJg water that enters the rlrum is greater th an the quantity of feed water by the magnitude determil;led by tho cir culation ratio K, so that the degree of water subcooling in the drum can be found as 1
,
I
p
O.lJicr Per
Fig. 12.3. Effect of pressure on the useful circulating head 1-w, neglected; 1- w, considered
to•
(12.11)
148
Ch. 12. Hydrodynamics of Closed Hydraulic S ystems
149
12.2. Calculation of Circ ulation Circuits
Therefore, in the general case, water at tho inlet to the d escend ing tubes i s s ubcooled*. The degr ee of su bcooling increases as water moves in th o descend ing tubes, which i s du o to an increase in its hyd rostatic pressu re, and nllains a m aximum in the lower h eader of the circulation circuit:
+
lii' flp
P'g
(H _ flPde•) p'g d~·
(12. 12)
where Qc is the hea L absorption o f the c irc uit, kJ/h , and H e is lhe heated h eight or the c ircu i t, m. The height o[ the economizct· portion can be found [rom t h e IJal ance o£ heat fo r tha t portion, i.e. the quantity of heat that s hou ld be transferred t o w ater per unit time to preheat i t to boiliug in the economizer portion [formula (1.2.1 5)1 a ud the quautity of heat a bsorb ed for the same Lime by the ccouom izer portion from the furnace [formula (12.16)1. H ence we have:
flp
A •
Ll ~ce
H
=
•
61'
ecP g flp
(12.13)
Therefore, the degree of water subcooling per uni t flow rate (1 kg) up to t he boiling section is A .
Ll~c/
+
6i'
'
(H
P IJ1 des H , flt' ccP g t:.p
t:.p
t:.Prles \ p' g J
(12.14)
or for the total flow rate of c irculating water, G, kg/ h:
. + [ 6 ~d
l!.i' flp
,
Pg
H ec =
JG
(12.15)
Hc
• When all feed water is fed to a bubbleca p steam washer (see Sec. 15A), subcooli ng is climina led by Lhe partial condensa li on of bubbling steam.
6 i' ' flp p g
I
11 cG
(12:l 7)
12.2. Cnlculat ion of Cir cula tion Circu its Free-circulation circu i ts may be either s imple or compl ex. In a simple circuit (Fig. 12.4a a nd b), all ascendi ng tubes h ave the same geometrical characteristics